Merge 8.6

49 files changed, 2712 insertions, 2556 deletions

diff --git a/generic/tk.decls b/generic/tk.decls
index 59977ef..e891dbb 100644
--- a/generic/tk.decls
+++ b/generic/tk.decls
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ declare 116 {
     Tk_Window Tk_IdToWindow(Display *display, Window window)
 }
 declare 117 {
-    void Tk_ImageChanged(Tk_ImageModel master, int x, int y,
+    void Tk_ImageChanged(Tk_ImageMaster model, int x, int y,
 	    int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
 }
 declare 118 {
@@ -486,8 +486,8 @@ declare 120 {
 	    int width, int height)
 }
 declare 121 {
-    void Tk_MaintainGeometry(Tk_Window slave,
-	    Tk_Window master, int x, int y, int width, int height)
+    void Tk_MaintainGeometry(Tk_Window window,
+	    Tk_Window container, int x, int y, int width, int height)
 }
 declare 122 {
     Tk_Window Tk_MainWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp)
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ declare 136 {
     CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font)
 }
 declare 137 {
-    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageModel imageMaster)
+    CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster model)
 }
 declare 138 {
     CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join)
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ declare 180 {
     void Tk_Ungrab(Tk_Window tkwin)
 }
 declare 181 {
-    void Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(Tk_Window slave, Tk_Window master)
+    void Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(Tk_Window window, Tk_Window container)
 }
 declare 182 {
     void Tk_UnmapWindow(Tk_Window tkwin)
@@ -1068,6 +1068,9 @@ declare 272 {
 declare 273 {
     void Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat(const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr)
 }
+declare 280 {
+    void TkUnusedStubEntry(void)
+}
 
 # Define the platform specific public Tk interface.  These functions are
 # only available on the designated platform.
@@ -1139,6 +1142,16 @@ declare 9 aqua {
 declare 10 aqua {
     int Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void)
 }
+declare 11 aqua {
+    Tk_Window Tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow(void *w)
+}
+declare 12 aqua {
+    void *Tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable drawable)
+}
+# Replaces TkMacOSXDrawable
+declare 13 aqua {
+    void *Tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(Drawable drawable)
+}
 declare 16 aqua {
     void TkGenWMConfigureEvent_(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
 	    int height, int flags)
diff --git a/generic/tk.h b/generic/tk.h
index 4905aae..50195b9 100644
--- a/generic/tk.h
+++ b/generic/tk.h
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ typedef struct Tk_Cursor_ *Tk_Cursor;
 typedef struct Tk_ErrorHandler_ *Tk_ErrorHandler;
 typedef struct Tk_Font_ *Tk_Font;
 typedef struct Tk_Image__ *Tk_Image;
-typedef struct Tk_ImageMaster_ *Tk_ImageModel;
+typedef struct Tk_ImageMaster_ *Tk_ImageMaster;
 typedef struct Tk_OptionTable_ *Tk_OptionTable;
 typedef struct Tk_PostscriptInfo_ *Tk_PostscriptInfo;
 typedef struct Tk_TextLayout_ *Tk_TextLayout;
@@ -615,21 +615,22 @@ typedef struct Tk_ClassProcs {
  * the geometry manager to carry out certain functions.
  */
 
+#define Tk_GeomLostContentProc Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc
 typedef void (Tk_GeomRequestProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
-typedef void (Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
+typedef void (Tk_GeomLostContentProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
 
 typedef struct Tk_GeomMgr {
     const char *name;		/* Name of the geometry manager (command used
 				 * to invoke it, or name of widget class that
 				 * allows embedded widgets). */
     Tk_GeomRequestProc *requestProc;
-				/* Procedure to invoke when a slave's
+				/* Procedure to invoke when a content's
 				 * requested geometry changes. */
-    Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc *lostSlaveProc;
-				/* Procedure to invoke when a slave is taken
+    Tk_GeomLostContentProc *lostSlaveProc;
+				/* Procedure to invoke when content is taken
 				 * away from one geometry manager by another.
 				 * NULL means geometry manager doesn't care
-				 * when slaves are lost. */
+				 * when content lost. */
 } Tk_GeomMgr;
 
 /*
@@ -1229,19 +1230,19 @@ typedef struct Tk_Outline {
 typedef struct Tk_ImageType Tk_ImageType;
 #ifdef USE_OLD_IMAGE
 typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name, int argc,
-	char **argv, Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageModel model,
-	ClientData *masterDataPtr);
+	char **argv, Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster model,
+	ClientData *clientDataPtr);
 #else
 typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST86 char *name, int objc,
-	Tcl_Obj *const objv[], CONST86 Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageModel model,
-	ClientData *modelDataPtr);
+	Tcl_Obj *const objv[], CONST86 Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster model,
+	ClientData *clientDataPtr);
 #endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */
-typedef ClientData (Tk_ImageGetProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData masterData);
-typedef void (Tk_ImageDisplayProc) (ClientData instanceData, Display *display,
+typedef ClientData (Tk_ImageGetProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData);
+typedef void (Tk_ImageDisplayProc) (ClientData clientData, Display *display,
 	Drawable drawable, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
 	int drawableX, int drawableY);
-typedef void (Tk_ImageFreeProc) (ClientData instanceData, Display *display);
-typedef void (Tk_ImageDeleteProc) (ClientData masterData);
+typedef void (Tk_ImageFreeProc) (ClientData clientData, Display *display);
+typedef void (Tk_ImageDeleteProc) (ClientData clientData);
 typedef void (Tk_ImageChangedProc) (ClientData clientData, int x, int y,
 	int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight);
 typedef int (Tk_ImagePostscriptProc) (ClientData clientData,
diff --git a/generic/tkCanvWind.c b/generic/tkCanvWind.c
index f73546f..4047b0f 100644
--- a/generic/tkCanvWind.c
+++ b/generic/tkCanvWind.c
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ static void		TranslateWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
 static int		WinItemCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static void		WinItemLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
+static void		WinItemLostContentProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
 static void		WinItemRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Tk_ItemType tkWindowType = {
 static const Tk_GeomMgr canvasGeomType = {
     "canvas",				/* name */
     WinItemRequestProc,			/* requestProc */
-    WinItemLostSlaveProc,		/* lostSlaveProc */
+    WinItemLostContentProc,		/* lostSlaveProc */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -1053,26 +1053,26 @@ WinItemRequestProc(
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * WinItemLostSlaveProc --
+ * WinItemLostContentProc --
  *
  *	This function is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
- *	control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
+ *	control over a content window that used to be managed by us.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Forgets all canvas-related information about the slave.
+ *	Forgets all canvas-related information about the content window.
  *
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 	/* ARGSUSED */
 static void
-WinItemLostSlaveProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* WindowItem structure for slave window that
+WinItemLostContentProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* WindowItem structure for content window that
 				 * was stolen away. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the content window. */
 {
     WindowItem *winItemPtr = clientData;
     Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(winItemPtr->canvas);
diff --git a/generic/tkConfig.c b/generic/tkConfig.c
index 44af1ea..7e0943d 100644
--- a/generic/tkConfig.c
+++ b/generic/tkConfig.c
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ typedef struct TkOption {
 				 * monochrome displays. */
 	struct TkOption *synonymPtr;
 				/* For synonym options, this points to the
-				 * master entry. */
+				 * original entry. */
 	const struct Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom;
 				/* For TK_OPTION_CUSTOM. */
     } extra;
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable(
 
 	if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
 	    /*
-	     * This is a synonym option; find the master option that it refers
-	     * to and create a pointer from the synonym to the master.
+	     * This is a synonym option; find the original option that it refers
+	     * to and create a pointer from the synonym to the origin.
 	     */
 
 	    for (specPtr2 = templatePtr, i = 0; ; specPtr2++, i++) {
@@ -1500,9 +1500,8 @@ Tk_FreeSavedOptions(
 	Tk_FreeSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
 	ckfree(savePtr->nextPtr);
     }
-    for (count = savePtr->numItems,
-	    savedOptionPtr = &savePtr->items[savePtr->numItems-1];
-	    count > 0;  count--, savedOptionPtr--) {
+    for (count = savePtr->numItems; count > 0; count--) {
+	savedOptionPtr = &savePtr->items[count-1];
 	if (savedOptionPtr->optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
 	    FreeResources(savedOptionPtr->optionPtr, savedOptionPtr->valuePtr,
 		    (char *) &savedOptionPtr->internalForm, savePtr->tkwin);
diff --git a/generic/tkDecls.h b/generic/tkDecls.h
index c96039d..87bb218 100644
--- a/generic/tkDecls.h
+++ b/generic/tkDecls.h
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ EXTERN void		Tk_HandleEvent(XEvent *eventPtr);
 /* 116 */
 EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_IdToWindow(Display *display, Window window);
 /* 117 */
-EXTERN void		Tk_ImageChanged(Tk_ImageModel master, int x, int y,
+EXTERN void		Tk_ImageChanged(Tk_ImageMaster model, int x, int y,
 				int width, int height, int imageWidth,
 				int imageHeight);
 /* 118 */
@@ -413,8 +413,8 @@ EXTERN Atom		Tk_InternAtom(Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name);
 EXTERN int		Tk_IntersectTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x,
 				int y, int width, int height);
 /* 121 */
-EXTERN void		Tk_MaintainGeometry(Tk_Window slave,
-				Tk_Window master, int x, int y, int width,
+EXTERN void		Tk_MaintainGeometry(Tk_Window window,
+				Tk_Window container, int x, int y, int width,
 				int height);
 /* 122 */
 EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_MainWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp);
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display,
 /* 136 */
 EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font);
 /* 137 */
-EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageModel imageMaster);
+EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster model);
 /* 138 */
 EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join);
 /* 139 */
@@ -582,8 +582,8 @@ EXTERN void		Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(Display *display,
 /* 180 */
 EXTERN void		Tk_Ungrab(Tk_Window tkwin);
 /* 181 */
-EXTERN void		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(Tk_Window slave,
-				Tk_Window master);
+EXTERN void		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(Tk_Window window,
+				Tk_Window container);
 /* 182 */
 EXTERN void		Tk_UnmapWindow(Tk_Window tkwin);
 /* 183 */
@@ -864,6 +864,14 @@ EXTERN void		Tk_CreateOldImageType(const Tk_ImageType *typePtr);
 /* 273 */
 EXTERN void		Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat(
 				const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr);
+/* Slot 274 is reserved */
+/* Slot 275 is reserved */
+/* Slot 276 is reserved */
+/* Slot 277 is reserved */
+/* Slot 278 is reserved */
+/* Slot 279 is reserved */
+/* 280 */
+EXTERN void		TkUnusedStubEntry(void);
 
 typedef struct {
     const struct TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubs;
@@ -993,11 +1001,11 @@ typedef struct TkStubs {
     int (*tk_Grab) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int grabGlobal); /* 114 */
     void (*tk_HandleEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr); /* 115 */
     Tk_Window (*tk_IdToWindow) (Display *display, Window window); /* 116 */
-    void (*tk_ImageChanged) (Tk_ImageModel master, int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight); /* 117 */
+    void (*tk_ImageChanged) (Tk_ImageMaster model, int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight); /* 117 */
     int (*tk_Init) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 118 */
     Atom (*tk_InternAtom) (Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name); /* 119 */
     int (*tk_IntersectTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 120 */
-    void (*tk_MaintainGeometry) (Tk_Window slave, Tk_Window master, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 121 */
+    void (*tk_MaintainGeometry) (Tk_Window window, Tk_Window container, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 121 */
     Tk_Window (*tk_MainWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 122 */
     void (*tk_MakeWindowExist) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 123 */
     void (*tk_ManageGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, const Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr, ClientData clientData); /* 124 */
@@ -1013,7 +1021,7 @@ typedef struct TkStubs {
     CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfColor) (XColor *colorPtr); /* 134 */
     CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 135 */
     CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfFont) (Tk_Font font); /* 136 */
-    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfImage) (Tk_ImageModel imageMaster); /* 137 */
+    CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfImage) (Tk_ImageMaster model); /* 137 */
     CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJoinStyle) (int join); /* 138 */
     CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJustify) (Tk_Justify justify); /* 139 */
     CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfRelief) (int relief); /* 140 */
@@ -1057,7 +1065,7 @@ typedef struct TkStubs {
     void (*tk_UnderlineChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int x, int y, int firstByte, int lastByte); /* 178 */
     void (*tk_UnderlineTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int underline); /* 179 */
     void (*tk_Ungrab) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 180 */
-    void (*tk_UnmaintainGeometry) (Tk_Window slave, Tk_Window master); /* 181 */
+    void (*tk_UnmaintainGeometry) (Tk_Window window, Tk_Window container); /* 181 */
     void (*tk_UnmapWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 182 */
     void (*tk_UnsetGrid) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 183 */
     void (*tk_UpdatePointer) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int state); /* 184 */
@@ -1150,6 +1158,13 @@ typedef struct TkStubs {
     Tcl_Interp * (*tk_Interp) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 271 */
     void (*tk_CreateOldImageType) (const Tk_ImageType *typePtr); /* 272 */
     void (*tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat) (const Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr); /* 273 */
+    void (*reserved274)(void);
+    void (*reserved275)(void);
+    void (*reserved276)(void);
+    void (*reserved277)(void);
+    void (*reserved278)(void);
+    void (*reserved279)(void);
+    void (*tkUnusedStubEntry) (void); /* 280 */
 } TkStubs;
 
 extern const TkStubs *tkStubsPtr;
@@ -1710,6 +1725,14 @@ extern const TkStubs *tkStubsPtr;
 	(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOldImageType) /* 272 */
 #define Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat \
 	(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat) /* 273 */
+/* Slot 274 is reserved */
+/* Slot 275 is reserved */
+/* Slot 276 is reserved */
+/* Slot 277 is reserved */
+/* Slot 278 is reserved */
+/* Slot 279 is reserved */
+#define TkUnusedStubEntry \
+	(tkStubsPtr->tkUnusedStubEntry) /* 280 */
 
 #endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */
 
diff --git a/generic/tkFrame.c b/generic/tkFrame.c
index ce7dc8c..1112f81 100644
--- a/generic/tkFrame.c
+++ b/generic/tkFrame.c
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ static void		DisplayFrame(ClientData clientData);
 static void		FrameCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static void		FrameEventProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void		FrameLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
+static void		FrameLostContentProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
 static void		FrameRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ static const Tk_ClassProcs frameClass = {
 static const Tk_GeomMgr frameGeomType = {
     "labelframe",		/* name */
     FrameRequestProc,		/* requestProc */
-    FrameLostSlaveProc		/* lostSlaveProc */
+    FrameLostContentProc		/* lostSlaveProc */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -1914,25 +1914,25 @@ FrameRequestProc(
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * FrameLostSlaveProc --
+ * FrameLostContentProc --
  *
  *	This function is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
- *	control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
+ *	control over a content window that used to be managed by us.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Forgets all frame-related information about the slave.
+ *	Forgets all frame-related information about the content window.
  *
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
-FrameLostSlaveProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Frame structure for slave window that was
+FrameLostContentProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Frame structure for content window that was
 				 * stolen away. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the content window. */
 {
     Frame *framePtr = clientData;
     Labelframe *labelframePtr = clientData;
diff --git a/generic/tkGeometry.c b/generic/tkGeometry.c
index 870c1f3..5ecac0e 100644
--- a/generic/tkGeometry.c
+++ b/generic/tkGeometry.c
@@ -15,29 +15,29 @@
 
 /*
  * Data structures of the following type are used by Tk_MaintainGeometry. For
- * each slave managed by Tk_MaintainGeometry, there is one of these structures
- * associated with its master.
+ * each content managed by Tk_MaintainGeometry, there is one of these structures
+ * associated with its container.
  */
 
-typedef struct MaintainSlave {
-    Tk_Window slave;		/* The slave window being positioned. */
-    Tk_Window master;		/* The master that determines slave's
+typedef struct MaintainContent {
+    Tk_Window content;		/* The content window being positioned. */
+    Tk_Window container;		/* The container that determines content's
 				 * position; it must be a descendant of
-				 * slave's parent. */
-    int x, y;			/* Desired position of slave relative to
-				 * master. */
-    int width, height;		/* Desired dimensions of slave. */
-    struct MaintainSlave *nextPtr;
+				 * content's parent. */
+    int x, y;			/* Desired position of content relative to
+				 * container. */
+    int width, height;		/* Desired dimensions of content. */
+    struct MaintainContent *nextPtr;
 				/* Next in list of Maintains associated with
-				 * master. */
-} MaintainSlave;
+				 * container. */
+} MaintainContent;
 
 /*
- * For each window that has been specified as a master to Tk_MaintainGeometry,
+ * For each window that has been specified as a content to Tk_MaintainGeometry,
  * there is a structure of the following type:
  */
 
-typedef struct MaintainMaster {
+typedef struct MaintainContainer {
     Tk_Window ancestor;		/* The lowest ancestor of this window for
 				 * which we have *not* created a
 				 * StructureNotify handler. May be the same as
@@ -45,18 +45,18 @@ typedef struct MaintainMaster {
     int checkScheduled;		/* Non-zero means that there is already a call
 				 * to MaintainCheckProc scheduled as an idle
 				 * handler. */
-    MaintainSlave *slavePtr;	/* First in list of all slaves associated with
-				 * this master. */
-} MaintainMaster;
+    MaintainContent *contentPtr;	/* First in list of all content associated with
+				 * this container. */
+} MaintainContainer;
 
 /*
  * Prototypes for static procedures in this file:
  */
 
 static void		MaintainCheckProc(ClientData clientData);
-static void		MaintainMasterProc(ClientData clientData,
+static void		MaintainContainerProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void		MaintainSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
+static void		MaintainContentProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 
 /*
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ static void		MaintainSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
  * Tk_ManageGeometry --
  *
  *	Arrange for a particular procedure to manage the geometry of a given
- *	slave window.
+ *	content window.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Tk_ManageGeometry(
     ClientData clientData)	/* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
 				 * geometry manager procedures. */
 {
-    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
 
     if ((winPtr->geomMgrPtr != NULL) && (mgrPtr != NULL)
 	    && ((winPtr->geomMgrPtr != mgrPtr)
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Tk_GeometryRequest(
     int reqWidth, int reqHeight)/* Minimum desired dimensions for window, in
 				 * pixels. */
 {
-    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
 
     /*
      * X gets very upset if a window requests a width or height of zero, so
@@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ Tk_SetInternalBorderEx(
     int left, int right,	/* Width of internal border, in pixels. */
     int top, int bottom)
 {
-    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
-    register int changed = 0;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    int changed = 0;
 
     if (left < 0) {
 	left = 0;
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Tk_SetInternalBorderEx(
     }
 
     /*
-     * All the slaves for which this is the master window must now be
+     * All the content for which this is the container window must now be
      * repositioned to take account of the new internal border width. To
      * signal all the geometry managers to do this, trigger a ConfigureNotify
      * event. This will cause geometry managers to recompute everything.
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that will have internal border. */
     int minWidth, int minHeight)/* Minimum requested size, in pixels. */
 {
-    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
 
     if ((winPtr->minReqWidth == minWidth) &&
 	    (winPtr->minReqHeight == minHeight)) {
@@ -303,31 +303,31 @@ Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * TkSetGeometryMaster --
+ * TkSetGeometryContainer --
  *
- *	Set a geometry master for this window. Only one master may own
+ *	Set a geometry container for this window. Only one container may own
  *	a window at any time.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl result.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The geometry master is recorded for the window.
+ *	The geometry container is recorded for the window.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 int
-TkSetGeometryMaster(
+TkSetGeometryContainer(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter, for error. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that will have geometry master
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that will have geometry container
 				 * set. */
-    const char *master)		/* The master identity. */
+    const char *name)		/* The name of the geometry manager. */
 {
-    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
 
     if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL &&
-	    strcmp(winPtr->geomMgrName, master) == 0) {
+	    strcmp(winPtr->geomMgrName, name) == 0) {
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
     if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL) {
@@ -335,46 +335,46 @@ TkSetGeometryMaster(
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "cannot use geometry manager %s inside %s which already"
 		    " has slaves managed by %s",
-		    master, Tk_PathName(tkwin), winPtr->geomMgrName));
+		    name, Tk_PathName(tkwin), winPtr->geomMgrName));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "FIGHT", NULL);
 	}
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    winPtr->geomMgrName = ckalloc(strlen(master) + 1);
-    strcpy(winPtr->geomMgrName, master);
+    winPtr->geomMgrName = (char *)ckalloc(strlen(name) + 1);
+    strcpy(winPtr->geomMgrName, name);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * TkFreeGeometryMaster --
+ * TkFreeGeometryContainer --
  *
- *	Remove a geometry master for this window. Only one master may own
+ *	Remove a geometry container for this window. Only one container may own
  *	a window at any time.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The geometry master is cleared for the window.
+ *	The geometry container is cleared for the window.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 void
-TkFreeGeometryMaster(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that will have geometry master
+TkFreeGeometryContainer(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window that will have geometry container
 				 * cleared. */
-    const char *master)		/* The master identity. */
+    const char *name)		/* The name of the geometry manager. */
 {
-    register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
 
     if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL &&
-	    strcmp(winPtr->geomMgrName, master) != 0) {
+	    strcmp(winPtr->geomMgrName, name) != 0) {
 	Tcl_Panic("Trying to free %s from geometry manager %s",
-		winPtr->geomMgrName, master);
+		winPtr->geomMgrName, name);
     }
     if (winPtr->geomMgrName != NULL) {
 	ckfree(winPtr->geomMgrName);
@@ -387,12 +387,12 @@ TkFreeGeometryMaster(
  *
  * Tk_MaintainGeometry --
  *
- *	This procedure is invoked by geometry managers to handle slaves whose
- *	master's are not their parents. It translates the desired geometry for
- *	the slave into the coordinate system of the parent and respositions
- *	the slave if it isn't already at the right place. Furthermore, it sets
- *	up event handlers so that if the master (or any of its ancestors up to
- *	the slave's parent) is mapped, unmapped, or moved, then the slave will
+ *	This procedure is invoked by geometry managers to handle content whose
+ *	container's are not their parents. It translates the desired geometry for
+ *	the content into the coordinate system of the parent and respositions
+ *	the content if it isn't already at the right place. Furthermore, it sets
+ *	up event handlers so that if the container (or any of its ancestors up to
+ *	the content's parent) is mapped, unmapped, or moved, then the content will
  *	be adjusted to match.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ TkFreeGeometryMaster(
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	Event handlers are created and state is allocated to keep track of
- *	slave. Note: if slave was already managed for master by
+ *	content. Note: if content was already managed for container by
  *	Tk_MaintainGeometry, then the previous information is replaced with
  *	the new information. The caller must eventually call
  *	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry to eliminate the correspondence (or, the state
@@ -411,40 +411,40 @@ TkFreeGeometryMaster(
 
 void
 Tk_MaintainGeometry(
-    Tk_Window slave,		/* Slave for geometry management. */
-    Tk_Window master,		/* Master for slave; must be a descendant of
-				 * slave's parent. */
-    int x, int y,		/* Desired position of slave within master. */
-    int width, int height)	/* Desired dimensions for slave. */
+    Tk_Window window,		/* Window for geometry management. */
+    Tk_Window container,		/* Container for window; must be a descendant of
+				 * window's parent. */
+    int x, int y,		/* Desired position of window within container. */
+    int width, int height)	/* Desired dimensions for window. */
 {
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-    MaintainMaster *masterPtr;
-    register MaintainSlave *slavePtr;
+    MaintainContainer *containerPtr;
+    MaintainContent *contentPtr;
     int isNew, map;
     Tk_Window ancestor, parent;
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) master)->dispPtr;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) container)->dispPtr;
 
-    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)master;
+    ((TkWindow *)window)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)container;
 
-    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)master;
-    if (master == Tk_Parent(slave)) {
+    ((TkWindow *)window)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)container;
+    if (container == Tk_Parent(window)) {
 	/*
-	 * If the slave is a direct descendant of the master, don't bother
+	 * If the window is a direct descendant of the container, don't bother
 	 * setting up the extra infrastructure for management, just make a
 	 * call to Tk_MoveResizeWindow; the parent/child relationship will
 	 * take care of the rest.
 	 */
 
-	Tk_MoveResizeWindow(slave, x, y, width, height);
+	Tk_MoveResizeWindow(window, x, y, width, height);
 
 	/*
-	 * Map the slave if the master is already mapped; otherwise, wait
-	 * until the master is mapped later (in which case mapping the slave
+	 * Map the window if the container is already mapped; otherwise, wait
+	 * until the container is mapped later (in which case mapping the window
 	 * is taken care of elsewhere).
 	 */
 
-	if (Tk_IsMapped(master)) {
-	    Tk_MapWindow(slave);
+	if (Tk_IsMapped(container)) {
+	    Tk_MapWindow(window);
 	}
 	return;
     }
@@ -455,55 +455,55 @@ Tk_MaintainGeometry(
     }
 
     /*
-     * See if there is already a MaintainMaster structure for the master; if
+     * See if there is already a MaintainContainer structure for the container; if
      * not, then create one.
      */
 
-    parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
+    parent = Tk_Parent(window);
     hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable,
-	    (char *) master, &isNew);
+	    (char *) container, &isNew);
     if (!isNew) {
-	masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	containerPtr = (MaintainContainer *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
     } else {
-	masterPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MaintainMaster));
-	masterPtr->ancestor = master;
-	masterPtr->checkScheduled = 0;
-	masterPtr->slavePtr = NULL;
-	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, masterPtr);
+	containerPtr = (MaintainContainer *)ckalloc(sizeof(MaintainContainer));
+	containerPtr->ancestor = container;
+	containerPtr->checkScheduled = 0;
+	containerPtr->contentPtr = NULL;
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, containerPtr);
     }
 
     /*
-     * Create a MaintainSlave structure for the slave if there isn't already
+     * Create a MaintainContent structure for the window if there isn't already
      * one.
      */
 
-    for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-	    slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	if (slavePtr->slave == slave) {
-	    goto gotSlave;
+    for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+	    contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if (contentPtr->content == window) {
+	    goto gotContent;
 	}
     }
-    slavePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(MaintainSlave));
-    slavePtr->slave = slave;
-    slavePtr->master = master;
-    slavePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
-    masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr;
-    Tk_CreateEventHandler(slave, StructureNotifyMask, MaintainSlaveProc,
-	    slavePtr);
+    contentPtr = (MaintainContent *)ckalloc(sizeof(MaintainContent));
+    contentPtr->content = window;
+    contentPtr->container = container;
+    contentPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
+    containerPtr->contentPtr = contentPtr;
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(window, StructureNotifyMask, MaintainContentProc,
+	    contentPtr);
 
     /*
      * Make sure that there are event handlers registered for all the windows
-     * between master and slave's parent (including master but not slave's
-     * parent). There may already be handlers for master and some of its
-     * ancestors (masterPtr->ancestor tells how many).
+     * between container and windows's parent (including container but not window's
+     * parent). There may already be handlers for container and some of its
+     * ancestors (containerPtr->ancestor tells how many).
      */
 
-    for (ancestor = master; ancestor != parent;
+    for (ancestor = container; ancestor != parent;
 	    ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
-	if (ancestor == masterPtr->ancestor) {
+	if (ancestor == containerPtr->ancestor) {
 	    Tk_CreateEventHandler(ancestor, StructureNotifyMask,
-		    MaintainMasterProc, masterPtr);
-	    masterPtr->ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor);
+		    MaintainContainerProc, containerPtr);
+	    containerPtr->ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor);
 	}
     }
 
@@ -512,27 +512,27 @@ Tk_MaintainGeometry(
      * if it's not currently in the right place or state.
      */
 
-  gotSlave:
-    slavePtr->x = x;
-    slavePtr->y = y;
-    slavePtr->width = width;
-    slavePtr->height = height;
+  gotContent:
+    contentPtr->x = x;
+    contentPtr->y = y;
+    contentPtr->width = width;
+    contentPtr->height = height;
     map = 1;
-    for (ancestor = slavePtr->master; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
+    for (ancestor = contentPtr->container; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
 	if (!Tk_IsMapped(ancestor) && (ancestor != parent)) {
 	    map = 0;
 	}
 	if (ancestor == parent) {
-	    if ((x != Tk_X(slavePtr->slave))
-		    || (y != Tk_Y(slavePtr->slave))
-		    || (width != Tk_Width(slavePtr->slave))
-		    || (height != Tk_Height(slavePtr->slave))) {
-		Tk_MoveResizeWindow(slavePtr->slave, x, y, width, height);
+	    if ((x != Tk_X(contentPtr->content))
+		    || (y != Tk_Y(contentPtr->content))
+		    || (width != Tk_Width(contentPtr->content))
+		    || (height != Tk_Height(contentPtr->content))) {
+		Tk_MoveResizeWindow(contentPtr->content, x, y, width, height);
 	    }
 	    if (map) {
-		Tk_MapWindow(slavePtr->slave);
+		Tk_MapWindow(contentPtr->content);
 	    } else {
-		Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->slave);
+		Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->content);
 	    }
 	    break;
 	}
@@ -547,37 +547,37 @@ Tk_MaintainGeometry(
  * Tk_UnmaintainGeometry --
  *
  *	This procedure cancels a previous Tk_MaintainGeometry call, so that
- *	the relationship between slave and master is no longer maintained.
+ *	the relationship between window and container is no longer maintained.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The slave is unmapped and state is released, so that slave won't track
- *	master any more. If we weren't previously managing slave relative to
- *	master, then this procedure has no effect.
+ *	The window is unmapped and state is released, so that window won't track
+ *	container any more. If we weren't previously managing window relative to
+ *	container, then this procedure has no effect.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 void
 Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(
-    Tk_Window slave,		/* Slave for geometry management. */
-    Tk_Window master)		/* Master for slave; must be a descendant of
-				 * slave's parent. */
+    Tk_Window window,		/* WIndow for geometry management. */
+    Tk_Window container)		/* Container for window; must be a descendant of
+				 * window's parent. */
 {
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-    MaintainMaster *masterPtr;
-    register MaintainSlave *slavePtr, *prevPtr;
+    MaintainContainer *containerPtr;
+    MaintainContent *contentPtr, *prevPtr;
     Tk_Window ancestor;
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slave)->dispPtr;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) window)->dispPtr;
 
-    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = NULL;
+    ((TkWindow *)window)->maintainerPtr = NULL;
 
-    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = NULL;
-    if (master == Tk_Parent(slave)) {
+    ((TkWindow *)window)->maintainerPtr = NULL;
+    if (container == Tk_Parent(window)) {
 	/*
-	 * If the slave is a direct descendant of the master,
+	 * If the window is a direct descendant of the container,
 	 * Tk_MaintainGeometry will not have set up any of the extra
 	 * infrastructure. Don't even bother to look for it, just return.
 	 */
@@ -589,57 +589,57 @@ Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(
 	Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
     }
 
-    if (!(((TkWindow *) slave)->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
-	Tk_UnmapWindow(slave);
+    if (!(((TkWindow *) window)->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
+	Tk_UnmapWindow(window);
     }
-    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable, (char *) master);
+    hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable, container);
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
-    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-    slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
-    if (slavePtr->slave == slave) {
-	masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
+    containerPtr = (MaintainContainer *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+    contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
+    if (contentPtr->content == window) {
+	containerPtr->contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
     } else {
-	for (prevPtr = slavePtr, slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr; ;
-		prevPtr = slavePtr, slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	    if (slavePtr == NULL) {
+	for (prevPtr = contentPtr, contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr; ;
+		prevPtr = contentPtr, contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    if (contentPtr == NULL) {
 		return;
 	    }
-	    if (slavePtr->slave == slave) {
-		prevPtr->nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
+	    if (contentPtr->content == window) {
+		prevPtr->nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
     }
-    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(slavePtr->slave, StructureNotifyMask,
-	    MaintainSlaveProc, slavePtr);
-    ckfree(slavePtr);
-    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
-	if (masterPtr->ancestor != NULL) {
-	    for (ancestor = master; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
+    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(contentPtr->content, StructureNotifyMask,
+	    MaintainContentProc, contentPtr);
+    ckfree(contentPtr);
+    if (containerPtr->contentPtr == NULL) {
+	if (containerPtr->ancestor != NULL) {
+	    for (ancestor = container; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
 		Tk_DeleteEventHandler(ancestor, StructureNotifyMask,
-			MaintainMasterProc, masterPtr);
-		if (ancestor == masterPtr->ancestor) {
+			MaintainContainerProc, containerPtr);
+		if (ancestor == containerPtr->ancestor) {
 		    break;
 		}
 	    }
 	}
-	if (masterPtr->checkScheduled) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MaintainCheckProc, masterPtr);
+	if (containerPtr->checkScheduled) {
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MaintainCheckProc, containerPtr);
 	}
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
-	ckfree(masterPtr);
+	ckfree(containerPtr);
     }
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * MaintainMasterProc --
+ * MaintainContainerProc --
  *
  *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher in response to
- *	StructureNotify events on the master or one of its ancestors, on
+ *	StructureNotify events on the container or one of its ancestors, on
  *	behalf of Tk_MaintainGeometry.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -648,43 +648,43 @@ Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(
  * Side effects:
  *	It schedules a call to MaintainCheckProc, which will eventually caused
  *	the postions and mapped states to be recalculated for all the
- *	maintained slaves of the master. Or, if the master window is being
+ *	maintained windows of the container. Or, if the container window is being
  *	deleted then state is cleaned up.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
-MaintainMasterProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to MaintainMaster structure for the
-				 * master window. */
+MaintainContainerProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to MaintainContainer structure for the
+				 * container window. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    MaintainMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
-    MaintainSlave *slavePtr;
+    MaintainContainer *containerPtr = (MaintainContainer *)clientData;
+    MaintainContent *contentPtr;
     int done;
 
     if ((eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify)
 	    || (eventPtr->type == MapNotify)
 	    || (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify)) {
-	if (!masterPtr->checkScheduled) {
-	    masterPtr->checkScheduled = 1;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MaintainCheckProc, masterPtr);
+	if (!containerPtr->checkScheduled) {
+	    containerPtr->checkScheduled = 1;
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MaintainCheckProc, containerPtr);
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
 	/*
-	 * Delete all of the state associated with this master, but be careful
-	 * not to use masterPtr after the last slave is deleted, since its
+	 * Delete all of the state associated with this container, but be careful
+	 * not to use containerPtr after the last window is deleted, since its
 	 * memory will have been freed.
 	 */
 
 	done = 0;
 	do {
-	    slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
-	    if (slavePtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
+	    contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
+	    if (contentPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
 		done = 1;
 	    }
-	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->slave, slavePtr->master);
+	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->content, contentPtr->container);
 	} while (!done);
     }
 }
@@ -692,10 +692,10 @@ MaintainMasterProc(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * MaintainSlaveProc --
+ * MaintainContentProc --
  *
  *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher in response to
- *	StructureNotify events on a slave being managed by
+ *	StructureNotify events on a window being managed by
  *	Tk_MaintainGeometry.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -703,21 +703,21 @@ MaintainMasterProc(
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	If the event is a DestroyNotify event then the Maintain state and
- *	event handlers for this slave are deleted.
+ *	event handlers for this window are deleted.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
-MaintainSlaveProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to MaintainSlave structure for
-				 * master-slave pair. */
+MaintainContentProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to MaintainContent structure for
+				 * container-window pair. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    MaintainSlave *slavePtr = clientData;
+    MaintainContent *contentPtr = (MaintainContent *)clientData;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
-	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->slave, slavePtr->master);
+	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->content, contentPtr->container);
     }
 }
 
@@ -727,50 +727,50 @@ MaintainSlaveProc(
  * MaintainCheckProc --
  *
  *	This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher as an idle
- *	handler, when a master or one of its ancestors has been reconfigured,
- *	mapped, or unmapped. Its job is to scan all of the slaves for the
- *	master and reposition them, map them, or unmap them as needed to
- *	maintain their geometry relative to the master.
+ *	handler, when a container or one of its ancestors has been reconfigured,
+ *	mapped, or unmapped. Its job is to scan all of the windows for the
+ *	container and reposition them, map them, or unmap them as needed to
+ *	maintain their geometry relative to the container.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Slaves can get repositioned, mapped, or unmapped.
+ *	Windows can get repositioned, mapped, or unmapped.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
 MaintainCheckProc(
-    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to MaintainMaster structure for the
-				 * master window. */
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to MaintainContainer structure for the
+				 * container window. */
 {
-    MaintainMaster *masterPtr = clientData;
-    MaintainSlave *slavePtr;
+    MaintainContainer *containerPtr = (MaintainContainer *)clientData;
+    MaintainContent *contentPtr;
     Tk_Window ancestor, parent;
     int x, y, map;
 
-    masterPtr->checkScheduled = 0;
-    for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-	    slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	parent = Tk_Parent(slavePtr->slave);
-	x = slavePtr->x;
-	y = slavePtr->y;
+    containerPtr->checkScheduled = 0;
+    for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+	    contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	parent = Tk_Parent(contentPtr->content);
+	x = contentPtr->x;
+	y = contentPtr->y;
 	map = 1;
-	for (ancestor = slavePtr->master; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
+	for (ancestor = contentPtr->container; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
 	    if (!Tk_IsMapped(ancestor) && (ancestor != parent)) {
 		map = 0;
 	    }
 	    if (ancestor == parent) {
-		if ((x != Tk_X(slavePtr->slave))
-			|| (y != Tk_Y(slavePtr->slave))) {
-		    Tk_MoveWindow(slavePtr->slave, x, y);
+		if ((x != Tk_X(contentPtr->content))
+			|| (y != Tk_Y(contentPtr->content))) {
+		    Tk_MoveWindow(contentPtr->content, x, y);
 		}
 		if (map) {
-		    Tk_MapWindow(slavePtr->slave);
+		    Tk_MapWindow(contentPtr->content);
 		} else {
-		    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->slave);
+		    Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->content);
 		}
 		break;
 	    }
diff --git a/generic/tkGrid.c b/generic/tkGrid.c
index 835971d..75ce1a9 100644
--- a/generic/tkGrid.c
+++ b/generic/tkGrid.c
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 #define GRID_DEFAULT_ANCHOR TK_ANCHOR_NW
 
 /*
- * Structure to hold information for grid masters. A slot is either a row or
+ * Structure to hold information for grid containers. A slot is either a row or
  * column.
  */
 
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ typedef struct SlotInfo {
 				 * inproportion to their weights. */
     int pad;			/* Extra padding, in pixels, required for this
 				 * slot. This amount is "added" to the largest
-				 * slave in the slot. */
+				 * content in the slot. */
     Tk_Uid uniform;		/* Value of -uniform option. It is used to
 				 * group slots that should have the same
 				 * size. */
@@ -99,13 +99,13 @@ typedef struct SlotInfo {
  */
 
 typedef struct GridLayout {
-    struct Gridder *binNextPtr;	/* The next slave window in this bin. Each bin
-    				 * contains a list of all slaves whose spans
+    struct Gridder *binNextPtr;	/* The next content window in this bin. Each bin
+    				 * contains a list of all content whose spans
     				 * are >1 and whose right edges fall in this
     				 * slot. */
     int minSize;		/* Minimum size needed for this slot, in
     				 * pixels. This is the space required to hold
-    				 * any slaves contained entirely in this slot,
+    				 * any content contained entirely in this slot,
     				 * adjusted for any slot constrants, such as
     				 * size or padding. */
     int pad;			/* Padding needed for this slot */
@@ -124,31 +124,31 @@ typedef struct GridLayout {
 } GridLayout;
 
 /*
- * Keep one of these for each geometry master.
+ * Keep one of these for each geometry container.
  */
 
 typedef struct {
     SlotInfo *columnPtr;	/* Pointer to array of column constraints. */
     SlotInfo *rowPtr;		/* Pointer to array of row constraints. */
-    int columnEnd;		/* The last column occupied by any slave. */
+    int columnEnd;		/* The last column occupied by any content. */
     int columnMax;		/* The number of columns with constraints. */
     int columnSpace;		/* The number of slots currently allocated for
     				 * column constraints. */
-    int rowEnd;			/* The last row occupied by any slave. */
+    int rowEnd;			/* The last row occupied by any content. */
     int rowMax;			/* The number of rows with constraints. */
     int rowSpace;		/* The number of slots currently allocated for
     				 * row constraints. */
     int startX;			/* Pixel offset of this layout within its
-    				 * master. */
+    				 * container. */
     int startY;			/* Pixel offset of this layout within its
-    				 * master. */
+    				 * container. */
     Tk_Anchor anchor;		/* Value of anchor option: specifies where a
 				 * grid without weight should be placed. */
-} GridMaster;
+} GridContainer;
 
 /*
  * For each window that the grid cares about (either because the window is
- * managed by the grid or because the window has slaves that are managed by
+ * managed by the grid or because the window has content that are managed by
  * the grid), there is a structure of the following type:
  */
 
@@ -157,18 +157,18 @@ typedef struct Gridder {
 				 * window has been deleted, but the gridder
 				 * hasn't had a chance to clean up yet because
 				 * the structure is still in use. */
-    struct Gridder *masterPtr;	/* Master window within which this window is
+    struct Gridder *containerPtr;	/* Container window within which this window is
 				 * managed (NULL means this window isn't
 				 * managed by the gridder). */
-    struct Gridder *nextPtr;	/* Next window managed within same master.
+    struct Gridder *nextPtr;	/* Next window managed within same container.
 				 * List order doesn't matter. */
-    struct Gridder *slavePtr;	/* First in list of slaves managed inside this
-				 * window (NULL means no grid slaves). */
-    GridMaster *masterDataPtr;	/* Additional data for geometry master. */
-    Tcl_Obj *in;                /* Store master name when removed. */
+    struct Gridder *contentPtr;	/* First in list of content managed inside this
+				 * window (NULL means no grid content). */
+    GridContainer *containerDataPtr;	/* Additional data for geometry container. */
+    Tcl_Obj *in;                /* Store container name when removed. */
     int column, row;		/* Location in the grid (starting from
 				 * zero). */
-    int numCols, numRows;	/* Number of columns or rows this slave spans.
+    int numCols, numRows;	/* Number of columns or rows this content spans.
 				 * Should be at least 1. */
     int padX, padY;		/* Total additional pixels to leave around the
 				 * window. Some is of this space is on each
@@ -185,12 +185,12 @@ typedef struct Gridder {
 				 * sticks to. See below for definitions */
     int doubleBw;		/* Twice the window's last known border width.
 				 * If this changes, the window must be
-				 * re-arranged within its master. */
+				 * re-arranged within its container. */
     int *abortPtr;		/* If non-NULL, it means that there is a
 				 * nested call to ArrangeGrid already working
 				 * on this window. *abortPtr may be set to 1
 				 * to abort that nested call. This happens,
-				 * for example, if tkwin or any of its slaves
+				 * for example, if tkwin or any of its content
 				 * is deleted. */
     int flags;			/* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
 				 * definitions. */
@@ -199,9 +199,9 @@ typedef struct Gridder {
      * These fields are used temporarily for layout calculations only.
      */
 
-    struct Gridder *binNextPtr;	/* Link to next span>1 slave in this bin. */
+    struct Gridder *binNextPtr;	/* Link to next span>1 content in this bin. */
     int size;			/* Nominal size (width or height) in pixels of
-    				 * the slave. This includes the padding. */
+    				 * the content. This includes the padding. */
 } Gridder;
 
 /*
@@ -235,32 +235,32 @@ typedef struct UniformGroup {
  * Flag values for Grid structures:
  *
  * REQUESTED_RELAYOUT		1 means a Tcl_DoWhenIdle request has already
- *				been made to re-arrange all the slaves of this
+ *				been made to re-arrange all the content of this
  *				window.
  * DONT_PROPAGATE		1 means don't set this window's requested
- *				size. 0 means if this window is a master then
+ *				size. 0 means if this window is a container then
  *				Tk will set its requested size to fit the
- *				needs of its slaves.
- * ALLOCED_MASTER               1 means that Grid has allocated itself as
- *                              geometry master for this window.
+ *				needs of its content.
+ * ALLOCED_CONTAINER		1 means that Grid has allocated itself as
+ *				geometry container for this window.
  */
 
 #define REQUESTED_RELAYOUT	1
 #define DONT_PROPAGATE		2
-#define ALLOCED_MASTER		4
+#define ALLOCED_CONTAINER	4
 
 /*
  * Prototypes for procedures used only in this file:
  */
 
-static void		AdjustForSticky(Gridder *slavePtr, int *xPtr,
+static void		AdjustForSticky(Gridder *contentPtr, int *xPtr,
 			    int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
 static int		AdjustOffsets(int width, int elements,
 			    SlotInfo *slotPtr);
 static void		ArrangeGrid(ClientData clientData);
-static int		CheckSlotData(Gridder *masterPtr, int slot,
+static int		CheckSlotData(Gridder *containerPtr, int slot,
 			    int slotType, int checkOnly);
-static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+static int		ConfigureContent(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DestroyGrid(void *memPtr);
 static Gridder *	GetGrid(Tk_Window tkwin);
@@ -284,22 +284,22 @@ static int		GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		GridSizeCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
-static int		GridSlavesCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
+static int		GridContentCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		GridStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
-static void		GridLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
+static void		GridLostContentProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
 static void		GridReqProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
-static void		InitMasterData(Gridder *masterPtr);
+static void		InitContainerData(Gridder *containerPtr);
 static Tcl_Obj *	NewPairObj(int, int);
 static Tcl_Obj *	NewQuadObj(int, int, int, int);
 static int		ResolveConstraints(Gridder *gridPtr, int rowOrColumn,
 			    int maxOffset);
 static void		SetGridSize(Gridder *gridPtr);
-static int		SetSlaveColumn(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *slavePtr,
+static int		SetContentColumn(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *contentPtr,
 			    int column, int numCols);
-static int		SetSlaveRow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *slavePtr,
+static int		SetContentRow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *contentPtr,
 			    int row, int numRows);
 static Tcl_Obj *	StickyToObj(int flags);
 static int		StringToSticky(const char *string);
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ static void		Unlink(Gridder *gridPtr);
 static const Tk_GeomMgr gridMgrType = {
     "grid",			/* name */
     GridReqProc,		/* requestProc */
-    GridLostSlaveProc,		/* lostSlaveProc */
+    GridLostContentProc,		/* lostSlaveProc */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Tk_GridObjCmd(
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
     static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
 	"anchor", "bbox", "columnconfigure", "configure",
 	"content", "forget", "info", "location", "propagate",
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Tk_GridObjCmd(
 
 	if ((argv1[0] == '.') || (argv1[0] == REL_SKIP) ||
     		(argv1[0] == REL_VERT)) {
-	    return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
+	    return ConfigureContent(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
 	}
     }
     if (objc < 3) {
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Tk_GridObjCmd(
     case GRID_BBOX:
 	return GridBboxCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
     case GRID_CONFIGURE:
-	return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-2, objv+2);
+	return ConfigureContent(interp, tkwin, objc-2, objv+2);
     case GRID_FORGET:
     case GRID_REMOVE:
 	return GridForgetRemoveCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
@@ -386,15 +386,15 @@ Tk_GridObjCmd(
 	return GridSizeCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
     case GRID_CONTENT:
     case GRID_SLAVES:
-	return GridSlavesCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
+	return GridContentCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
 
     /*
      * Sample argument combinations:
-     *  grid columnconfigure <master> <index> -option
-     *  grid columnconfigure <master> <index> -option value -option value
-     *  grid rowconfigure <master> <index>
-     *  grid rowconfigure <master> <index> -option
-     *  grid rowconfigure <master> <index> -option value -option value.
+     *  grid columnconfigure <container> <index> -option
+     *  grid columnconfigure <container> <index> -option value -option value
+     *  grid rowconfigure <container> <index>
+     *  grid rowconfigure <container> <index> -option
+     *  grid rowconfigure <container> <index> -option value -option value.
      */
 
     case GRID_COLUMNCONFIGURE:
@@ -432,9 +432,9 @@ GridAnchorCommand(
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window master;
-    Gridder *masterPtr;
-    GridMaster *gridPtr;
+    Tk_Window container;
+    Gridder *containerPtr;
+    GridContainer *gridPtr;
     Tk_Anchor old;
 
     if (objc > 4) {
@@ -442,21 +442,21 @@ GridAnchorCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
+    containerPtr = GetGrid(container);
 
     if (objc == 3) {
-	gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
+	gridPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr;
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		Tk_NameOfAnchor(gridPtr?gridPtr->anchor:GRID_DEFAULT_ANCHOR),
 		-1));
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
-    InitMasterData(masterPtr);
-    gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
+    InitContainerData(containerPtr);
+    gridPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr;
     old = gridPtr->anchor;
     if (Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(interp, objv[3], &gridPtr->anchor) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -467,12 +467,12 @@ GridAnchorCommand(
      */
 
     if (old != gridPtr->anchor) {
-	if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	    *masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+	if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	    *containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
 	}
-	if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
-	    masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
+	if (!(containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
+	    containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, containerPtr);
 	}
     }
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -501,9 +501,9 @@ GridBboxCommand(
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window master;
-    Gridder *masterPtr;		/* master grid record */
-    GridMaster *gridPtr;	/* pointer to grid data */
+    Tk_Window container;
+    Gridder *containerPtr;		/* container grid record */
+    GridContainer *gridPtr;	/* pointer to grid data */
     int row, column;		/* origin for bounding box */
     int row2, column2;		/* end of bounding box */
     int endX, endY;		/* last column/row in the layout */
@@ -515,10 +515,10 @@ GridBboxCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
+    containerPtr = GetGrid(container);
 
     if (objc >= 5) {
 	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &column) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -540,13 +540,13 @@ GridBboxCommand(
 	}
     }
 
-    gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
+    gridPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr;
     if (gridPtr == NULL) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, NewQuadObj(0, 0, 0, 0));
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
-    SetGridSize(masterPtr);
+    SetGridSize(containerPtr);
     endX = MAX(gridPtr->columnEnd, gridPtr->columnMax);
     endY = MAX(gridPtr->rowEnd, gridPtr->rowMax);
 
@@ -631,67 +631,67 @@ GridForgetRemoveCommand(
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window slave;
-    Gridder *slavePtr;
+    Tk_Window content;
+    Gridder *contentPtr;
     int i;
     const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
     char c = string[0];
 
     for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &content) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 
-	slavePtr = GetGrid(slave);
-	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
+	contentPtr = GetGrid(content);
+	if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
 	    /*
 	     * For "forget", reset all the settings to their defaults
 	     */
 
 	    if (c == 'f') {
-		slavePtr->column = -1;
-		slavePtr->row = -1;
-		slavePtr->numCols = 1;
-		slavePtr->numRows = 1;
-		slavePtr->padX = 0;
-		slavePtr->padY = 0;
-		slavePtr->padLeft = 0;
-		slavePtr->padTop = 0;
-		slavePtr->iPadX = 0;
-		slavePtr->iPadY = 0;
-		if (slavePtr->in != NULL) {
-		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(slavePtr->in);
-		    slavePtr->in = NULL;
+		contentPtr->column = -1;
+		contentPtr->row = -1;
+		contentPtr->numCols = 1;
+		contentPtr->numRows = 1;
+		contentPtr->padX = 0;
+		contentPtr->padY = 0;
+		contentPtr->padLeft = 0;
+		contentPtr->padTop = 0;
+		contentPtr->iPadX = 0;
+		contentPtr->iPadY = 0;
+		if (contentPtr->in != NULL) {
+		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(contentPtr->in);
+		    contentPtr->in = NULL;
 		}
-		slavePtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
-		if (slavePtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
-		    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, slavePtr);
+		contentPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
+		if (contentPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
+		    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, contentPtr);
 		}
-		slavePtr->flags = 0;
-		slavePtr->sticky = 0;
+		contentPtr->flags = 0;
+		contentPtr->sticky = 0;
 	    } else {
 		/*
-		 * When removing, store name of master to be able to
-		 * restore it later, even if the master is recreated.
+		 * When removing, store name of container to be able to
+		 * restore it later, even if the container is recreated.
 		 */
 
-		if (slavePtr->in != NULL) {
-		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(slavePtr->in);
-		    slavePtr->in = NULL;
+		if (contentPtr->in != NULL) {
+		    Tcl_DecrRefCount(contentPtr->in);
+		    contentPtr->in = NULL;
 		}
-		if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
-		    slavePtr->in = Tcl_NewStringObj(
-			    Tk_PathName(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin), -1);
-		    Tcl_IncrRefCount(slavePtr->in);
+		if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
+		    contentPtr->in = Tcl_NewStringObj(
+			    Tk_PathName(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin), -1);
+		    Tcl_IncrRefCount(contentPtr->in);
 		}
 	    }
-	    Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, NULL);
-	    if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
-		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin,
-			slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
+	    Tk_ManageGeometry(content, NULL, NULL);
+	    if (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
+		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin,
+			contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
 	    }
-	    Unlink(slavePtr);
-	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+	    Unlink(contentPtr);
+	    Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 	}
     }
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -721,40 +721,40 @@ GridInfoCommand(
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    register Gridder *slavePtr;
-    Tk_Window slave;
+    Gridder *contentPtr;
+    Tk_Window content;
     Tcl_Obj *infoObj;
 
     if (objc != 3) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &content) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    slavePtr = GetGrid(slave);
-    if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
+    contentPtr = GetGrid(content);
+    if (contentPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
 	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
     infoObj = Tcl_NewObj();
     Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-in", -1),
-	    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin));
+	    TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin));
     Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-column", -1),
-	    Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->column));
+	    Tcl_NewIntObj(contentPtr->column));
     Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-row", -1),
-	    Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->row));
+	    Tcl_NewIntObj(contentPtr->row));
     Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-columnspan", -1),
-	    Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->numCols));
+	    Tcl_NewIntObj(contentPtr->numCols));
     Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-rowspan", -1),
-	    Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->numRows));
-    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipadx", slavePtr->iPadX/2, slavePtr->iPadX);
-    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipady", slavePtr->iPadY/2, slavePtr->iPadY);
-    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-padx", slavePtr->padLeft, slavePtr->padX);
-    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-pady", slavePtr->padTop, slavePtr->padY);
+	    Tcl_NewIntObj(contentPtr->numRows));
+    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipadx", contentPtr->iPadX/2, contentPtr->iPadX);
+    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipady", contentPtr->iPadY/2, contentPtr->iPadY);
+    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-padx", contentPtr->padLeft, contentPtr->padX);
+    TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-pady", contentPtr->padTop, contentPtr->padY);
     Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-sticky", -1),
-	    StickyToObj(slavePtr->sticky));
+	    StickyToObj(contentPtr->sticky));
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, infoObj);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -783,11 +783,11 @@ GridLocationCommand(
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window master;
-    Gridder *masterPtr;		/* Master grid record. */
-    GridMaster *gridPtr;	/* Pointer to grid data. */
-    register SlotInfo *slotPtr;
-    int x, y;			/* Offset in pixels, from edge of master. */
+    Tk_Window container;
+    Gridder *containerPtr;		/* Container grid record. */
+    GridContainer *gridPtr;	/* Pointer to grid data. */
+    SlotInfo *slotPtr;
+    int x, y;			/* Offset in pixels, from edge of container. */
     int i, j;			/* Corresponding column and row indeces. */
     int endX, endY;		/* End of grid. */
 
@@ -796,23 +796,23 @@ GridLocationCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, container, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, container, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
-    if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL) {
+    containerPtr = GetGrid(container);
+    if (containerPtr->containerDataPtr == NULL) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, NewPairObj(-1, -1));
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
-    gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
+    gridPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr;
 
     /*
      * Update any pending requests. This is not always the steady state value,
@@ -820,29 +820,29 @@ GridLocationCommand(
      * its easy to get.
      */
 
-    while (masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
-	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
-	ArrangeGrid(masterPtr);
+    while (containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
+	Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, containerPtr);
+	ArrangeGrid(containerPtr);
     }
-    SetGridSize(masterPtr);
+    SetGridSize(containerPtr);
     endX = MAX(gridPtr->columnEnd, gridPtr->columnMax);
     endY = MAX(gridPtr->rowEnd, gridPtr->rowMax);
 
-    slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr;
-    if (x < masterPtr->masterDataPtr->startX) {
+    slotPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnPtr;
+    if (x < containerPtr->containerDataPtr->startX) {
 	i = -1;
     } else {
-	x -= masterPtr->masterDataPtr->startX;
+	x -= containerPtr->containerDataPtr->startX;
 	for (i = 0; slotPtr[i].offset < x && i < endX; i++) {
 	    /* null body */
 	}
     }
 
-    slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr;
-    if (y < masterPtr->masterDataPtr->startY) {
+    slotPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowPtr;
+    if (y < containerPtr->containerDataPtr->startY) {
 	j = -1;
     } else {
-	y -= masterPtr->masterDataPtr->startY;
+	y -= containerPtr->containerDataPtr->startY;
 	for (j = 0; slotPtr[j].offset < y && j < endY; j++) {
 	    /* null body */
 	}
@@ -876,8 +876,8 @@ GridPropagateCommand(
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window master;
-    Gridder *masterPtr;
+    Tk_Window container;
+    Gridder *containerPtr;
     int propagate, old;
 
     if (objc > 4) {
@@ -885,13 +885,13 @@ GridPropagateCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
+    containerPtr = GetGrid(container);
     if (objc == 3) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
-		Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)));
+		Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(containerPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)));
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
     if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &propagate) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -902,39 +902,39 @@ GridPropagateCommand(
      * Only request a relayout if the propagation bit changes.
      */
 
-    old = !(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE);
+    old = !(containerPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE);
     if (propagate != old) {
 	if (propagate) {
 	    /*
-	     * If we have slaves, we need to register as geometry master.
+	     * If we have content, we need to register as geometry container.
 	     */
 
-	    if (masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL) {
-		if (TkSetGeometryMaster(interp, master, "grid")	!= TCL_OK) {
+	    if (containerPtr->contentPtr != NULL) {
+		if (TkSetGeometryContainer(interp, container, "grid")	!= TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		masterPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_MASTER;
+		containerPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr->flags &= ~DONT_PROPAGATE;
+	    containerPtr->flags &= ~DONT_PROPAGATE;
 	} else {
-	    if (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER) {
-		TkFreeGeometryMaster(master, "grid");
-		masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
+	    if (containerPtr->flags & ALLOCED_CONTAINER) {
+		TkFreeGeometryContainer(container, "grid");
+		containerPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr->flags |= DONT_PROPAGATE;
+	    containerPtr->flags |= DONT_PROPAGATE;
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Re-arrange the master to allow new geometry information to
-	 * propagate upwards to the master's master.
+	 * Re-arrange the container to allow new geometry information to
+	 * propagate upwards to the container's container.
 	 */
 
-	if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	    *masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+	if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	    *containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
 	}
-	if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
-	    masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
+	if (!(containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
+	    containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, containerPtr);
 	}
     }
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -964,8 +964,8 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window master, slave;
-    Gridder *masterPtr, *slavePtr;
+    Tk_Window container, content;
+    Gridder *containerPtr, *contentPtr;
     SlotInfo *slotPtr = NULL;
     int slot;			/* the column or row number */
     int slotType;		/* COLUMN or ROW */
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -1010,9 +1010,9 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
-    first = 0; /* lint */
-    last = 0; /* lint */
+    containerPtr = GetGrid(container);
+    first = 0;
+    last = 0;
 
     if ((objc == 4) || (objc == 5)) {
 	if (lObjc != 1) {
@@ -1030,11 +1030,11 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	ok = CheckSlotData(masterPtr, slot, slotType, /* checkOnly */ 1);
+	ok = CheckSlotData(containerPtr, slot, slotType, /* checkOnly */ 1);
 	if (ok == TCL_OK) {
 	    slotPtr = (slotType == COLUMN) ?
-		    masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr :
-		    masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr;
+		    containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnPtr :
+		    containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowPtr;
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -1102,32 +1102,32 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
     }
 
     for (j = 0; j < lObjc; j++) {
-	int allSlaves = 0;
+	int allContent = 0;
 
 	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, lObjv[j], &slot) == TCL_OK) {
 	    first = slot;
 	    last = slot;
-	    slavePtr = NULL;
+	    contentPtr = NULL;
 	} else if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(lObjv[j]), "all") == 0) {
 	    /*
-	     * Make sure master is initialised.
+	     * Make sure container is initialised.
 	     */
 
-	    InitMasterData(masterPtr);
+	    InitContainerData(containerPtr);
 
-	    slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
-	    if (slavePtr == NULL) {
+	    contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
+	    if (contentPtr == NULL) {
 		continue;
 	    }
-	    allSlaves = 1;
-	} else if (TkGetWindowFromObj(NULL, tkwin, lObjv[j], &slave)
+	    allContent = 1;
+	} else if (TkGetWindowFromObj(NULL, tkwin, lObjv[j], &content)
 		== TCL_OK) {
 	    /*
-	     * Is it gridded in this master?
+	     * Is it gridded in this container?
 	     */
 
-	    slavePtr = GetGrid(slave);
-	    if (slavePtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) {
+	    contentPtr = GetGrid(content);
+	    if (contentPtr->containerPtr != containerPtr) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			"the window \"%s\" is not managed by \"%s\"",
 			Tcl_GetString(lObjv[j]), Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
@@ -1148,15 +1148,15 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 	 */
 
 	do {
-	    if (slavePtr != NULL) {
+	    if (contentPtr != NULL) {
 		first = (slotType == COLUMN) ?
-			slavePtr->column : slavePtr->row;
+			contentPtr->column : contentPtr->row;
 		last = first - 1 + ((slotType == COLUMN) ?
-			slavePtr->numCols : slavePtr->numRows);
+			contentPtr->numCols : contentPtr->numRows);
 	    }
 
 	    for (slot = first; slot <= last; slot++) {
-		ok = CheckSlotData(masterPtr, slot, slotType, /*checkOnly*/ 0);
+		ok = CheckSlotData(containerPtr, slot, slotType, /*checkOnly*/ 0);
 		if (ok != TCL_OK) {
 		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			    "\"%s\" is out of range",
@@ -1167,8 +1167,8 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		slotPtr = (slotType == COLUMN) ?
-			masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr :
-			masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr;
+			containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnPtr :
+			containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowPtr;
 
 		/*
 		 * Loop through each option value pair, setting the values as
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 			return TCL_ERROR;
 		    }
 		    if (index == ROWCOL_MINSIZE) {
-			if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[i+1],
+			if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, container, objv[i+1],
 				&size) != TCL_OK) {
 			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 			    return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 			    slotPtr[slot].uniform = NULL;
 			}
 		    } else if (index == ROWCOL_PAD) {
-			if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[i+1],
+			if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, container, objv[i+1],
 				&size) != TCL_OK) {
 			    Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 			    return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -1222,10 +1222,10 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
-	    if (slavePtr != NULL) {
-		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
+	    if (contentPtr != NULL) {
+		contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
 	    }
-	} while ((allSlaves == 1) && (slavePtr != NULL));
+	} while ((allContent == 1) && (contentPtr != NULL));
     }
     Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
 
@@ -1236,32 +1236,32 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
 
     if (slotPtr != NULL) {
 	if (slotType == ROW) {
-	    int last = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowMax - 1;
+	    int last = containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowMax - 1;
 
 	    while ((last >= 0) && (slotPtr[last].weight == 0)
 		    && (slotPtr[last].pad == 0) && (slotPtr[last].minSize == 0)
 		    && (slotPtr[last].uniform == NULL)) {
 		last--;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowMax = last+1;
+	    containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowMax = last+1;
 	} else {
-	    int last = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnMax - 1;
+	    int last = containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnMax - 1;
 
 	    while ((last >= 0) && (slotPtr[last].weight == 0)
 		    && (slotPtr[last].pad == 0) && (slotPtr[last].minSize == 0)
 		    && (slotPtr[last].uniform == NULL)) {
 		last--;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnMax = last + 1;
+	    containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnMax = last + 1;
 	}
     }
 
-    if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+    if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	*containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
     }
-    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
-	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
+    if (!(containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
+	containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, containerPtr);
     }
     return TCL_OK;
 
@@ -1297,23 +1297,23 @@ GridSizeCommand(
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window master;
-    Gridder *masterPtr;
-    GridMaster *gridPtr;	/* pointer to grid data */
+    Tk_Window container;
+    Gridder *containerPtr;
+    GridContainer *gridPtr;	/* pointer to grid data */
 
     if (objc != 3) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
+    containerPtr = GetGrid(container);
 
-    if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
-	SetGridSize(masterPtr);
-	gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
+    if (containerPtr->containerDataPtr != NULL) {
+	SetGridSize(containerPtr);
+	gridPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr;
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, NewPairObj(
 		MAX(gridPtr->columnEnd, gridPtr->columnMax),
 		MAX(gridPtr->rowEnd, gridPtr->rowMax)));
@@ -1326,37 +1326,37 @@ GridSizeCommand(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * GridSlavesCommand --
+ * GridContentCommand --
  *
- *	Implementation of the [grid slaves] subcommand. See the user
+ *	Implementation of the [grid content] subcommand. See the user
  *	documentation for details on what it does.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Standard Tcl result.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Places a list of slaves of the specified window in the interpreter's
- *	result field.
+ *	Places a list of content windows of the specified window in the
+ *	interpreter's result field.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static int
-GridSlavesCommand(
+GridContentCommand(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Main window of the application. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window master;
-    Gridder *masterPtr;		/* master grid record */
-    Gridder *slavePtr;
+    Tk_Window container;
+    Gridder *containerPtr;		/* container grid record */
+    Gridder *contentPtr;
     int i, value, index;
     int row = -1, column = -1;
     static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
 	"-column", "-row", NULL
     };
-    enum options { SLAVES_COLUMN, SLAVES_ROW };
+    enum options { CONTENT_COLUMN, CONTENT_ROW };
     Tcl_Obj *res;
 
     if ((objc < 3) || ((objc % 2) == 0)) {
@@ -1378,30 +1378,30 @@ GridSlavesCommand(
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GRID", "NEG_INDEX", NULL);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (index == SLAVES_COLUMN) {
+	if (index == CONTENT_COLUMN) {
 	    column = value;
 	} else {
 	    row = value;
 	}
     }
 
-    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
+    containerPtr = GetGrid(container);
 
     res = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-    for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-	    slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	if ((column >= 0) && (slavePtr->column > column
-		|| slavePtr->column+slavePtr->numCols-1 < column)) {
+    for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+	    contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if ((column >= 0) && (contentPtr->column > column
+		|| contentPtr->column+contentPtr->numCols-1 < column)) {
 	    continue;
 	}
-	if ((row >= 0) && (slavePtr->row > row ||
-		slavePtr->row+slavePtr->numRows-1 < row)) {
+	if ((row >= 0) && (contentPtr->row > row ||
+		contentPtr->row+contentPtr->numRows-1 < row)) {
 	    continue;
 	}
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp,res, TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin));
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp,res, TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->tkwin));
     }
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, res);
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -1429,12 +1429,12 @@ static void
 GridReqProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Grid's information about window that got
 				 * new preferred geometry. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Other Tk-related information about the
+    TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window))		/* Other Tk-related information about the
 				 * window. */
 {
-    register Gridder *gridPtr = clientData;
+    Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *)clientData;
 
-    gridPtr = gridPtr->masterPtr;
+    gridPtr = gridPtr->containerPtr;
     if (gridPtr && !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 	gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
 	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
@@ -1444,33 +1444,33 @@ GridReqProc(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * GridLostSlaveProc --
+ * GridLostContentProc --
  *
  *	This procedure is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
- *	control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
+ *	control over a content that used to be managed by us.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Forgets all grid-related information about the slave.
+ *	Forgets all grid-related information about the content.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
-GridLostSlaveProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Grid structure for slave window that was
+GridLostContentProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Grid structure for content window that was
 				 * stolen away. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
+    TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window))		/* Tk's handle for the content window. */
 {
-    register Gridder *slavePtr = clientData;
+    Gridder *contentPtr = (Gridder *)clientData;
 
-    if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
-	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
+    if (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
+	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
     }
-    Unlink(slavePtr);
-    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+    Unlink(contentPtr);
+    Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1497,9 +1497,9 @@ static int
 AdjustOffsets(
     int size,			/* The total layout size (in pixels). */
     int slots,			/* Number of slots. */
-    register SlotInfo *slotPtr)	/* Pointer to slot array. */
+    SlotInfo *slotPtr)	/* Pointer to slot array. */
 {
-    register int slot;		/* Current slot. */
+    int slot;		/* Current slot. */
     int diff;			/* Extra pixels needed to add to the layout. */
     int totalWeight;		/* Sum of the weights for all the slots. */
     int weight;			/* Sum of the weights so far. */
@@ -1644,12 +1644,12 @@ AdjustOffsets(
  *
  * AdjustForSticky --
  *
- *	This procedure adjusts the size of a slave in its cavity based on its
+ *	This procedure adjusts the size of a content in its cavity based on its
  *	"sticky" flags.
  *
  * Results:
  *	The input x, y, width, and height are changed to represent the desired
- *	coordinates of the slave.
+ *	coordinates of the content.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -1659,29 +1659,29 @@ AdjustOffsets(
 
 static void
 AdjustForSticky(
-    Gridder *slavePtr,	/* Slave window to arrange in its cavity. */
+    Gridder *contentPtr,	/* Content window to arrange in its cavity. */
     int *xPtr,		/* Pixel location of the left edge of the cavity. */
     int *yPtr,		/* Pixel location of the top edge of the cavity. */
     int *widthPtr,	/* Width of the cavity (in pixels). */
     int *heightPtr)	/* Height of the cavity (in pixels). */
 {
-    int diffx = 0;	/* Cavity width - slave width. */
-    int diffy = 0;	/* Cavity hight - slave height. */
-    int sticky = slavePtr->sticky;
+    int diffx = 0;	/* Cavity width - content width. */
+    int diffy = 0;	/* Cavity hight - content height. */
+    int sticky = contentPtr->sticky;
 
-    *xPtr += slavePtr->padLeft;
-    *widthPtr -= slavePtr->padX;
-    *yPtr += slavePtr->padTop;
-    *heightPtr -= slavePtr->padY;
+    *xPtr += contentPtr->padLeft;
+    *widthPtr -= contentPtr->padX;
+    *yPtr += contentPtr->padTop;
+    *heightPtr -= contentPtr->padY;
 
-    if (*widthPtr > (Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadX)) {
-	diffx = *widthPtr - (Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadX);
-	*widthPtr = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadX;
+    if (*widthPtr > (Tk_ReqWidth(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->iPadX)) {
+	diffx = *widthPtr - (Tk_ReqWidth(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->iPadX);
+	*widthPtr = Tk_ReqWidth(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->iPadX;
     }
 
-    if (*heightPtr > (Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadY)) {
-	diffy = *heightPtr - (Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadY);
-	*heightPtr = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadY;
+    if (*heightPtr > (Tk_ReqHeight(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->iPadY)) {
+	diffy = *heightPtr - (Tk_ReqHeight(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->iPadY);
+	*heightPtr = Tk_ReqHeight(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->iPadY;
     }
 
     if (sticky&STICK_EAST && sticky&STICK_WEST) {
@@ -1712,38 +1712,38 @@ AdjustForSticky(
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The slaves of masterPtr may get resized or moved.
+ *	The content of containerPtr may get resized or moved.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
 ArrangeGrid(
-    ClientData clientData)	/* Structure describing master whose slaves
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Structure describing container whose content
 				 * are to be re-layed out. */
 {
-    register Gridder *masterPtr = clientData;
-    register Gridder *slavePtr;
-    GridMaster *slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
+    Gridder *containerPtr = (Gridder *)clientData;
+    Gridder *contentPtr;
+    GridContainer *slotPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr;
     int abort;
     int width, height;		/* Requested size of layout, in pixels. */
     int realWidth, realHeight;	/* Actual size layout should take-up. */
     int usedX, usedY;
 
-    masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
+    containerPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
 
     /*
-     * If the master has no slaves anymore, then don't do anything at all:
-     * just leave the master's size as-is. Otherwise there is no way to
-     * "relinquish" control over the master so another geometry manager can
+     * If the container has no content anymore, then don't do anything at all:
+     * just leave the container's size as-is. Otherwise there is no way to
+     * "relinquish" control over the container so another geometry manager can
      * take over.
      */
 
-    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
+    if (containerPtr->contentPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
 
-    if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL) {
+    if (containerPtr->containerDataPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
 
@@ -1753,128 +1753,128 @@ ArrangeGrid(
      * necessary.
      */
 
-    if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+    if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	*containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
     }
-    masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
+    containerPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
     abort = 0;
-    Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(containerPtr);
 
     /*
      * Call the constraint engine to fill in the row and column offsets.
      */
 
-    SetGridSize(masterPtr);
-    width = ResolveConstraints(masterPtr, COLUMN, 0);
-    height = ResolveConstraints(masterPtr, ROW, 0);
-    width += Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin) +
-	    Tk_InternalBorderRight(masterPtr->tkwin);
-    height += Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin) +
-	    Tk_InternalBorderBottom(masterPtr->tkwin);
+    SetGridSize(containerPtr);
+    width = ResolveConstraints(containerPtr, COLUMN, 0);
+    height = ResolveConstraints(containerPtr, ROW, 0);
+    width += Tk_InternalBorderLeft(containerPtr->tkwin) +
+	    Tk_InternalBorderRight(containerPtr->tkwin);
+    height += Tk_InternalBorderTop(containerPtr->tkwin) +
+	    Tk_InternalBorderBottom(containerPtr->tkwin);
 
-    if (width < Tk_MinReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
-	width = Tk_MinReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin);
+    if (width < Tk_MinReqWidth(containerPtr->tkwin)) {
+	width = Tk_MinReqWidth(containerPtr->tkwin);
     }
-    if (height < Tk_MinReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
-	height = Tk_MinReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin);
+    if (height < Tk_MinReqHeight(containerPtr->tkwin)) {
+	height = Tk_MinReqHeight(containerPtr->tkwin);
     }
 
-    if (((width != Tk_ReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin))
-	    || (height != Tk_ReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin)))
-	    && !(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
-	Tk_GeometryRequest(masterPtr->tkwin, width, height);
+    if (((width != Tk_ReqWidth(containerPtr->tkwin))
+	    || (height != Tk_ReqHeight(containerPtr->tkwin)))
+	    && !(containerPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
+	Tk_GeometryRequest(containerPtr->tkwin, width, height);
 	if (width>1 && height>1) {
-	    masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
+	    containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, containerPtr);
 	}
-	masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
-	Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
+	containerPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
+	Tcl_Release(containerPtr);
 	return;
     }
 
     /*
-     * If the currently requested layout size doesn't match the master's
+     * If the currently requested layout size doesn't match the container's
      * window size, then adjust the slot offsets according to the weights. If
      * all of the weights are zero, place the layout according to the anchor
      * value.
      */
 
-    realWidth = Tk_Width(masterPtr->tkwin) -
-	    Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin) -
-	    Tk_InternalBorderRight(masterPtr->tkwin);
-    realHeight = Tk_Height(masterPtr->tkwin) -
-	    Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin) -
-	    Tk_InternalBorderBottom(masterPtr->tkwin);
+    realWidth = Tk_Width(containerPtr->tkwin) -
+	    Tk_InternalBorderLeft(containerPtr->tkwin) -
+	    Tk_InternalBorderRight(containerPtr->tkwin);
+    realHeight = Tk_Height(containerPtr->tkwin) -
+	    Tk_InternalBorderTop(containerPtr->tkwin) -
+	    Tk_InternalBorderBottom(containerPtr->tkwin);
     usedX = AdjustOffsets(realWidth,
 	    MAX(slotPtr->columnEnd, slotPtr->columnMax), slotPtr->columnPtr);
     usedY = AdjustOffsets(realHeight, MAX(slotPtr->rowEnd, slotPtr->rowMax),
 	    slotPtr->rowPtr);
-    TkComputeAnchor(masterPtr->masterDataPtr->anchor, masterPtr->tkwin,
+    TkComputeAnchor(containerPtr->containerDataPtr->anchor, containerPtr->tkwin,
 	    0, 0, usedX, usedY, &slotPtr->startX, &slotPtr->startY);
 
     /*
-     * Now adjust the actual size of the slave to its cavity by computing the
+     * Now adjust the actual size of the content to its cavity by computing the
      * cavity size, and adjusting the widget according to its stickyness.
      */
 
-    for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL && !abort;
-	    slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
+    for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL && !abort;
+	    contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
 	int x, y;			/* Top left coordinate */
-	int width, height;		/* Slot or slave size */
-	int col = slavePtr->column;
-	int row = slavePtr->row;
+	int width, height;		/* Slot or content size */
+	int col = contentPtr->column;
+	int row = contentPtr->row;
 
 	x = (col>0) ? slotPtr->columnPtr[col-1].offset : 0;
 	y = (row>0) ? slotPtr->rowPtr[row-1].offset : 0;
 
-	width = slotPtr->columnPtr[slavePtr->numCols+col-1].offset - x;
-	height = slotPtr->rowPtr[slavePtr->numRows+row-1].offset - y;
+	width = slotPtr->columnPtr[contentPtr->numCols+col-1].offset - x;
+	height = slotPtr->rowPtr[contentPtr->numRows+row-1].offset - y;
 
 	x += slotPtr->startX;
 	y += slotPtr->startY;
 
-	AdjustForSticky(slavePtr, &x, &y, &width, &height);
+	AdjustForSticky(contentPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height);
 
 	/*
 	 * Now put the window in the proper spot. (This was taken directly
-	 * from tkPack.c.) If the slave is a child of the master, then do this
+	 * from tkPack.c.) If the content is a child of the container, then do this
 	 * here. Otherwise let Tk_MaintainGeometry do the work.
 	 */
 
-	if (masterPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
+	if (containerPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
 	    if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
-		Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+		Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 	    } else {
-		if ((x != Tk_X(slavePtr->tkwin))
-			|| (y != Tk_Y(slavePtr->tkwin))
-			|| (width != Tk_Width(slavePtr->tkwin))
-			|| (height != Tk_Height(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
-		    Tk_MoveResizeWindow(slavePtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
+		if ((x != Tk_X(contentPtr->tkwin))
+			|| (y != Tk_Y(contentPtr->tkwin))
+			|| (width != Tk_Width(contentPtr->tkwin))
+			|| (height != Tk_Height(contentPtr->tkwin))) {
+		    Tk_MoveResizeWindow(contentPtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
 		}
 		if (abort) {
 		    break;
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * Don't map the slave if the master isn't mapped: wait until
-		 * the master gets mapped later.
+		 * Don't map the content if the container isn't mapped: wait until
+		 * the container gets mapped later.
 		 */
 
-		if (Tk_IsMapped(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
-		    Tk_MapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+		if (Tk_IsMapped(containerPtr->tkwin)) {
+		    Tk_MapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 		}
 	    }
 	} else if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
-	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin);
-	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, containerPtr->tkwin);
+	    Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 	} else {
-	    Tk_MaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin, x, y,
+	    Tk_MaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, containerPtr->tkwin, x, y,
 		    width, height);
 	}
     }
 
-    masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
-    Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
+    containerPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
+    Tcl_Release(containerPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1892,20 +1892,20 @@ ArrangeGrid(
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	The slot offsets are copied into the SlotInfo structure for the
- *	geometry master.
+ *	geometry container.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static int
 ResolveConstraints(
-    Gridder *masterPtr,		/* The geometry master for this grid. */
+    Gridder *containerPtr,		/* The geometry container for this grid. */
     int slotType,		/* Either ROW or COLUMN. */
     int maxOffset)		/* The actual maximum size of this layout in
 				 * pixels, or 0 (not currently used). */
 {
-    register SlotInfo *slotPtr;	/* Pointer to row/col constraints. */
-    register Gridder *slavePtr;	/* List of slave windows in this grid. */
+    SlotInfo *slotPtr;	/* Pointer to row/col constraints. */
+    Gridder *contentPtr;	/* List of content windows in this grid. */
     int constraintCount;	/* Count of rows or columns that have
 				 * constraints. */
     int slotCount;		/* Last occupied row or column. */
@@ -1914,7 +1914,7 @@ ResolveConstraints(
     GridLayout *layoutPtr;	/* Temporary layout structure. */
     int requiredSize;		/* The natural size of the grid (pixels).
 				 * This is the minimum size needed to
-				 * accommodate all of the slaves at their
+				 * accommodate all of the content at their
 				 * requested sizes. */
     int offset;			/* The pixel offset of the right edge of the
 				 * current slot from the beginning of the
@@ -1942,13 +1942,13 @@ ResolveConstraints(
     GridLayout layoutData[TYPICAL_SIZE + 1];
 
     if (slotType == COLUMN) {
-	constraintCount = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnMax;
-	slotCount = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnEnd;
-	slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr;
+	constraintCount = containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnMax;
+	slotCount = containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnEnd;
+	slotPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnPtr;
     } else {
-	constraintCount = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowMax;
-	slotCount = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd;
-	slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr;
+	constraintCount = containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowMax;
+	slotCount = containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowEnd;
+	slotPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowPtr;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ ResolveConstraints(
 
     gridCount = MAX(constraintCount, slotCount);
     if (gridCount >= TYPICAL_SIZE) {
-	layoutPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(GridLayout) * (1+gridCount));
+	layoutPtr = (GridLayout *)ckalloc(sizeof(GridLayout) * (1+gridCount));
     } else {
 	layoutPtr = layoutData;
     }
@@ -1998,29 +1998,29 @@ ResolveConstraints(
 
     /*
      * Step 2.
-     * Slaves with a span of 1 are used to determine the minimum size of each
-     * slot. Slaves whose span is two or more slots don't contribute to the
+     * Content with a span of 1 are used to determine the minimum size of each
+     * slot. Content whose span is two or more slots don't contribute to the
      * minimum size of each slot directly, but can cause slots to grow if
      * their size exceeds the the sizes of the slots they span.
      *
-     * Bin all slaves whose spans are > 1 by their right edges. This allows
+     * Bin all content whose spans are > 1 by their right edges. This allows
      * the computation on minimum and maximum possible layout sizes at each
-     * slot boundary, without the need to re-sort the slaves.
+     * slot boundary, without the need to re-sort the content.
      */
 
     switch (slotType) {
     case COLUMN:
-	for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	    int rightEdge = slavePtr->column + slavePtr->numCols - 1;
-
-	    slavePtr->size = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->padX
-		    + slavePtr->iPadX + slavePtr->doubleBw;
-	    if (slavePtr->numCols > 1) {
-		slavePtr->binNextPtr = layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr;
-		layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr = slavePtr;
+	for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    int rightEdge = contentPtr->column + contentPtr->numCols - 1;
+
+	    contentPtr->size = Tk_ReqWidth(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->padX
+		    + contentPtr->iPadX + contentPtr->doubleBw;
+	    if (contentPtr->numCols > 1) {
+		contentPtr->binNextPtr = layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr;
+		layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr = contentPtr;
 	    } else if (rightEdge >= 0) {
-		int size = slavePtr->size + layoutPtr[rightEdge].pad;
+		int size = contentPtr->size + layoutPtr[rightEdge].pad;
 
 		if (size > layoutPtr[rightEdge].minSize) {
 		    layoutPtr[rightEdge].minSize = size;
@@ -2029,17 +2029,17 @@ ResolveConstraints(
 	}
 	break;
     case ROW:
-	for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	    int rightEdge = slavePtr->row + slavePtr->numRows - 1;
-
-	    slavePtr->size = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->padY
-		    + slavePtr->iPadY + slavePtr->doubleBw;
-	    if (slavePtr->numRows > 1) {
-		slavePtr->binNextPtr = layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr;
-		layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr = slavePtr;
+	for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    int rightEdge = contentPtr->row + contentPtr->numRows - 1;
+
+	    contentPtr->size = Tk_ReqHeight(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->padY
+		    + contentPtr->iPadY + contentPtr->doubleBw;
+	    if (contentPtr->numRows > 1) {
+		contentPtr->binNextPtr = layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr;
+		layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr = contentPtr;
 	    } else if (rightEdge >= 0) {
-		int size = slavePtr->size + layoutPtr[rightEdge].pad;
+		int size = contentPtr->size + layoutPtr[rightEdge].pad;
 
 		if (size > layoutPtr[rightEdge].minSize) {
 		    layoutPtr[rightEdge].minSize = size;
@@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ ResolveConstraints(
 			    * sizeof(UniformGroup);
 		    size_t newSize = (uniformGroupsAlloced + UNIFORM_PREALLOC)
 			    * sizeof(UniformGroup);
-		    UniformGroup *newUG = ckalloc(newSize);
+		    UniformGroup *newUG = (UniformGroup *)ckalloc(newSize);
 		    UniformGroup *oldUG = uniformGroupPtr;
 
 		    memcpy(newUG, oldUG, oldSize);
@@ -2130,16 +2130,16 @@ ResolveConstraints(
     /*
      * Step 3.
      * Determine the minimum slot offsets going from left to right that would
-     * fit all of the slaves. This determines the minimum
+     * fit all of the content. This determines the minimum
      */
 
     for (offset=0,slot=0; slot < gridCount; slot++) {
 	layoutPtr[slot].minOffset = layoutPtr[slot].minSize + offset;
-	for (slavePtr = layoutPtr[slot].binNextPtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		slavePtr = slavePtr->binNextPtr) {
+	for (contentPtr = layoutPtr[slot].binNextPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		contentPtr = contentPtr->binNextPtr) {
 	    int span = (slotType == COLUMN) ?
-		    slavePtr->numCols : slavePtr->numRows;
-	    int required = slavePtr->size + layoutPtr[slot - span].minOffset;
+		    contentPtr->numCols : contentPtr->numRows;
+	    int required = contentPtr->size + layoutPtr[slot - span].minOffset;
 
 	    if (required > layoutPtr[slot].minOffset) {
 		layoutPtr[slot].minOffset = required;
@@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ ResolveConstraints(
 
     /*
      * At this point, we know the minimum required size of the entire layout.
-     * It might be prudent to stop here if our "master" will resize itself to
+     * It might be prudent to stop here if our "container" will resize itself to
      * this size.
      */
 
@@ -2171,11 +2171,11 @@ ResolveConstraints(
 	layoutPtr[slot].maxOffset = offset;
     }
     for (slot=gridCount-1; slot > 0;) {
-	for (slavePtr = layoutPtr[slot].binNextPtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		slavePtr = slavePtr->binNextPtr) {
+	for (contentPtr = layoutPtr[slot].binNextPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		contentPtr = contentPtr->binNextPtr) {
 	    int span = (slotType == COLUMN) ?
-		    slavePtr->numCols : slavePtr->numRows;
-	    int require = offset - slavePtr->size;
+		    contentPtr->numCols : contentPtr->numRows;
+	    int require = offset - contentPtr->size;
 	    int startSlot = slot - span;
 
 	    if (startSlot >=0 && require < layoutPtr[startSlot].maxOffset) {
@@ -2385,7 +2385,7 @@ ResolveConstraints(
     /*
      * Step 6.
      * All of the space has been apportioned; copy the layout information back
-     * into the master.
+     * into the container.
      */
 
     for (slot=0; slot < gridCount; slot++) {
@@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ GetGrid(
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window for which grid structure
 				 * is desired. */
 {
-    register Gridder *gridPtr;
+    Gridder *gridPtr;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     int isNew;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
@@ -2440,14 +2440,14 @@ GetGrid(
 
     hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable, (char*) tkwin, &isNew);
     if (!isNew) {
-	return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	return (Gridder *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
     }
-    gridPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Gridder));
+    gridPtr = (Gridder *)ckalloc(sizeof(Gridder));
     gridPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
-    gridPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
-    gridPtr->masterDataPtr = NULL;
+    gridPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
+    gridPtr->containerDataPtr = NULL;
     gridPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
-    gridPtr->slavePtr = NULL;
+    gridPtr->contentPtr = NULL;
     gridPtr->binNextPtr = NULL;
 
     gridPtr->column = -1;
@@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ GetGrid(
     gridPtr->sticky = 0;
     gridPtr->size = 0;
     gridPtr->in = NULL;
-    gridPtr->masterDataPtr = NULL;
+    gridPtr->containerDataPtr = NULL;
     Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, gridPtr);
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
 	    GridStructureProc, gridPtr);
@@ -2479,13 +2479,13 @@ GetGrid(
  *
  * SetGridSize --
  *
- *	This internal procedure sets the size of the grid occupied by slaves.
+ *	This internal procedure sets the size of the grid occupied by content.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The width and height arguments are filled in the master data
+ *	The width and height arguments are filled in the container data
  *	structure. Additional space is allocated for the constraints to
  *	accommodate the offsets.
  *
@@ -2494,50 +2494,50 @@ GetGrid(
 
 static void
 SetGridSize(
-    Gridder *masterPtr)		/* The geometry master for this grid. */
+    Gridder *containerPtr)		/* The geometry container for this grid. */
 {
-    register Gridder *slavePtr;	/* Current slave window. */
+    Gridder *contentPtr;	/* Current content window. */
     int maxX = 0, maxY = 0;
 
-    for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-	    slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	maxX = MAX(maxX, slavePtr->numCols + slavePtr->column);
-	maxY = MAX(maxY, slavePtr->numRows + slavePtr->row);
+    for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+	    contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	maxX = MAX(maxX, contentPtr->numCols + contentPtr->column);
+	maxY = MAX(maxY, contentPtr->numRows + contentPtr->row);
     }
-    masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnEnd = maxX;
-    masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd = maxY;
-    CheckSlotData(masterPtr, maxX, COLUMN, CHECK_SPACE);
-    CheckSlotData(masterPtr, maxY, ROW, CHECK_SPACE);
+    containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnEnd = maxX;
+    containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowEnd = maxY;
+    CheckSlotData(containerPtr, maxX, COLUMN, CHECK_SPACE);
+    CheckSlotData(containerPtr, maxY, ROW, CHECK_SPACE);
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * SetSlaveColumn --
+ * SetContentColumn --
  *
- *	Update column data for a slave, checking that MAX_ELEMENT bound
+ *	Update column data for a content, checking that MAX_ELEMENT bound
  *      is not passed.
  *
  * Results:
  *	TCL_ERROR if out of bounds, TCL_OK otherwise
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Slave fields are updated.
+ *	Content fields are updated.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static int
-SetSlaveColumn(
+SetContentColumn(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error message. */
-    Gridder *slavePtr,		/* Slave to be updated. */
+    Gridder *contentPtr,		/* Content to be updated. */
     int column,			/* New column or -1 to be unchanged. */
     int numCols)		/* New columnspan or -1 to be unchanged. */
 {
     int newColumn, newNumCols, lastCol;
 
-    newColumn = (column >= 0) ? column : slavePtr->column;
-    newNumCols = (numCols >= 1) ? numCols : slavePtr->numCols;
+    newColumn = (column >= 0) ? column : contentPtr->column;
+    newNumCols = (numCols >= 1) ? numCols : contentPtr->numCols;
 
     lastCol = ((newColumn >= 0) ? newColumn : 0) + newNumCols;
     if (lastCol >= MAX_ELEMENT) {
@@ -2546,39 +2546,39 @@ SetSlaveColumn(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    slavePtr->column = newColumn;
-    slavePtr->numCols = newNumCols;
+    contentPtr->column = newColumn;
+    contentPtr->numCols = newNumCols;
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * SetSlaveRow --
+ * SetContentRow --
  *
- *	Update row data for a slave, checking that MAX_ELEMENT bound
+ *	Update row data for a content, checking that MAX_ELEMENT bound
  *      is not passed.
  *
  * Results:
  *	TCL_ERROR if out of bounds, TCL_OK otherwise
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Slave fields are updated.
+ *	Content fields are updated.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static int
-SetSlaveRow(
+SetContentRow(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp for error message. */
-    Gridder *slavePtr,		/* Slave to be updated. */
+    Gridder *contentPtr,		/* Content to be updated. */
     int row,			/* New row or -1 to be unchanged. */
     int numRows)		/* New rowspan or -1 to be unchanged. */
 {
     int newRow, newNumRows, lastRow;
 
-    newRow = (row >= 0) ? row : slavePtr->row;
-    newNumRows = (numRows >= 1) ? numRows : slavePtr->numRows;
+    newRow = (row >= 0) ? row : contentPtr->row;
+    newNumRows = (numRows >= 1) ? numRows : contentPtr->numRows;
 
     lastRow = ((newRow >= 0) ? newRow : 0) + newNumRows;
     if (lastRow >= MAX_ELEMENT) {
@@ -2587,8 +2587,8 @@ SetSlaveRow(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    slavePtr->row = newRow;
-    slavePtr->numRows = newNumRows;
+    contentPtr->row = newRow;
+    contentPtr->numRows = newNumRows;
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
@@ -2604,7 +2604,7 @@ SetSlaveRow(
  *	TRUE if the index is OK, False otherwise.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	A new master grid structure may be created. If so, then it is
+ *	A new container grid structure may be created. If so, then it is
  *	initialized. In addition, additional storage for a row or column
  *	constraints may be allocated, and the constraint maximums are
  *	adjusted.
@@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ SetSlaveRow(
 
 static int
 CheckSlotData(
-    Gridder *masterPtr,		/* The geometry master for this grid. */
+    Gridder *containerPtr,		/* The geometry container for this grid. */
     int slot,			/* Which slot to look at. */
     int slotType,		/* ROW or COLUMN. */
     int checkOnly)		/* Don't allocate new space if true. */
@@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ CheckSlotData(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if ((checkOnly == CHECK_ONLY) && (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL)) {
+    if ((checkOnly == CHECK_ONLY) && (containerPtr->containerDataPtr == NULL)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -2640,39 +2640,39 @@ CheckSlotData(
      * of the offsets as well.
      */
 
-    InitMasterData(masterPtr);
-    end = (slotType == ROW) ? masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowMax :
-	    masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnMax;
+    InitContainerData(containerPtr);
+    end = (slotType == ROW) ? containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowMax :
+	    containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnMax;
     if (checkOnly == CHECK_ONLY) {
     	return ((end < slot) ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK);
     } else {
-    	numSlot = (slotType == ROW) ? masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowSpace
-		: masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnSpace;
+    	numSlot = (slotType == ROW) ? containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowSpace
+		: containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnSpace;
     	if (slot >= numSlot) {
 	    int newNumSlot = slot + PREALLOC;
 	    size_t oldSize = numSlot * sizeof(SlotInfo);
 	    size_t newSize = newNumSlot * sizeof(SlotInfo);
-	    SlotInfo *newSI = ckalloc(newSize);
+	    SlotInfo *newSI = (SlotInfo *)ckalloc(newSize);
 	    SlotInfo *oldSI = (slotType == ROW)
-		    ? masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr
-		    : masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr;
+		    ? containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowPtr
+		    : containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnPtr;
 
 	    memcpy(newSI, oldSI, oldSize);
 	    memset(newSI+numSlot, 0, newSize - oldSize);
 	    ckfree(oldSI);
 	    if (slotType == ROW) {
-	 	masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr = newSI;
-	    	masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowSpace = newNumSlot;
+	 	containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowPtr = newSI;
+	    	containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowSpace = newNumSlot;
 	    } else {
-	    	masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr = newSI;
-	    	masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnSpace = newNumSlot;
+	    	containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnPtr = newSI;
+	    	containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnSpace = newNumSlot;
 	    }
 	}
 	if (slot >= end && checkOnly != CHECK_SPACE) {
 	    if (slotType == ROW) {
-		masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowMax = slot+1;
+		containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowMax = slot+1;
 	    } else {
-		masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnMax = slot+1;
+		containerPtr->containerDataPtr->columnMax = slot+1;
 	    }
 	}
     	return TCL_OK;
@@ -2682,37 +2682,37 @@ CheckSlotData(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * InitMasterData --
+ * InitContainerData --
  *
  *	This internal procedure is used to allocate and initialize the data
- *	for a geometry master, if the data doesn't exist already.
+ *	for a geometry container, if the data doesn't exist already.
  *
  * Results:
  *	none
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	A new master grid structure may be created. If so, then it is
+ *	A new container grid structure may be created. If so, then it is
  *	initialized.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
-InitMasterData(
-    Gridder *masterPtr)
+InitContainerData(
+    Gridder *containerPtr)
 {
-    if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL) {
-	GridMaster *gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr =
-		ckalloc(sizeof(GridMaster));
+    if (containerPtr->containerDataPtr == NULL) {
+	GridContainer *gridPtr = containerPtr->containerDataPtr =
+		ckalloc(sizeof(GridContainer));
 	size_t size = sizeof(SlotInfo) * TYPICAL_SIZE;
 
 	gridPtr->columnEnd = 0;
 	gridPtr->columnMax = 0;
-	gridPtr->columnPtr = ckalloc(size);
+	gridPtr->columnPtr = (SlotInfo *)ckalloc(size);
 	gridPtr->columnSpace = TYPICAL_SIZE;
 	gridPtr->rowEnd = 0;
 	gridPtr->rowMax = 0;
-	gridPtr->rowPtr = ckalloc(size);
+	gridPtr->rowPtr = (SlotInfo *)ckalloc(size);
 	gridPtr->rowSpace = TYPICAL_SIZE;
 	gridPtr->startX = 0;
 	gridPtr->startY = 0;
@@ -2728,13 +2728,13 @@ InitMasterData(
  *
  * Unlink --
  *
- *	Remove a grid from its master's list of slaves.
+ *	Remove a grid from its container's list of content.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The master will be scheduled for re-arranging, and the size of the
+ *	The container will be scheduled for re-arranging, and the size of the
  *	grid will be adjusted accordingly
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2742,47 +2742,47 @@ InitMasterData(
 
 static void
 Unlink(
-    register Gridder *slavePtr)	/* Window to unlink. */
+    Gridder *contentPtr)	/* Window to unlink. */
 {
-    register Gridder *masterPtr, *slavePtr2;
+    Gridder *containerPtr, *contentPtr2;
 
-    masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
-    if (masterPtr == NULL) {
+    containerPtr = contentPtr->containerPtr;
+    if (containerPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
 
-    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == slavePtr) {
-	masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
+    if (containerPtr->contentPtr == contentPtr) {
+	containerPtr->contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
     } else {
-	for (slavePtr2=masterPtr->slavePtr ; ; slavePtr2=slavePtr2->nextPtr) {
-	    if (slavePtr2 == NULL) {
+	for (contentPtr2=containerPtr->contentPtr ; ; contentPtr2=contentPtr2->nextPtr) {
+	    if (contentPtr2 == NULL) {
 		Tcl_Panic("Unlink couldn't find previous window");
 	    }
-	    if (slavePtr2->nextPtr == slavePtr) {
-		slavePtr2->nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
+	    if (contentPtr2->nextPtr == contentPtr) {
+		contentPtr2->nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
     }
-    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
-	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
+    if (!(containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
+	containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, containerPtr);
     }
-    if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+    if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	*containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
     }
 
-    SetGridSize(slavePtr->masterPtr);
-    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
+    SetGridSize(contentPtr->containerPtr);
+    contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
 
     /*
-     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
+     * If we have emptied this container from content it means we are no longer
      * handling it and should mark it as free.
      */
 
-    if ((masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER)) {
-	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "grid");
-	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
+    if ((containerPtr->contentPtr == NULL) && (containerPtr->flags & ALLOCED_CONTAINER)) {
+	TkFreeGeometryContainer(containerPtr->tkwin, "grid");
+	containerPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
     }
 }
 
@@ -2794,7 +2794,7 @@ Unlink(
  *	This procedure is invoked by Tcl_EventuallyFree or Tcl_Release to
  *	clean up the internal structure of a grid at a safe time (when no-one
  *	is using it anymore). Cleaning up the grid involves freeing the main
- *	structure for all windows and the master structure for geometry
+ *	structure for all windows and the container structure for geometry
  *	managers.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -2810,16 +2810,16 @@ static void
 DestroyGrid(
     void *memPtr)		/* Info about window that is now dead. */
 {
-    register Gridder *gridPtr = memPtr;
+    Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *)memPtr;
 
-    if (gridPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
-	if (gridPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(gridPtr->masterDataPtr -> rowPtr);
+    if (gridPtr->containerDataPtr != NULL) {
+	if (gridPtr->containerDataPtr->rowPtr != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(gridPtr->containerDataPtr -> rowPtr);
 	}
-	if (gridPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr != NULL) {
-	    ckfree(gridPtr->masterDataPtr -> columnPtr);
+	if (gridPtr->containerDataPtr->columnPtr != NULL) {
+	    ckfree(gridPtr->containerDataPtr -> columnPtr);
 	}
-	ckfree(gridPtr->masterDataPtr);
+	ckfree(gridPtr->containerDataPtr);
     }
     if (gridPtr->in != NULL) {
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(gridPtr->in);
@@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ DestroyGrid(
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	If a window was just deleted, clean up all its grid-related
- *	information. If it was just resized, re-configure its slaves, if any.
+ *	information. If it was just resized, re-configure its content, if any.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -2851,56 +2851,56 @@ GridStructureProc(
 				 * eventPtr. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    register Gridder *gridPtr = clientData;
+    Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *)clientData;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) gridPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
-	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
+	if ((gridPtr->contentPtr != NULL)
 		&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 	    gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
 	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
 	}
-	if ((gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) &&
+	if ((gridPtr->containerPtr != NULL) &&
 		(gridPtr->doubleBw != 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width)) {
-	    if (!(gridPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
+	    if (!(gridPtr->containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 		gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
-		gridPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr->masterPtr);
+		gridPtr->containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
+		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr->containerPtr);
 	    }
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
-	register Gridder *slavePtr, *nextPtr;
+	Gridder *contentPtr, *nextPtr;
 
-	if (gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
+	if (gridPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
 	    Unlink(gridPtr);
 	}
-	for (slavePtr = gridPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		slavePtr = nextPtr) {
-	    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
-	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
-	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
-	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
-	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+	for (contentPtr = gridPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		contentPtr = nextPtr) {
+	    Tk_ManageGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
+	    Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
+	    contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
+	    nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
+	    contentPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
 	}
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
-		(char *) gridPtr->tkwin));
+		(char *)gridPtr->tkwin));
 	if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
 	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
 	}
 	gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
 	Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *)DestroyGrid);
     } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
-	if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
+	if ((gridPtr->contentPtr != NULL)
 		&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
 	    gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
 	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr);
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
-	register Gridder *slavePtr;
+	Gridder *contentPtr;
 
-	for (slavePtr = gridPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+	for (contentPtr = gridPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 	}
     }
 }
@@ -2908,11 +2908,11 @@ GridStructureProc(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * ConfigureSlaves --
+ * ConfigureContent --
  *
  *	This implements the guts of the "grid configure" command. Given a list
- *	of slaves and configuration options, it arranges for the grid to
- *	manage the slaves and sets the specified options. Arguments consist
+ *	of content and configuration options, it arranges for the grid to
+ *	manage the content and sets the specified options. Arguments consist
  *	of windows or window shortcuts followed by "-option value" pairs.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -2920,26 +2920,26 @@ GridStructureProc(
  *	and the interp's result is set to contain an error message.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Slave windows get taken over by the grid.
+ *	Content windows get taken over by the grid.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static int
-ConfigureSlaves(
+ConfigureContent(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Any window in application containing
-				 * slaves. Used to look up slave names. */
+				 * content. Used to look up content names. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in argv. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects: contains one or more
 				 * window names followed by any number of
 				 * "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure
 				 * that there is at least one window name. */
 {
-    Gridder *masterPtr = NULL;
-    Gridder *slavePtr;
-    Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor;
-    TkWindow *master;
+    Gridder *containerPtr = NULL;
+    Gridder *contentPtr;
+    Tk_Window other, content, parent, ancestor;
+    TkWindow *container;
     int i, j, tmp;
     int numWindows;
     int width;
@@ -2975,34 +2975,34 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 
 	if (firstChar == '.') {
 	    /*
-	     * Check that windows are valid, and locate the first slave's
+	     * Check that windows are valid, and locate the first content's
 	     * parent window (default for -in).
 	     */
 
-	    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &content) != TCL_OK) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
-	    if (masterPtr == NULL) {
+	    if (containerPtr == NULL) {
 		/*
-		 * Is there any saved -in from a removed slave?
+		 * Is there any saved -in from a removed content?
 		 * If there is, it becomes default for -in.
-		 * If the stored master does not exist, just ignore it.
+		 * If the stored container does not exist, just ignore it.
 		 */
 
-		struct Gridder *slavePtr = GetGrid(slave);
-		if (slavePtr->in != NULL) {
-		    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, slave, slavePtr->in, &parent)
+		struct Gridder *contentPtr = GetGrid(content);
+		if (contentPtr->in != NULL) {
+		    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, content, contentPtr->in, &parent)
 			    == TCL_OK) {
-			masterPtr = GetGrid(parent);
-			InitMasterData(masterPtr);
+			containerPtr = GetGrid(parent);
+			InitContainerData(containerPtr);
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
-	    if (masterPtr == NULL) {
-		parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
+	    if (containerPtr == NULL) {
+		parent = Tk_Parent(content);
 		if (parent != NULL) {
-		    masterPtr = GetGrid(parent);
-		    InitMasterData(masterPtr);
+		    containerPtr = GetGrid(parent);
+		    InitContainerData(containerPtr);
 		}
 	    }
 	    numWindows++;
@@ -3070,8 +3070,8 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    TCL_OK) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr = GetGrid(other);
-	    InitMasterData(masterPtr);
+	    containerPtr = GetGrid(other);
+	    InitContainerData(containerPtr);
 	} else if (index == CONF_ROW) {
 	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK
 		    || tmp < 0) {
@@ -3087,23 +3087,23 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 
     /*
      * If no -row is given, use the next row after the highest occupied row
-     * of the master.
+     * of the container.
      */
 
     if (defaultRow < 0) {
-	if (masterPtr != NULL && masterPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
-	    SetGridSize(masterPtr);
-	    defaultRow = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd;
+	if (containerPtr != NULL && containerPtr->containerDataPtr != NULL) {
+	    SetGridSize(containerPtr);
+	    defaultRow = containerPtr->containerDataPtr->rowEnd;
 	} else {
 	    defaultRow = 0;
 	}
     }
 
     /*
-     * Iterate over all of the slave windows and short-cuts, parsing options
-     * for each slave. It's a bit wasteful to re-parse the options for each
-     * slave, but things get too messy if we try to parse the arguments just
-     * once at the beginning. For example, if a slave already is managed we
+     * Iterate over all of the content windows and short-cuts, parsing options
+     * for each content. It's a bit wasteful to re-parse the options for each
+     * content, but things get too messy if we try to parse the arguments just
+     * once at the beginning. For example, if a content already is managed we
      * want to just change a few existing values without resetting everything.
      * If there are multiple windows, the -in option only gets processed for
      * the first window.
@@ -3116,7 +3116,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 
 	/*
 	 * '^' and 'x' cause us to skip a column. '-' is processed as part of
-	 * its preceeding slave.
+	 * its preceeding content.
 	 */
 
 	if ((firstChar == REL_VERT) || (firstChar == REL_SKIP)) {
@@ -3136,27 +3136,27 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	    }
 	}
 
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[j], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[j], &content) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 
-	if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(slave)) {
+	if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(content)) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "can't manage \"%s\": it's a top-level window",
 		    Tcl_GetString(objv[j])));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	slavePtr = GetGrid(slave);
+	contentPtr = GetGrid(content);
 
 	/*
 	 * The following statement is taken from tkPack.c:
 	 *
-	 * "If the slave isn't currently managed, reset all of its
+	 * "If the content isn't currently managed, reset all of its
 	 * configuration information to default values (there could be old
 	 * values left from a previous packer)."
 	 *
-	 * I [D.S.] disagree with this statement. If a slave is disabled
+	 * I [D.S.] disagree with this statement. If a content is disabled
 	 * (using "forget") and then re-enabled, I submit that 90% of the time
 	 * the programmer will want it to retain its old configuration
 	 * information. If the programmer doesn't want this behavior, then the
@@ -3177,7 +3177,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COLUMN", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		if (SetSlaveColumn(interp, slavePtr, tmp, -1) != TCL_OK) {
+		if (SetContentColumn(interp, contentPtr, tmp, -1) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		break;
@@ -3190,7 +3190,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SPAN", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		if (SetSlaveColumn(interp, slavePtr, -1, tmp) != TCL_OK) {
+		if (SetContentColumn(interp, contentPtr, -1, tmp) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		break;
@@ -3199,15 +3199,15 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 			&other) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		if (other == slave) {
+		if (other == content) {
 		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 			    "window can't be managed in itself", -1));
 		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "SELF", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		positionGiven = 1;
-		masterPtr = GetGrid(other);
-		InitMasterData(masterPtr);
+		containerPtr = GetGrid(other);
+		InitContainerData(containerPtr);
 		break;
 	    case CONF_STICKY: {
 		int sticky = StringToSticky(Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]));
@@ -3220,11 +3220,11 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "STICKY", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		slavePtr->sticky = sticky;
+		contentPtr->sticky = sticky;
 		break;
 	    }
 	    case CONF_IPADX:
-		if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, slave, objv[i+1],
+		if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, content, objv[i+1],
 			&tmp) != TCL_OK) || (tmp < 0)) {
 		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			    "bad ipadx value \"%s\": must be positive screen distance",
@@ -3232,10 +3232,10 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "INT_PAD", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		slavePtr->iPadX = tmp * 2;
+		contentPtr->iPadX = tmp * 2;
 		break;
 	    case CONF_IPADY:
-		if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, slave, objv[i+1],
+		if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, content, objv[i+1],
 			&tmp) != TCL_OK) || (tmp < 0)) {
 		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			    "bad ipady value \"%s\": must be positive screen distance",
@@ -3243,17 +3243,17 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "INT_PAD", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		slavePtr->iPadY = tmp * 2;
+		contentPtr->iPadY = tmp * 2;
 		break;
 	    case CONF_PADX:
 		if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1],
-			&slavePtr->padLeft, &slavePtr->padX) != TCL_OK) {
+			&contentPtr->padLeft, &contentPtr->padX) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		break;
 	    case CONF_PADY:
 		if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1],
-			&slavePtr->padTop, &slavePtr->padY) != TCL_OK) {
+			&contentPtr->padTop, &contentPtr->padY) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		break;
@@ -3266,7 +3266,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "COLUMN", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		if (SetSlaveRow(interp, slavePtr, tmp, -1) != TCL_OK) {
+		if (SetContentRow(interp, contentPtr, tmp, -1) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		break;
@@ -3279,7 +3279,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "SPAN", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		if (SetSlaveRow(interp, slavePtr, -1, tmp) != TCL_OK) {
+		if (SetContentRow(interp, contentPtr, -1, tmp) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		break;
@@ -3287,12 +3287,12 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * If no position was specified via -in and the slave is already
+	 * If no position was specified via -in and the content is already
 	 * packed, then leave it in its current location.
 	 */
 
-    	if (!positionGiven && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
-	    masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
+    	if (!positionGiven && (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL)) {
+	    containerPtr = contentPtr->containerPtr;
 	    goto scheduleLayout;
     	}
 
@@ -3301,54 +3301,54 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	 * its current location.
 	 */
 
-	if (positionGiven && (masterPtr == slavePtr->masterPtr)) {
+	if (positionGiven && (containerPtr == contentPtr->containerPtr)) {
 	    goto scheduleLayout;
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Make sure we have a geometry master. We look at:
+	 * Make sure we have a geometry container. We look at:
 	 *  1)   the -in flag
-	 *  2)   the parent of the first slave.
+	 *  2)   the parent of the first content.
 	 */
 
-	parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
-    	if (masterPtr == NULL) {
-	    masterPtr = GetGrid(parent);
-	    InitMasterData(masterPtr);
+	parent = Tk_Parent(content);
+    	if (containerPtr == NULL) {
+	    containerPtr = GetGrid(parent);
+	    InitContainerData(containerPtr);
     	}
 
-	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL && slavePtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) {
-            if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
-                Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
+	if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL && contentPtr->containerPtr != containerPtr) {
+            if (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
+                Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
             }
-	    Unlink(slavePtr);
-	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
+	    Unlink(contentPtr);
+	    contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
 	}
 
-	if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
-	    Gridder *tempPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
+	if (contentPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
+	    Gridder *tempPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
 
-	    slavePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
-	    masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr;
-	    slavePtr->nextPtr = tempPtr;
+	    contentPtr->containerPtr = containerPtr;
+	    containerPtr->contentPtr = contentPtr;
+	    contentPtr->nextPtr = tempPtr;
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Make sure that the slave's parent is either the master or an
-	 * ancestor of the master, and that the master and slave aren't the
+	 * Make sure that the content's parent is either the container or an
+	 * ancestor of the container, and that the container and content aren't the
 	 * same.
 	 */
 
-	for (ancestor = masterPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
+	for (ancestor = containerPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
 	    if (ancestor == parent) {
 		break;
 	    }
 	    if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			"can't put %s inside %s", Tcl_GetString(objv[j]),
-			Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin)));
+			Tk_PathName(containerPtr->tkwin)));
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "HIERARCHY", NULL);
-		Unlink(slavePtr);
+		Unlink(contentPtr);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -3357,65 +3357,65 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	 * Check for management loops.
 	 */
 
-	for (master = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin; master != NULL;
-	     master = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(master)) {
-	    if (master == (TkWindow *)slave) {
+	for (container = (TkWindow *)containerPtr->tkwin; container != NULL;
+	     container = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(container)) {
+	    if (container == (TkWindow *)content) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop",
-	            Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin)));
+	            Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(containerPtr->tkwin)));
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
-		Unlink(slavePtr);
+		Unlink(contentPtr);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	}
-	if (masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slave)) {
-	    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin;
+	if (containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(content)) {
+	    ((TkWindow *)content)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)containerPtr->tkwin;
 	}
 
-	Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &gridMgrType, slavePtr);
+	Tk_ManageGeometry(content, &gridMgrType, contentPtr);
 
-	if (!(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
-	    if (TkSetGeometryMaster(interp, masterPtr->tkwin, "grid")
+	if (!(containerPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
+	    if (TkSetGeometryContainer(interp, containerPtr->tkwin, "grid")
 		    != TCL_OK) {
-		Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, NULL);
-		Unlink(slavePtr);
+		Tk_ManageGeometry(content, NULL, NULL);
+		Unlink(contentPtr);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_MASTER;
+	    containerPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
 	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Assign default position information.
 	 */
 
-	if (slavePtr->column == -1) {
-	    if (SetSlaveColumn(interp, slavePtr, defaultColumn,-1) != TCL_OK){
+	if (contentPtr->column == -1) {
+	    if (SetContentColumn(interp, contentPtr, defaultColumn,-1) != TCL_OK){
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	}
-	if (SetSlaveColumn(interp, slavePtr, -1,
-		slavePtr->numCols + defaultColumnSpan - 1) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (SetContentColumn(interp, contentPtr, -1,
+		contentPtr->numCols + defaultColumnSpan - 1) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (slavePtr->row == -1) {
-	    if (SetSlaveRow(interp, slavePtr, defaultRow, -1) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (contentPtr->row == -1) {
+	    if (SetContentRow(interp, contentPtr, defaultRow, -1) != TCL_OK) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	}
-	defaultColumn += slavePtr->numCols;
+	defaultColumn += contentPtr->numCols;
 	defaultColumnSpan = 1;
 
 	/*
-	 * Arrange for the master to be re-arranged at the first idle moment.
+	 * Arrange for the container to be re-arranged at the first idle moment.
 	 */
 
     scheduleLayout:
-	if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	    *masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+	if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	    *containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
 	}
-	if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
-	    masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr);
+	if (!(containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
+	    containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, containerPtr);
 	}
     }
 
@@ -3444,7 +3444,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	    continue;
 	}
 
-	if (masterPtr == NULL) {
+	if (containerPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		    "can't use '^', cant find master", -1));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GRID", "SHORTCUT_USAGE", NULL);
@@ -3480,19 +3480,19 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	lastColumn += numSkip;
 
 	match = 0;
-	for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-
-	    if (slavePtr->column == lastColumn
-		    && slavePtr->row + slavePtr->numRows - 1 == lastRow) {
-		if (slavePtr->numCols <= width) {
-		    if (SetSlaveRow(interp, slavePtr, -1,
-			    slavePtr->numRows + 1) != TCL_OK) {
+	for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+
+	    if (contentPtr->column == lastColumn
+		    && contentPtr->row + contentPtr->numRows - 1 == lastRow) {
+		if (contentPtr->numCols <= width) {
+		    if (SetContentRow(interp, contentPtr, -1,
+			    contentPtr->numRows + 1) != TCL_OK) {
 			return TCL_ERROR;
 		    }
 		    match++;
-		    j += slavePtr->numCols - 1;
-		    lastWindow = Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin);
+		    j += contentPtr->numCols - 1;
+		    lastWindow = Tk_PathName(contentPtr->tkwin);
 		    numSkip = 0;
 		    break;
 		}
@@ -3506,22 +3506,22 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	}
     }
 
-    if (masterPtr == NULL) {
+    if (containerPtr == NULL) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 		"can't determine master window", -1));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GRID", "SHORTCUT_USAGE", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    SetGridSize(masterPtr);
+    SetGridSize(containerPtr);
 
     /*
-     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
+     * If we have emptied this container from content it means we are no longer
      * handling it and should mark it as free.
      */
 
-    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL && masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER) {
-	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "grid");
-	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
+    if (containerPtr->contentPtr == NULL && containerPtr->flags & ALLOCED_CONTAINER) {
+	TkFreeGeometryContainer(containerPtr->tkwin, "grid");
+	containerPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
     }
 
     return TCL_OK;
diff --git a/generic/tkImage.c b/generic/tkImage.c
index 8192c23..763c65b 100644
--- a/generic/tkImage.c
+++ b/generic/tkImage.c
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ typedef struct Image {
     Display *display;		/* Display for tkwin. Needed because when the
 				 * image is eventually freed tkwin may not
 				 * exist anymore. */
-    struct ImageModel *masterPtr;
-				/* Master for this image (identifiers image
+    struct ImageModel *modelPtr;
+				/* Model for this image (identifiers image
 				 * manager, for example). */
     ClientData instanceData;	/* One word argument to pass to image manager
 				 * when dealing with this image instance. */
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ typedef struct Image {
 } Image;
 
 /*
- * For each image master there is one of the following structures, which
+ * For each image model there is one of the following structures, which
  * represents a name in the image table and all of the images instantiated
  * from it. Entries in mainPtr->imageTable point to these structures.
  */
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ typedef struct ImageModel {
     Tk_ImageType *typePtr;	/* Information about image type. NULL means
 				 * that no image manager owns this image: the
 				 * image was deleted. */
-    ClientData masterData;	/* One-word argument to pass to image mgr when
-				 * dealing with the master, as opposed to
+    ClientData modelData;	/* One-word argument to pass to image mgr when
+				 * dealing with the model, as opposed to
 				 * instances. */
     int width, height;		/* Last known dimensions for image. */
     Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr;	/* Pointer to hash table containing image (the
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
  */
 
 static void		ImageTypeThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData);
-static void		DeleteImage(ImageModel *masterPtr);
-static void		EventuallyDeleteImage(ImageModel *masterPtr,
+static void		DeleteImage(ImageModel *modelPtr);
+static void		EventuallyDeleteImage(ImageModel *modelPtr,
 			    int forgetImageHashNow);
 
 /*
@@ -104,10 +104,10 @@ static void		EventuallyDeleteImage(ImageModel *masterPtr,
 
 static void
 ImageTypeThreadExitProc(
-    ClientData clientData)	/* not used */
+    TCL_UNUSED(void *))
 {
     Tk_ImageType *freePtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     while (tsdPtr->oldImageTypeList != NULL) {
@@ -149,14 +149,14 @@ Tk_CreateOldImageType(
 				 * by caller. */
 {
     Tk_ImageType *copyPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
 	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
 	Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(ImageTypeThreadExitProc, NULL);
     }
-    copyPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_ImageType));
+    copyPtr = (Tk_ImageType *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_ImageType));
     *copyPtr = *typePtr;
     copyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->oldImageTypeList;
     tsdPtr->oldImageTypeList = copyPtr;
@@ -170,14 +170,14 @@ Tk_CreateImageType(
 				 * by caller. */
 {
     Tk_ImageType *copyPtr;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
 	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
 	tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
 	Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(ImageTypeThreadExitProc, NULL);
     }
-    copyPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_ImageType));
+    copyPtr = (Tk_ImageType *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_ImageType));
     *copyPtr = *typePtr;
     copyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->imageTypeList;
     tsdPtr->imageTypeList = copyPtr;
@@ -215,10 +215,10 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	IMAGE_CREATE, IMAGE_DELETE, IMAGE_HEIGHT, IMAGE_INUSE, IMAGE_NAMES,
 	IMAGE_TYPE, IMAGE_TYPES, IMAGE_WIDTH
     };
-    TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
+    TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)clientData;
     int i, isNew, firstOption, index;
     Tk_ImageType *typePtr;
-    ImageModel *masterPtr;
+    ImageModel *modelPtr;
     Image *imagePtr;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     Tcl_HashSearch search;
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
     const char *arg, *name;
     Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
-    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
             Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
 
     if (objc < 2) {
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 
 	    /*
 	     * Need to check if the _command_ that we are about to create is
-	     * the name of the current master widget command (normally "." but
+	     * the name of the current model widget command (normally "." but
 	     * could have been renamed) and fail in that case before a really
 	     * nasty and hard to stop crash happens.
 	     */
@@ -318,37 +318,37 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 
 	hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, name, &isNew);
 	if (isNew) {
-	    masterPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ImageModel));
-	    masterPtr->typePtr = NULL;
-	    masterPtr->masterData = NULL;
-	    masterPtr->width = masterPtr->height = 1;
-	    masterPtr->tablePtr = &winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable;
-	    masterPtr->hPtr = hPtr;
-	    masterPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
-	    masterPtr->deleted = 0;
-	    masterPtr->winPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr;
-	    Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr->winPtr);
-	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, masterPtr);
+	    modelPtr = (ImageModel *)ckalloc(sizeof(ImageModel));
+	    modelPtr->typePtr = NULL;
+	    modelPtr->modelData = NULL;
+	    modelPtr->width = modelPtr->height = 1;
+	    modelPtr->tablePtr = &winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable;
+	    modelPtr->hPtr = hPtr;
+	    modelPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
+	    modelPtr->deleted = 0;
+	    modelPtr->winPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr;
+	    Tcl_Preserve(modelPtr->winPtr);
+	    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, modelPtr);
 	} else {
 	    /*
 	     * An image already exists by this name. Disconnect the instances
-	     * from the master.
+	     * from the model.
 	     */
 
-	    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-	    if (masterPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
-		for (imagePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
+	    modelPtr = (ImageModel *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	    if (modelPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
+		for (imagePtr = modelPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
 			imagePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr) {
-		    masterPtr->typePtr->freeProc(imagePtr->instanceData,
+		    modelPtr->typePtr->freeProc(imagePtr->instanceData,
 			    imagePtr->display);
 		    imagePtr->changeProc(imagePtr->widgetClientData, 0, 0,
-			    masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height,
-			    masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
+			    modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height,
+			    modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height);
 		}
-		masterPtr->typePtr->deleteProc(masterPtr->masterData);
-		masterPtr->typePtr = NULL;
+		modelPtr->typePtr->deleteProc(modelPtr->modelData);
+		modelPtr->typePtr = NULL;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr->deleted = 0;
+	    modelPtr->deleted = 0;
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -363,34 +363,34 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	if (oldimage) {
 	    int i;
 
-	    args = ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *));
+	    args = (Tcl_Obj **)ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *));
 	    for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
 		args[i] = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
 	    }
 	    args[objc] = NULL;
 	}
-	Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr);
+	Tcl_Preserve(modelPtr);
 	if (typePtr->createProc(interp, name, objc, args, typePtr,
-		(Tk_ImageModel)masterPtr, &masterPtr->masterData) != TCL_OK){
-	    EventuallyDeleteImage(masterPtr, 0);
-	    Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
+		(Tk_ImageModel)modelPtr, &modelPtr->modelData) != TCL_OK){
+	    EventuallyDeleteImage(modelPtr, 0);
+	    Tcl_Release(modelPtr);
 	    if (oldimage) {
 		ckfree(args);
 	    }
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(modelPtr);
 	if (oldimage) {
 	    ckfree(args);
 	}
-	masterPtr->typePtr = typePtr;
-	for (imagePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
+	modelPtr->typePtr = typePtr;
+	for (imagePtr = modelPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
 		imagePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr) {
 	    imagePtr->instanceData = typePtr->getProc(imagePtr->tkwin,
-		    masterPtr->masterData);
+		    modelPtr->modelData);
 	}
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		Tcl_GetHashKey(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, hPtr), -1));
+		(const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, hPtr), -1));
 	break;
     }
     case IMAGE_DELETE:
@@ -400,11 +400,11 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	    if (hPtr == NULL) {
 		goto alreadyDeleted;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-	    if (masterPtr->deleted) {
+	    modelPtr = (ImageModel *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	    if (modelPtr->deleted) {
 		goto alreadyDeleted;
 	    }
-	    DeleteImage(masterPtr);
+	    DeleteImage(modelPtr);
 	}
 	break;
     case IMAGE_NAMES:
@@ -415,12 +415,12 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, &search);
 	resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
 	for ( ; hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
-	    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-	    if (masterPtr->deleted) {
+	    modelPtr = (ImageModel *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	    if (modelPtr->deleted) {
 		continue;
 	    }
 	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj, Tcl_NewStringObj(
-		    Tcl_GetHashKey(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, hPtr), -1));
+		    (const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, hPtr), -1));
 	}
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
 	break;
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
     case IMAGE_WIDTH:
 	/*
 	 * These operations all parse virtually identically. First check to
-	 * see if three args are given. Then get a non-deleted master from the
+	 * see if three args are given. Then get a non-deleted model from the
 	 * third arg.
 	 */
 
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 	if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	    goto alreadyDeleted;
 	}
-	masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-	if (masterPtr->deleted) {
+	modelPtr = (ImageModel *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	if (modelPtr->deleted) {
 	    goto alreadyDeleted;
 	}
 
@@ -474,20 +474,20 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd(
 
 	switch ((enum options) index) {
 	case IMAGE_HEIGHT:
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(masterPtr->height));
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(modelPtr->height));
 	    break;
 	case IMAGE_INUSE:
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
-		    masterPtr->typePtr && masterPtr->instancePtr));
+		    modelPtr->typePtr && modelPtr->instancePtr));
 	    break;
 	case IMAGE_TYPE:
-	    if (masterPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
+	    if (modelPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
-			Tcl_NewStringObj(masterPtr->typePtr->name, -1));
+			Tcl_NewStringObj(modelPtr->typePtr->name, -1));
 	    }
 	    break;
 	case IMAGE_WIDTH:
-	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(masterPtr->width));
+	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(modelPtr->width));
 	    break;
 	default:
 	    Tcl_Panic("can't happen");
@@ -534,12 +534,12 @@ Tk_ImageChanged(
     int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
 				/* New dimensions of image. */
 {
-    ImageModel *masterPtr = (ImageModel *) imageModel;
+    ImageModel *modelPtr = (ImageModel *) imageModel;
     Image *imagePtr;
 
-    masterPtr->width = imageWidth;
-    masterPtr->height = imageHeight;
-    for (imagePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
+    modelPtr->width = imageWidth;
+    modelPtr->height = imageHeight;
+    for (imagePtr = modelPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
 	    imagePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr) {
 	imagePtr->changeProc(imagePtr->widgetClientData, x, y, width, height,
 		imageWidth, imageHeight);
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Tk_ImageChanged(
  *
  * Tk_NameOfImage --
  *
- *	Given a token for an image master, this function returns the name of
+ *	Given a token for an image model, this function returns the name of
  *	the image.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -567,12 +567,12 @@ const char *
 Tk_NameOfImage(
     Tk_ImageModel imageModel)	/* Token for image. */
 {
-    ImageModel *masterPtr = (ImageModel *) imageModel;
+    ImageModel *modelPtr = (ImageModel *) imageModel;
 
-    if (masterPtr->hPtr == NULL) {
+    if (modelPtr->hPtr == NULL) {
 	return NULL;
     }
-    return Tcl_GetHashKey(masterPtr->tablePtr, masterPtr->hPtr);
+    return (const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(modelPtr->tablePtr, modelPtr->hPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -610,30 +610,30 @@ Tk_GetImage(
     ClientData clientData)	/* One-word argument to pass to damageProc. */
 {
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-    ImageModel *masterPtr;
+    ImageModel *modelPtr;
     Image *imagePtr;
 
     hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->imageTable, name);
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	goto noSuchImage;
     }
-    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-    if (masterPtr->typePtr == NULL) {
+    modelPtr = (ImageModel *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+    if (modelPtr->typePtr == NULL) {
 	goto noSuchImage;
     }
-    if (masterPtr->deleted) {
+    if (modelPtr->deleted) {
 	goto noSuchImage;
     }
-    imagePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Image));
+    imagePtr = (Image *)ckalloc(sizeof(Image));
     imagePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
     imagePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
-    imagePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
+    imagePtr->modelPtr = modelPtr;
     imagePtr->instanceData =
-	    masterPtr->typePtr->getProc(tkwin, masterPtr->masterData);
+	    modelPtr->typePtr->getProc(tkwin, modelPtr->modelData);
     imagePtr->changeProc = changeProc;
     imagePtr->widgetClientData = clientData;
-    imagePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->instancePtr;
-    masterPtr->instancePtr = imagePtr;
+    imagePtr->nextPtr = modelPtr->instancePtr;
+    modelPtr->instancePtr = imagePtr;
     return (Tk_Image) imagePtr;
 
   noSuchImage:
@@ -669,20 +669,20 @@ Tk_FreeImage(
 				 * a widget. */
 {
     Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
-    ImageModel *masterPtr = imagePtr->masterPtr;
+    ImageModel *modelPtr = imagePtr->modelPtr;
     Image *prevPtr;
 
     /*
      * Clean up the particular instance.
      */
 
-    if (masterPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
-	masterPtr->typePtr->freeProc(imagePtr->instanceData,
+    if (modelPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
+	modelPtr->typePtr->freeProc(imagePtr->instanceData,
 		imagePtr->display);
     }
-    prevPtr = masterPtr->instancePtr;
+    prevPtr = modelPtr->instancePtr;
     if (prevPtr == imagePtr) {
-	masterPtr->instancePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr;
+	modelPtr->instancePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr;
     } else {
 	while (prevPtr->nextPtr != imagePtr) {
 	    prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
@@ -692,16 +692,16 @@ Tk_FreeImage(
     ckfree(imagePtr);
 
     /*
-     * If there are no more instances left for the master, and if the master
-     * image has been deleted, then delete the master too.
+     * If there are no more instances left for the model, and if the model
+     * image has been deleted, then delete the model too.
      */
 
-    if ((masterPtr->typePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->instancePtr == NULL)) {
-	if (masterPtr->hPtr != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(masterPtr->hPtr);
+    if ((modelPtr->typePtr == NULL) && (modelPtr->instancePtr == NULL)) {
+	if (modelPtr->hPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(modelPtr->hPtr);
 	}
-	Tcl_Release(masterPtr->winPtr);
-	ckfree(masterPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(modelPtr->winPtr);
+	ckfree(modelPtr);
     }
 }
 
@@ -741,9 +741,9 @@ Tk_PostscriptImage(
     GC newGC;
     XGCValues gcValues;
 
-    if (imagePtr->masterPtr->typePtr == NULL) {
+    if (imagePtr->modelPtr->typePtr == NULL) {
 	/*
-	 * No master for image, so nothing to display on postscript.
+	 * No model for image, so nothing to display on postscript.
 	 */
 
 	return TCL_OK;
@@ -754,9 +754,9 @@ Tk_PostscriptImage(
      * otherwise go on with generic code.
      */
 
-    if (imagePtr->masterPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc != NULL) {
-	return imagePtr->masterPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc(
-		imagePtr->masterPtr->masterData, interp, tkwin, psinfo,
+    if (imagePtr->modelPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc != NULL) {
+	return imagePtr->modelPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc(
+		imagePtr->modelPtr->modelData, interp, tkwin, psinfo,
 		x, y, width, height, prepass);
     }
 
@@ -837,9 +837,9 @@ Tk_RedrawImage(
 {
     Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
 
-    if (imagePtr->masterPtr->typePtr == NULL) {
+    if (imagePtr->modelPtr->typePtr == NULL) {
 	/*
-	 * No master for image, so nothing to display.
+	 * No model for image, so nothing to display.
 	 */
 
 	return;
@@ -859,13 +859,13 @@ Tk_RedrawImage(
 	drawableY -= imageY;
 	imageY = 0;
     }
-    if ((imageX + width) > imagePtr->masterPtr->width) {
-	width = imagePtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
+    if ((imageX + width) > imagePtr->modelPtr->width) {
+	width = imagePtr->modelPtr->width - imageX;
     }
-    if ((imageY + height) > imagePtr->masterPtr->height) {
-	height = imagePtr->masterPtr->height - imageY;
+    if ((imageY + height) > imagePtr->modelPtr->height) {
+	height = imagePtr->modelPtr->height - imageY;
     }
-    imagePtr->masterPtr->typePtr->displayProc(imagePtr->instanceData,
+    imagePtr->modelPtr->typePtr->displayProc(imagePtr->instanceData,
 	    imagePtr->display, drawable, imageX, imageY, width, height,
 	    drawableX, drawableY);
 }
@@ -895,8 +895,8 @@ Tk_SizeOfImage(
 {
     Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
 
-    *widthPtr = imagePtr->masterPtr->width;
-    *heightPtr = imagePtr->masterPtr->height;
+    *widthPtr = imagePtr->modelPtr->width;
+    *heightPtr = imagePtr->modelPtr->height;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ Tk_DeleteImage(
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
-    DeleteImage(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
+    DeleteImage((ImageModel *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
 }
 
 /*
@@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ Tk_DeleteImage(
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	The connection is dropped between instances of this image and an image
- *	master. Image instances will redisplay themselves as empty areas, but
+ *	model. Image instances will redisplay themselves as empty areas, but
  *	existing instances will not be deleted.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -956,31 +956,31 @@ Tk_DeleteImage(
 
 static void
 DeleteImage(
-    ImageModel *masterPtr)	/* Pointer to main data structure for image. */
+    ImageModel *modelPtr)	/* Pointer to main data structure for image. */
 {
     Image *imagePtr;
     Tk_ImageType *typePtr;
 
-    typePtr = masterPtr->typePtr;
-    masterPtr->typePtr = NULL;
+    typePtr = modelPtr->typePtr;
+    modelPtr->typePtr = NULL;
     if (typePtr != NULL) {
-	for (imagePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
+	for (imagePtr = modelPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
 		imagePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr) {
 	    typePtr->freeProc(imagePtr->instanceData, imagePtr->display);
 	    imagePtr->changeProc(imagePtr->widgetClientData, 0, 0,
-		    masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height, masterPtr->width,
-		    masterPtr->height);
+		    modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height, modelPtr->width,
+		    modelPtr->height);
 	}
-	typePtr->deleteProc(masterPtr->masterData);
+	typePtr->deleteProc(modelPtr->modelData);
     }
-    if (masterPtr->instancePtr == NULL) {
-	if (masterPtr->hPtr != NULL) {
-	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(masterPtr->hPtr);
+    if (modelPtr->instancePtr == NULL) {
+	if (modelPtr->hPtr != NULL) {
+	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(modelPtr->hPtr);
 	}
-	Tcl_Release(masterPtr->winPtr);
-	ckfree(masterPtr);
+	Tcl_Release(modelPtr->winPtr);
+	ckfree(modelPtr);
     } else {
-	masterPtr->deleted = 1;
+	modelPtr->deleted = 1;
     }
 }
 
@@ -1004,16 +1004,16 @@ DeleteImage(
 
 static void
 EventuallyDeleteImage(
-    ImageModel *masterPtr,	/* Pointer to main data structure for image. */
+    ImageModel *modelPtr,	/* Pointer to main data structure for image. */
     int forgetImageHashNow)	/* Flag to say whether the hash table is about
 				 * to vanish. */
 {
     if (forgetImageHashNow) {
-	masterPtr->hPtr = NULL;
+	modelPtr->hPtr = NULL;
     }
-    if (!masterPtr->deleted) {
-	masterPtr->deleted = 1;
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree(masterPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *) DeleteImage);
+    if (!modelPtr->deleted) {
+	modelPtr->deleted = 1;
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(modelPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *) DeleteImage);
     }
 }
 
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ TkDeleteAllImages(
 
     for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&mainPtr->imageTable, &search);
 	    hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
-	EventuallyDeleteImage(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr), 1);
+	EventuallyDeleteImage((ImageModel *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr), 1);
     }
     Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&mainPtr->imageTable);
 }
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ TkDeleteAllImages(
  * Tk_GetImageModelData --
  *
  *	Given the name of an image, this function returns the type of the
- *	image and the clientData associated with its master.
+ *	image and the clientData associated with its model.
  *
  * Results:
  *	If there is no image by the given name, then NULL is returned and a
@@ -1081,20 +1081,20 @@ Tk_GetImageModelData(
 {
     TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-    ImageModel *masterPtr;
+    ImageModel *modelPtr;
 
     hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, name);
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	*typePtrPtr = NULL;
 	return NULL;
     }
-    masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
-    if (masterPtr->deleted) {
+    modelPtr = (ImageModel *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+    if (modelPtr->deleted) {
 	*typePtrPtr = NULL;
 	return NULL;
     }
-    *typePtrPtr = masterPtr->typePtr;
-    return masterPtr->masterData;
+    *typePtrPtr = modelPtr->typePtr;
+    return modelPtr->modelData;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1118,7 +1118,6 @@ Tk_GetImageModelData(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-/*ARGSUSED*/
 void
 Tk_SetTSOrigin(
     Tk_Window tkwin,
diff --git a/generic/tkImgBmap.c b/generic/tkImgBmap.c
index a5c21bb..c6ab05d 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgBmap.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgBmap.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 #include "tkInt.h"
 
 /*
- * The following data structure represents the master for a bitmap
+ * The following data structure represents the model for a bitmap
  * image:
  */
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ typedef struct BitmapModel {
     char *maskDataString;	/* Value of -maskdata option (malloc'ed). */
     struct BitmapInstance *instancePtr;
 				/* First in list of all instances associated
-				 * with this master. */
+				 * with this model. */
 } BitmapModel;
 
 /*
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ typedef struct BitmapModel {
 typedef struct BitmapInstance {
     int refCount;		/* Number of instances that share this data
 				 * structure. */
-    BitmapModel *modelPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
+    BitmapModel *modelPtr;	/* Pointer to model for image. */
     Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instances will be
 				 * displayed. */
     XColor *fg;			/* Foreground color for displaying image. */
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ static int		ImgBmapCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
 static void		ImgBmapConfigureInstance(BitmapInstance *instancePtr);
-static int		ImgBmapConfigureMaster(BitmapModel *modelPtr,
+static int		ImgBmapConfigureModel(BitmapModel *modelPtr,
 			    int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static int		NextBitmapWord(ParseInfo *parseInfoPtr);
 
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ ImgBmapCreate(
     modelPtr->maskFileString = NULL;
     modelPtr->maskDataString = NULL;
     modelPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
-    if (ImgBmapConfigureMaster(modelPtr, argc, argv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (ImgBmapConfigureModel(modelPtr, argc, argv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
 	ImgBmapDelete(modelPtr);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ ImgBmapCreate(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * ImgBmapConfigureMaster --
+ * ImgBmapConfigureModel --
  *
  *	This procedure is called when a bitmap image is created or
  *	reconfigured. It process configuration options and resets any
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ ImgBmapCreate(
  */
 
 static int
-ImgBmapConfigureMaster(
+ImgBmapConfigureModel(
     BitmapModel *modelPtr,	/* Pointer to data structure describing
 				 * overall bitmap image to (reconfigure). */
     int objc,			/* Number of entries in objv. */
@@ -322,8 +322,8 @@ ImgBmapConfigureMaster(
  * ImgBmapConfigureInstance --
  *
  *	This procedure is called to create displaying information for a bitmap
- *	image instance based on the configuration information in the master.
- *	It is invoked both when new instances are created and when the master
+ *	image instance based on the configuration information in the model.
+ *	It is invoked both when new instances are created and when the model
  *	is reconfigured.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ NextBitmapWord(
 
 static int
 ImgBmapCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about the image master. */
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about the image model. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ ImgBmapCmd(
 		    configSpecs, (char *) modelPtr,
 		    Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
 	} else {
-	    return ImgBmapConfigureMaster(modelPtr, objc-2, objv+2,
+	    return ImgBmapConfigureModel(modelPtr, objc-2, objv+2,
 		    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
 	}
     default:
@@ -816,10 +816,10 @@ static ClientData
 ImgBmapGet(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which the instance will be
 				 * used. */
-    ClientData masterData)	/* Pointer to our master structure for the
+    ClientData modelData)	/* Pointer to our model structure for the
 				 * image. */
 {
-    BitmapModel *modelPtr = masterData;
+    BitmapModel *modelPtr = modelData;
     BitmapInstance *instancePtr;
 
     /*
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ ImgBmapFree(
  *
  * ImgBmapDelete --
  *
- *	This procedure is called by the image code to delete the master
+ *	This procedure is called by the image code to delete the model
  *	structure for an image.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -1007,10 +1007,10 @@ ImgBmapFree(
 
 static void
 ImgBmapDelete(
-    ClientData masterData)	/* Pointer to BitmapModel structure for
+    ClientData modelData)	/* Pointer to BitmapModel structure for
 				 * image. Must not have any more instances. */
 {
-    BitmapModel *modelPtr = masterData;
+    BitmapModel *modelPtr = modelData;
 
     if (modelPtr->instancePtr != NULL) {
 	Tcl_Panic("tried to delete bitmap image when instances still exist");
diff --git a/generic/tkImgPhInstance.c b/generic/tkImgPhInstance.c
index a8e5b5e..a40ee7f 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgPhInstance.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgPhInstance.c
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ static int imgPhotoColorHashInitialized;
  * TkImgPhotoConfigureInstance --
  *
  *	This function is called to create displaying information for a photo
- *	image instance based on the configuration information in the master.
- *	It is invoked both when new instances are created and when the master
+ *	image instance based on the configuration information in the model.
+ *	It is invoked both when new instances are created and when the model
  *	is reconfigured.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -77,25 +77,25 @@ void
 TkImgPhotoConfigureInstance(
     PhotoInstance *instancePtr)	/* Instance to reconfigure. */
 {
-    PhotoModel *masterPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
+    PhotoModel *modelPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
     XImage *imagePtr;
     int bitsPerPixel;
     ColorTable *colorTablePtr;
     XRectangle validBox;
 
     /*
-     * If the -palette configuration option has been set for the master, use
+     * If the -palette configuration option has been set for the model, use
      * the value specified for our palette, but only if it is a valid palette
-     * for our windows. Use the gamma value specified the master.
+     * for our windows. Use the gamma value specified the model.
      */
 
-    if ((masterPtr->palette && masterPtr->palette[0])
-	    && IsValidPalette(instancePtr, masterPtr->palette)) {
-	instancePtr->palette = masterPtr->palette;
+    if ((modelPtr->palette && modelPtr->palette[0])
+	    && IsValidPalette(instancePtr, modelPtr->palette)) {
+	instancePtr->palette = modelPtr->palette;
     } else {
 	instancePtr->palette = instancePtr->defaultPalette;
     }
-    instancePtr->gamma = masterPtr->gamma;
+    instancePtr->gamma = modelPtr->gamma;
 
     /*
      * If we don't currently have a color table, or if the one we have no
@@ -159,15 +159,15 @@ TkImgPhotoConfigureInstance(
     }
 
     /*
-     * If the user has specified a width and/or height for the master which is
+     * If the user has specified a width and/or height for the model which is
      * different from our current width/height, set the size to the values
      * specified by the user. If we have no pixmap, we do this also, since it
      * has the side effect of allocating a pixmap for us.
      */
 
     if ((instancePtr->pixels == None) || (instancePtr->error == NULL)
-	    || (instancePtr->width != masterPtr->width)
-	    || (instancePtr->height != masterPtr->height)) {
+	    || (instancePtr->width != modelPtr->width)
+	    || (instancePtr->height != modelPtr->height)) {
 	TkImgPhotoInstanceSetSize(instancePtr);
     }
 
@@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ TkImgPhotoConfigureInstance(
      * Redither this instance if necessary.
      */
 
-    if ((masterPtr->flags & IMAGE_CHANGED)
+    if ((modelPtr->flags & IMAGE_CHANGED)
 	    || (instancePtr->colorTablePtr != colorTablePtr)) {
-	TkClipBox(masterPtr->validRegion, &validBox);
+	TkClipBox(modelPtr->validRegion, &validBox);
 	if ((validBox.width > 0) && (validBox.height > 0)) {
 	    TkImgDitherInstance(instancePtr, validBox.x, validBox.y,
 		    validBox.width, validBox.height);
@@ -207,10 +207,10 @@ ClientData
 TkImgPhotoGet(
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Window in which the instance will be
 				 * used. */
-    ClientData masterData)	/* Pointer to our master structure for the
+    ClientData modelData)	/* Pointer to our model structure for the
 				 * image. */
 {
-    PhotoModel *masterPtr = masterData;
+    PhotoModel *modelPtr = modelData;
     PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
     Colormap colormap;
     int mono, nRed, nGreen, nBlue, numVisuals;
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ TkImgPhotoGet(
      */
 
     colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
-    for (instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
+    for (instancePtr = modelPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
 	    instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
 	if ((colormap == instancePtr->colormap)
 		&& (Tk_Display(tkwin) == instancePtr->display)) {
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ TkImgPhotoGet(
      */
 
     instancePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(PhotoInstance));
-    instancePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
+    instancePtr->masterPtr = modelPtr;
     instancePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
     instancePtr->colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
     Tk_PreserveColormap(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->colormap);
@@ -288,8 +288,8 @@ TkImgPhotoGet(
     instancePtr->width = 0;
     instancePtr->height = 0;
     instancePtr->imagePtr = 0;
-    instancePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->instancePtr;
-    masterPtr->instancePtr = instancePtr;
+    instancePtr->nextPtr = modelPtr->instancePtr;
+    modelPtr->instancePtr = instancePtr;
 
     /*
      * Obtain information about the visual and decide on the default palette.
@@ -349,8 +349,8 @@ TkImgPhotoGet(
      * Make a GC with background = black and foreground = white.
      */
 
-    white = Tk_GetColor(masterPtr->interp, tkwin, "white");
-    black = Tk_GetColor(masterPtr->interp, tkwin, "black");
+    white = Tk_GetColor(modelPtr->interp, tkwin, "white");
+    black = Tk_GetColor(modelPtr->interp, tkwin, "black");
     gcValues.foreground = (white != NULL)? white->pixel:
 	    WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
     gcValues.background = (black != NULL)? black->pixel:
@@ -373,8 +373,8 @@ TkImgPhotoGet(
      */
 
     if (instancePtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
-	Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-		masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
+	Tk_ImageChanged(modelPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+		modelPtr->width, modelPtr->height);
     }
 
     return instancePtr;
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ BlendComplexAlpha(
 {
     int x, y, line;
     unsigned long pixel;
-    unsigned char r, g, b, alpha, unalpha, *masterPtr;
+    unsigned char r, g, b, alpha, unalpha, *modelPtr;
     unsigned char *alphaAr = iPtr->masterPtr->pix32;
 
     /*
@@ -494,8 +494,8 @@ BlendComplexAlpha(
 	for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
 	    line = (y + yOffset) * iPtr->masterPtr->width;
 	    for (x = 0; x < width; x++) {
-		masterPtr = alphaAr + ((line + x + xOffset) * 4);
-		alpha = masterPtr[3];
+		modelPtr = alphaAr + ((line + x + xOffset) * 4);
+		alpha = modelPtr[3];
 
 		/*
 		 * Ignore pixels that are fully transparent
@@ -507,9 +507,9 @@ BlendComplexAlpha(
 		     * 24 and 32 bit displays, but this seems "fast enough".
 		     */
 
-		    r = masterPtr[0];
-		    g = masterPtr[1];
-		    b = masterPtr[2];
+		    r = modelPtr[0];
+		    g = modelPtr[1];
+		    b = modelPtr[2];
 		    if (alpha != 255) {
 			/*
 			 * Only blend pixels that have some transparency
@@ -537,8 +537,8 @@ BlendComplexAlpha(
     for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
 	line = (y + yOffset) * iPtr->masterPtr->width;
 	for (x = 0; x < width; x++) {
-	    masterPtr = alphaAr + ((line + x + xOffset) * 4);
-	    alpha = masterPtr[3];
+	    modelPtr = alphaAr + ((line + x + xOffset) * 4);
+	    alpha = modelPtr[3];
 
 	    /*
 	     * Ignore pixels that are fully transparent
@@ -550,9 +550,9 @@ BlendComplexAlpha(
 		 * and 32 bit displays, but this seems "fast enough".
 		 */
 
-		r = masterPtr[0];
-		g = masterPtr[1];
-		b = masterPtr[2];
+		r = modelPtr[0];
+		g = modelPtr[1];
+		b = modelPtr[2];
 		if (alpha != 255) {
 		    /*
 		     * Only blend pixels that have some transparency
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ TkImgPhotoDisplay(
 	Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
     } else {
 	/*
-	 * masterPtr->region describes which parts of the image contain valid
+	 * modelPtr->region describes which parts of the image contain valid
 	 * data. We set this region as the clip mask for the gc, setting its
 	 * origin appropriately, and use it when drawing the image.
 	 */
@@ -768,23 +768,23 @@ void
 TkImgPhotoInstanceSetSize(
     PhotoInstance *instancePtr)	/* Instance whose size is to be changed. */
 {
-    PhotoModel *masterPtr;
+    PhotoModel *modelPtr;
     schar *newError, *errSrcPtr, *errDestPtr;
     int h, offset;
     XRectangle validBox;
     Pixmap newPixmap;
 
-    masterPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
-    TkClipBox(masterPtr->validRegion, &validBox);
+    modelPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
+    TkClipBox(modelPtr->validRegion, &validBox);
 
-    if ((instancePtr->width != masterPtr->width)
-	    || (instancePtr->height != masterPtr->height)
+    if ((instancePtr->width != modelPtr->width)
+	    || (instancePtr->height != modelPtr->height)
 	    || (instancePtr->pixels == None)) {
 	newPixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(instancePtr->display,
 		RootWindow(instancePtr->display,
 			instancePtr->visualInfo.screen),
-		(masterPtr->width > 0) ? masterPtr->width: 1,
-		(masterPtr->height > 0) ? masterPtr->height: 1,
+		(modelPtr->width > 0) ? modelPtr->width: 1,
+		(modelPtr->height > 0) ? modelPtr->height: 1,
 		instancePtr->visualInfo.depth);
 	if (!newPixmap) {
 	    Tcl_Panic("Fail to create pixmap with Tk_GetPixmap in TkImgPhotoInstanceSetSize");
@@ -814,17 +814,17 @@ TkImgPhotoInstanceSetSize(
 	instancePtr->pixels = newPixmap;
     }
 
-    if ((instancePtr->width != masterPtr->width)
-	    || (instancePtr->height != masterPtr->height)
+    if ((instancePtr->width != modelPtr->width)
+	    || (instancePtr->height != modelPtr->height)
 	    || (instancePtr->error == NULL)) {
-	if (masterPtr->height > 0 && masterPtr->width > 0) {
+	if (modelPtr->height > 0 && modelPtr->width > 0) {
 	    /*
 	     * TODO: use attemptckalloc() here once there is a strategy that
 	     * will allow us to recover from failure. Right now, there's no
 	     * such possibility.
 	     */
 
-	    newError = ckalloc(masterPtr->height * masterPtr->width
+	    newError = ckalloc(modelPtr->height * modelPtr->width
 		    * 3 * sizeof(schar));
 
 	    /*
@@ -833,21 +833,21 @@ TkImgPhotoInstanceSetSize(
 	     */
 
 	    if ((instancePtr->error != NULL)
-		    && ((instancePtr->width == masterPtr->width)
-		    || (validBox.width == masterPtr->width))) {
+		    && ((instancePtr->width == modelPtr->width)
+		    || (validBox.width == modelPtr->width))) {
 		if (validBox.y > 0) {
 		    memset(newError, 0, (size_t)
-			    validBox.y * masterPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar));
+			    validBox.y * modelPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar));
 		}
 		h = validBox.y + validBox.height;
-		if (h < masterPtr->height) {
-		    memset(newError + h*masterPtr->width*3, 0,
-			    (size_t) (masterPtr->height - h)
-			    * masterPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar));
+		if (h < modelPtr->height) {
+		    memset(newError + h*modelPtr->width*3, 0,
+			    (size_t) (modelPtr->height - h)
+			    * modelPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar));
 		}
 	    } else {
 		memset(newError, 0, (size_t)
-			masterPtr->height * masterPtr->width *3*sizeof(schar));
+			modelPtr->height * modelPtr->width *3*sizeof(schar));
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    newError = NULL;
@@ -859,22 +859,22 @@ TkImgPhotoInstanceSetSize(
 	     * array.
 	     */
 
-	    if (masterPtr->width == instancePtr->width) {
-		offset = validBox.y * masterPtr->width * 3;
+	    if (modelPtr->width == instancePtr->width) {
+		offset = validBox.y * modelPtr->width * 3;
 		memcpy(newError + offset, instancePtr->error + offset,
 			(size_t) (validBox.height
-			* masterPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar)));
+			* modelPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar)));
 
 	    } else if (validBox.width > 0 && validBox.height > 0) {
 		errDestPtr = newError +
-			(validBox.y * masterPtr->width + validBox.x) * 3;
+			(validBox.y * modelPtr->width + validBox.x) * 3;
 		errSrcPtr = instancePtr->error +
 			(validBox.y * instancePtr->width + validBox.x) * 3;
 
 		for (h = validBox.height; h > 0; --h) {
 		    memcpy(errDestPtr, errSrcPtr,
 			    validBox.width * 3 * sizeof(schar));
-		    errDestPtr += masterPtr->width * 3;
+		    errDestPtr += modelPtr->width * 3;
 		    errSrcPtr += instancePtr->width * 3;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -884,8 +884,8 @@ TkImgPhotoInstanceSetSize(
 	instancePtr->error = newError;
     }
 
-    instancePtr->width = masterPtr->width;
-    instancePtr->height = masterPtr->height;
+    instancePtr->width = modelPtr->width;
+    instancePtr->height = modelPtr->height;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ TkImgDisposeInstance(
  * TkImgDitherInstance --
  *
  *	This function is called to update an area of an instance's pixmap by
- *	dithering the corresponding area of the master.
+ *	dithering the corresponding area of the model.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ TkImgDitherInstance(
 				 * block to be dithered. */
     int width, int height)	/* Dimensions of the block to be dithered. */
 {
-    PhotoModel *masterPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
+    PhotoModel *modelPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
     ColorTable *colorPtr = instancePtr->colorTablePtr;
     XImage *imagePtr;
     int nLines, bigEndian, i, c, x, y, xEnd, doDithering = 1;
@@ -1693,8 +1693,8 @@ TkImgDitherInstance(
     bigEndian = imagePtr->bitmap_bit_order == MSBFirst;
     firstBit = bigEndian? (1 << (imagePtr->bitmap_unit - 1)): 1;
 
-    lineLength = masterPtr->width * 3;
-    srcLinePtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (yStart * masterPtr->width + xStart) * 4;
+    lineLength = modelPtr->width * 3;
+    srcLinePtr = modelPtr->pix32 + (yStart * modelPtr->width + xStart) * 4;
     errLinePtr = instancePtr->error + yStart * lineLength + xStart * 3;
     xEnd = xStart + width;
 
@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ TkImgDitherInstance(
 				    c += errPtr[-lineLength-3];
 				}
 				c += errPtr[-lineLength] * 5;
-				if ((x + 1) < masterPtr->width) {
+				if ((x + 1) < modelPtr->width) {
 				    c += errPtr[-lineLength+3] * 3;
 				}
 			    }
@@ -1820,7 +1820,7 @@ TkImgDitherInstance(
 		/*
 		 * Multibit monochrome window. The operation here is similar
 		 * to the color window case above, except that there is only
-		 * one component. If the master image is in color, use the
+		 * one component. If the model image is in color, use the
 		 * luminance computed as
 		 *	0.344 * red + 0.5 * green + 0.156 * blue.
 		 */
@@ -1832,13 +1832,13 @@ TkImgDitherInstance(
 			    c += errPtr[-lineLength-1];
 			}
 			c += errPtr[-lineLength] * 5;
-			if (x + 1 < masterPtr->width) {
+			if (x + 1 < modelPtr->width) {
 			    c += errPtr[-lineLength+1] * 3;
 			}
 		    }
 		    c = ((c + 2056) >> 4) - 128;
 
-		    if (masterPtr->flags & COLOR_IMAGE) {
+		    if (modelPtr->flags & COLOR_IMAGE) {
 			c += (unsigned) (srcPtr[0] * 11 + srcPtr[1] * 16
 				+ srcPtr[2] * 5 + 16) >> 5;
 		    } else {
@@ -1905,13 +1905,13 @@ TkImgDitherInstance(
 			    c += errPtr[-lineLength-1];
 			}
 			c += errPtr[-lineLength] * 5;
-			if (x + 1 < masterPtr->width) {
+			if (x + 1 < modelPtr->width) {
 			    c += errPtr[-lineLength+1] * 3;
 			}
 		    }
 		    c = ((c + 2056) >> 4) - 128;
 
-		    if (masterPtr->flags & COLOR_IMAGE) {
+		    if (modelPtr->flags & COLOR_IMAGE) {
 			c += (unsigned)(srcPtr[0] * 11 + srcPtr[1] * 16
 				+ srcPtr[2] * 5 + 16) >> 5;
 		    } else {
@@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ TkImgDitherInstance(
 		}
 		*destLongPtr = word;
 	    }
-	    srcLinePtr += masterPtr->width * 4;
+	    srcLinePtr += modelPtr->width * 4;
 	    errLinePtr += lineLength;
 	    dstLinePtr += bytesPerLine;
 	}
diff --git a/generic/tkImgPhoto.c b/generic/tkImgPhoto.c
index 395fc9d..afbf7b0 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgPhoto.c
+++ b/generic/tkImgPhoto.c
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ static int		ParseSubcommandOptions(
 			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int allowedOptions,
 			    int *indexPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
-static int		ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+static int		ImgPhotoConfigureModel(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    PhotoModel *modelPtr, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
 static int		ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(PhotoModel *mPtr);
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ ImgPhotoCreate(
     PhotoModel *modelPtr;
 
     /*
-     * Allocate and initialize the photo image master record.
+     * Allocate and initialize the photo image model record.
      */
 
     modelPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(PhotoModel));
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ ImgPhotoCreate(
      * Process configuration options given in the image create command.
      */
 
-    if (ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(interp, modelPtr, objc, objv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (ImgPhotoConfigureModel(interp, modelPtr, objc, objv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
 	ImgPhotoDelete(modelPtr);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ ImgPhotoCreate(
 
 static int
 ImgPhotoCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about photo master. */
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Information about photo model. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ ImgPhotoCmd(
 			configSpecs, (char *) modelPtr, arg, 0);
 	    }
 	} else {
-	    return ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(interp, modelPtr, objc-2, objv+2,
+	    return ImgPhotoConfigureModel(interp, modelPtr, objc-2, objv+2,
 		    TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
 	}
 
@@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ ParseSubcommandOptions(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * ImgPhotoConfigureMaster --
+ * ImgPhotoConfigureModel --
  *
  *	This function is called when a photo image is created or reconfigured.
  *	It processes configuration options and resets any instances of the
@@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ ParseSubcommandOptions(
  */
 
 static int
-ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(
+ImgPhotoConfigureModel(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
     PhotoModel *modelPtr,	/* Pointer to data structure describing
 				 * overall photo image to (re)configure. */
@@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	(Re)sets COMPLEX_ALPHA flag of master.
+ *	(Re)sets COMPLEX_ALPHA flag of model.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(
  *
  * ImgPhotoDelete --
  *
- *	This function is called by the image code to delete the master
+ *	This function is called by the image code to delete the model
  *	structure for an image.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -2135,10 +2135,10 @@ ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(
 
 static void
 ImgPhotoDelete(
-    ClientData masterData)	/* Pointer to PhotoModel structure for image.
+    ClientData modelData)	/* Pointer to PhotoModel structure for image.
 				 * Must not have any more instances. */
 {
-    PhotoModel *modelPtr = masterData;
+    PhotoModel *modelPtr = modelData;
     PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
 
     while ((instancePtr = modelPtr->instancePtr) != NULL) {
@@ -2212,7 +2212,7 @@ ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(
  *	with memory allocation.)
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Storage gets reallocated, for the master and all its instances.
+ *	Storage gets reallocated, for the model and all its instances.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -3486,7 +3486,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(
  * Tk_DitherPhoto --
  *
  *	This function is called to update an area of each instance's pixmap by
- *	dithering the corresponding area of the image master.
+ *	dithering the corresponding area of the image model.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -3501,7 +3501,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(
 
 void
 Tk_DitherPhoto(
-    Tk_PhotoHandle photo,	/* Image master whose instances are to be
+    Tk_PhotoHandle photo,	/* Image model whose instances are to be
 				 * updated. */
     int x, int y,		/* Coordinates of the top-left pixel in the
 				 * area to be dithered. */
diff --git a/generic/tkImgPhoto.h b/generic/tkImgPhoto.h
index 90705e9..994fa40 100644
--- a/generic/tkImgPhoto.h
+++ b/generic/tkImgPhoto.h
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@
  * Forward declarations of the structures we define.
  */
 
-#define PhotoMaster PhotoModel
+#define PhotoModel PhotoMaster
 typedef struct ColorTableId	ColorTableId;
 typedef struct ColorTable	ColorTable;
 typedef struct PhotoInstance	PhotoInstance;
-typedef struct PhotoModel	PhotoModel;
+typedef struct PhotoMaster	PhotoMaster;
 
 /*
  * A signed 8-bit integral type. If chars are unsigned and the compiler isn't
@@ -138,11 +138,11 @@ struct ColorTable {
 #define MAP_COLORS		8
 
 /*
- * Definition of the data associated with each photo image master.
+ * Definition of the data associated with each photo image model.
  */
 
-struct PhotoModel {
-    Tk_ImageModel tkMaster;	/* Tk's token for image model. NULL means the
+struct PhotoMaster {
+    Tk_ImageMaster tkMaster;	/* Tk's token for image model. NULL means the
 				 * image is being deleted. */
     Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with the application
 				 * using this image. */
@@ -165,11 +165,11 @@ struct PhotoModel {
     TkRegion validRegion;	/* Tk region indicating which parts of the
 				 * image have valid image data. */
     PhotoInstance *instancePtr;	/* First in the list of instances associated
-				 * with this master. */
+				 * with this model. */
 };
 
 /*
- * Bit definitions for the flags field of a PhotoModel.
+ * Bit definitions for the flags field of a PhotoMaster.
  * COLOR_IMAGE:			1 means that the image has different color
  *				components.
  * IMAGE_CHANGED:		1 means that the instances of this image need
@@ -196,17 +196,17 @@ struct PhotoModel {
  */
 
 struct PhotoInstance {
-    PhotoModel *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
+    PhotoMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to model for image. */
     Display *display;		/* Display for windows using this instance. */
     Colormap colormap;		/* The image may only be used in windows with
 				 * this particular colormap. */
     PhotoInstance *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to the next instance in the list of
-				 * instances associated with this master. */
+				 * instances associated with this model. */
     int refCount;		/* Number of instances using this structure. */
     Tk_Uid palette;		/* Palette for these particular instances. */
     double gamma;		/* Gamma value for these instances. */
     Tk_Uid defaultPalette;	/* Default palette to use if a palette is not
-				 * specified for the master. */
+				 * specified for the model. */
     ColorTable *colorTablePtr;	/* Pointer to information about colors
 				 * allocated for image display in windows like
 				 * this one. */
diff --git a/generic/tkInt.decls b/generic/tkInt.decls
index a160541..2faf410 100644
--- a/generic/tkInt.decls
+++ b/generic/tkInt.decls
@@ -636,10 +636,10 @@ declare 184 {
 }
 
 # Support for aqua's inability to draw outside [NSView drawRect:]
-declare 185 aqua {
+declare 185 macosx {
     void TkpRedrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin)
 }
-declare 186 aqua {
+declare 186 macosx {
     int TkpWillDrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin)
 }
 
@@ -956,9 +956,10 @@ declare 24 aqua {
 declare 25 aqua {
     void TkMacOSXMenuClick(void)
 }
-declare 26 aqua {
-    void TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow(Window window, void *portPtr)
-}
+# The corresponding Unregister was not a stub, and this should be static.
+#declare 26 aqua {
+#    void TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow(Window window, void *portPtr)
+#}
 declare 27 aqua {
     int TkMacOSXResizable(TkWindow *winPtr)
 }
@@ -977,9 +978,10 @@ declare 31 aqua {
 declare 32 aqua {
     void TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(TkWindow *winPtr)
 }
-declare 33 aqua {
-    void TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(void *portPtr)
-}
+# This was not implemented.  Perhaps meant to be OffScreen ?
+#declare 33 aqua {
+#    void TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(void *portPtr)
+#}
 declare 34 aqua {
     int TkMacOSXUseMenuID(short macID)
 }
@@ -1849,7 +1851,7 @@ declare 112 aqua {
 declare 114 aqua {
     VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual)
 }
-declare 120 macosx {
+declare 120 aqua {
     int XOffsetRegion(void *rgn, int dx, int dy)
 }
 declare 129 aqua {
@@ -1872,7 +1874,7 @@ declare 146 aqua {
 	    unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, XColor _Xconst *x1,
 	    XColor _Xconst *x2)
 }
-declare 157 macosx {
+declare 157 aqua {
     KeySym XkbKeycodeToKeysym(Display *d, unsigned int k, int g, int i)
 }
 declare 158 aqua {
diff --git a/generic/tkInt.h b/generic/tkInt.h
index b700be7..530638a 100644
--- a/generic/tkInt.h
+++ b/generic/tkInt.h
@@ -861,9 +861,9 @@ typedef struct TkWindow {
 #endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
     char *geomMgrName;          /* Records the name of the geometry manager. */
     struct TkWindow *maintainerPtr;
-				/* The geometry master for this window. The
-				 * value is NULL if the window has no master or
-				 * if its master is its parent. */
+				/* The geometry container for this window. The
+				 * value is NULL if the window has no container or
+				 * if its container is its parent. */
 } TkWindow;
 
 /*
@@ -1221,10 +1221,12 @@ MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_WmObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
 MODULE_SCOPE int	Tk_GetDoublePixelsFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
 			    double *doublePtr);
-MODULE_SCOPE int	TkSetGeometryMaster(Tcl_Interp *interp,
-			    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *master);
-MODULE_SCOPE void	TkFreeGeometryMaster(Tk_Window tkwin,
-			    const char *master);
+#define TkSetGeometryContainer TkSetGeometryMaster
+MODULE_SCOPE int	TkSetGeometryContainer(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+			    Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name);
+#define TkFreeGeometryContainer TkFreeGeometryMaster
+MODULE_SCOPE void	TkFreeGeometryContainer(Tk_Window tkwin,
+			    const char *name);
 
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TkEventInit(void);
 MODULE_SCOPE void	TkRegisterObjTypes(void);
diff --git a/generic/tkIntDecls.h b/generic/tkIntDecls.h
index 1344cc6..7057411 100644
--- a/generic/tkIntDecls.h
+++ b/generic/tkIntDecls.h
@@ -550,14 +550,14 @@ EXTERN void		TkDrawAngledChars(Display *display,
 				Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
 				const char *source, int numBytes, double x,
 				double y, double angle);
-#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
 /* 185 */
 EXTERN void		TkpRedrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin);
-#endif /* AQUA */
-#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
+#endif /* MACOSX */
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
 /* 186 */
 EXTERN int		TkpWillDrawWidget(Tk_Window tkwin);
-#endif /* AQUA */
+#endif /* MACOSX */
 
 typedef struct TkIntStubs {
     int magic;
@@ -775,26 +775,24 @@ typedef struct TkIntStubs {
     void (*tkUnderlineAngledTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, double angle, int underline); /* 182 */
     int (*tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height, double angle); /* 183 */
     void (*tkDrawAngledChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, double x, double y, double angle); /* 184 */
-#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL) /* UNIX */
     void (*reserved185)(void);
-#endif /* X11 */
+#endif /* UNIX */
 #if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
     void (*reserved185)(void);
 #endif /* WIN */
-#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
-    void (*reserved185)(void); /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
     void (*tkpRedrawWidget) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 185 */
-#endif /* AQUA */
-#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#endif /* MACOSX */
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL) /* UNIX */
     void (*reserved186)(void);
-#endif /* X11 */
+#endif /* UNIX */
 #if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
     void (*reserved186)(void);
 #endif /* WIN */
-#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
-    void (*reserved186)(void); /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
     int (*tkpWillDrawWidget) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 186 */
-#endif /* AQUA */
+#endif /* MACOSX */
 } TkIntStubs;
 
 extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;
@@ -1167,14 +1165,14 @@ extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;
 	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkIntersectAngledTextLayout) /* 183 */
 #define TkDrawAngledChars \
 	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawAngledChars) /* 184 */
-#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
 #define TkpRedrawWidget \
 	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpRedrawWidget) /* 185 */
-#endif /* AQUA */
-#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
+#endif /* MACOSX */
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
 #define TkpWillDrawWidget \
 	(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpWillDrawWidget) /* 186 */
-#endif /* AQUA */
+#endif /* MACOSX */
 
 #endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) */
 
@@ -1219,5 +1217,12 @@ extern const TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;
 
 #endif /* UNIX */
 
+#if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+#   undef TkpWillDrawWidget
+#   undef TkpRedrawWidget
+#   define TkpWillDrawWidget(w) 0
+#   define TkpRedrawWidget(w)
+#endif
+
 #endif /* _TKINTDECLS */
 
diff --git a/generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h b/generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h
index 02bb9ae..a785392 100644
--- a/generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h
+++ b/generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h
@@ -199,9 +199,7 @@ EXTERN void		TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(TkWindow *winPtr);
 EXTERN void *		TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap(Drawable d1, Drawable d2);
 /* 25 */
 EXTERN void		TkMacOSXMenuClick(void);
-/* 26 */
-EXTERN void		TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow(Window window,
-				void *portPtr);
+/* Slot 26 is reserved */
 /* 27 */
 EXTERN int		TkMacOSXResizable(TkWindow *winPtr);
 /* 28 */
@@ -214,8 +212,7 @@ EXTERN void		TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Drawable drawable);
 EXTERN void		TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort(GC gc, void *destPort);
 /* 32 */
 EXTERN void		TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(TkWindow *winPtr);
-/* 33 */
-EXTERN void		TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(void *portPtr);
+/* Slot 33 is reserved */
 /* 34 */
 EXTERN int		TkMacOSXUseMenuID(short macID);
 /* 35 */
@@ -420,14 +417,14 @@ typedef struct TkIntPlatStubs {
     void (*tkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 23 */
     void * (*tkMacOSXMakeStippleMap) (Drawable d1, Drawable d2); /* 24 */
     void (*tkMacOSXMenuClick) (void); /* 25 */
-    void (*tkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow) (Window window, void *portPtr); /* 26 */
+    void (*reserved26)(void);
     int (*tkMacOSXResizable) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 27 */
     void (*tkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount) (void); /* 28 */
     void (*tkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow) (TkWindow *winPtr, int flag); /* 29 */
     void (*tkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn) (Drawable drawable); /* 30 */
     void (*tkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort) (GC gc, void *destPort); /* 31 */
     void (*tkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 32 */
-    void (*tkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow) (void *portPtr); /* 33 */
+    void (*reserved33)(void);
     int (*tkMacOSXUseMenuID) (short macID); /* 34 */
     TkRegion (*tkMacOSXVisableClipRgn) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 35 */
     void (*tkMacOSXWinBounds) (TkWindow *winPtr, void *geometry); /* 36 */
@@ -657,8 +654,7 @@ extern const TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubsPtr;
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXMakeStippleMap) /* 24 */
 #define TkMacOSXMenuClick \
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXMenuClick) /* 25 */
-#define TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow \
-	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow) /* 26 */
+/* Slot 26 is reserved */
 #define TkMacOSXResizable \
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXResizable) /* 27 */
 #define TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount \
@@ -671,8 +667,7 @@ extern const TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubsPtr;
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort) /* 31 */
 #define TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn \
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn) /* 32 */
-#define TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow \
-	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow) /* 33 */
+/* Slot 33 is reserved */
 #define TkMacOSXUseMenuID \
 	(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXUseMenuID) /* 34 */
 #define TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn \
diff --git a/generic/tkOldConfig.c b/generic/tkOldConfig.c
index f20f38f..d05a2c7 100644
--- a/generic/tkOldConfig.c
+++ b/generic/tkOldConfig.c
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ GetCachedSpecs(
 
 	/*
 	 * Now allocate our working copy's space and copy over the contents
-	 * from the master copy.
+	 * from the origin.
 	 */
 
 	cachedSpecs = ckalloc(entrySpace);
diff --git a/generic/tkPack.c b/generic/tkPack.c
index 245c6a4..28ae74b 100644
--- a/generic/tkPack.c
+++ b/generic/tkPack.c
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ static const char *const sideNames[] = {
 
 /*
  * For each window that the packer cares about (either because the window is
- * managed by the packer or because the window has slaves that are managed by
+ * managed by the packer or because the window has content managed by
  * the packer), there is a structure of the following type:
  */
 
@@ -29,15 +29,15 @@ typedef struct Packer {
 				 * window has been deleted, but the packet
 				 * hasn't had a chance to clean up yet because
 				 * the structure is still in use. */
-    struct Packer *masterPtr;	/* Master window within which this window is
+    struct Packer *containerPtr;	/* Container window within which this window is
 				 * packed (NULL means this window isn't
 				 * managed by the packer). */
-    struct Packer *nextPtr;	/* Next window packed within same master. List
+    struct Packer *nextPtr;	/* Next window packed within same container. List
 				 * is priority-ordered: first on list gets
 				 * packed first. */
-    struct Packer *slavePtr;	/* First in list of slaves packed inside this
-				 * window (NULL means no packed slaves). */
-    Side side;			/* Side of master against which this window is
+    struct Packer *contentPtr;	/* First in list of content packed inside this
+				 * window (NULL means no packed content). */
+    Side side;			/* Side of container against which this window is
 				 * packed. */
     Tk_Anchor anchor;		/* If frame allocated for window is larger
 				 * than window needs, this indicates how where
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ typedef struct Packer {
 				 * each side). */
     int doubleBw;		/* Twice the window's last known border width.
 				 * If this changes, the window must be
-				 * repacked within its master. */
+				 * repacked within its container. */
     int *abortPtr;		/* If non-NULL, it means that there is a
 				 * nested call to ArrangePacking already
 				 * working on this window. *abortPtr may be
 				 * set to 1 to abort that nested call. This
 				 * happens, for example, if tkwin or any of
-				 * its slaves is deleted. */
+				 * its content is deleted. */
     int flags;			/* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
 				 * definitions. */
 } Packer;
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ typedef struct Packer {
  * Flag values for Packer structures:
  *
  * REQUESTED_REPACK:		1 means a Tcl_DoWhenIdle request has already
- *				been made to repack all the slaves of this
+ *				been made to repack all the content of this
  *				window.
  * FILLX:			1 means if frame allocated for window is wider
  *				than window needs, expand window to fill
@@ -78,17 +78,17 @@ typedef struct Packer {
  *				than needed.
  * FILLY:			Same as FILLX, except for height.
  * EXPAND:			1 means this window's frame will absorb any
- *				extra space in the master window.
+ *				extra space in the container window.
  * OLD_STYLE:			1 means this window is being managed with the
  *				old-style packer algorithms (before Tk version
  *				3.3). The main difference is that padding and
  *				filling are done differently.
  * DONT_PROPAGATE:		1 means don't set this window's requested
- *				size. 0 means if this window is a master then
+ *				size. 0 means if this window is a container then
  *				Tk will set its requested size to fit the
- *				needs of its slaves.
- * ALLOCED_MASTER               1 means that Pack has allocated itself as
- *                              geometry master for this window.
+ *				needs of its content.
+ * ALLOCED_CONTAINER	1 means that Pack has allocated itself as
+ *				geometry container for this window.
  */
 
 #define REQUESTED_REPACK	1
@@ -97,20 +97,20 @@ typedef struct Packer {
 #define EXPAND			8
 #define OLD_STYLE		16
 #define DONT_PROPAGATE		32
-#define ALLOCED_MASTER		64
+#define ALLOCED_CONTAINER	64
 
 /*
  * The following structure is the official type record for the packer:
  */
 
 static void		PackReqProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
-static void		PackLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
+static void		PackLostContentProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
 
 static const Tk_GeomMgr packerType = {
     "pack",			/* name */
     PackReqProc,		/* requestProc */
-    PackLostSlaveProc,		/* lostSlaveProc */
+    PackLostContentProc,		/* lostContentProc */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -118,17 +118,17 @@ static const Tk_GeomMgr packerType = {
  */
 
 static void		ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
-static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+static int		ConfigureContent(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		DestroyPacker(void *memPtr);
 static Packer *		GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);
 static int		PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
-			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+			    Packer *containerPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static void		PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static void		Unlink(Packer *packPtr);
-static int		XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth);
-static int		YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);
+static int		XExpansion(Packer *contentPtr, int cavityWidth);
+static int		YExpansion(Packer *contentPtr, int cavityHeight);
 
 /*
  *------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
+    Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
     const char *argv2;
     static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
 	/* after, append, before and unpack are deprecated */
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 	const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
 
 	if (string[0] == '.') {
-	    return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
+	    return ConfigureContent(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
 	}
     }
     if (objc < 3) {
@@ -241,48 +241,48 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	prevPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2);
-	if (prevPtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
+	if (prevPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "window \"%s\" isn't packed", argv2));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PACK", "NOT_PACKED", NULL);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, prevPtr->masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
+	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, prevPtr->containerPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
     }
     case PACK_APPEND: {
-	Packer *masterPtr;
-	register Packer *prevPtr;
+	Packer *containerPtr;
+	Packer *prevPtr;
 	Tk_Window tkwin2;
 
 	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	masterPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2);
-	prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
+	containerPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2);
+	prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
 	if (prevPtr != NULL) {
 	    while (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
 		prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
 	    }
 	}
-	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
+	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, containerPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
     }
     case PACK_BEFORE: {
-	Packer *packPtr, *masterPtr;
-	register Packer *prevPtr;
+	Packer *packPtr, *containerPtr;
+	Packer *prevPtr;
 	Tk_Window tkwin2;
 
 	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	packPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2);
-	if (packPtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
+	if (packPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "window \"%s\" isn't packed", argv2));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PACK", "NOT_PACKED", NULL);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	masterPtr = packPtr->masterPtr;
-	prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
+	containerPtr = packPtr->containerPtr;
+	prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
 	if (prevPtr == packPtr) {
 	    prevPtr = NULL;
 	} else {
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 		}
 	    }
 	}
-	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
+	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, containerPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
     }
     case PACK_CONFIGURE:
 	if (argv2[0] != '.') {
@@ -304,43 +304,43 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-2, objv+2);
+	return ConfigureContent(interp, tkwin, objc-2, objv+2);
     case PACK_FORGET: {
-	Tk_Window slave;
-	Packer *slavePtr;
+	Tk_Window content;
+	Packer *contentPtr;
 	int i;
 
 	for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
-	    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &content) != TCL_OK) {
 		continue;
 	    }
-	    slavePtr = GetPacker(slave);
-	    if ((slavePtr != NULL) && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
-		Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, NULL);
-		if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
-		    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin,
-			    slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
+	    contentPtr = GetPacker(content);
+	    if ((contentPtr != NULL) && (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL)) {
+		Tk_ManageGeometry(content, NULL, NULL);
+		if (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
+		    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin,
+			    contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
 		}
-		Unlink(slavePtr);
-		Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+		Unlink(contentPtr);
+		Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 	    }
 	}
 	break;
     }
     case PACK_INFO: {
-	register Packer *slavePtr;
-	Tk_Window slave;
+	Packer *contentPtr;
+	Tk_Window content;
 	Tcl_Obj *infoObj;
 
 	if (objc != 3) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &content) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	slavePtr = GetPacker(slave);
-	if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
+	contentPtr = GetPacker(content);
+	if (contentPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "window \"%s\" isn't packed", argv2));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "PACK", "NOT_PACKED", NULL);
@@ -349,12 +349,12 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 
 	infoObj = Tcl_NewObj();
 	Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-in", -1),
-		TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin));
+		TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin));
 	Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-anchor", -1),
-		Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfAnchor(slavePtr->anchor), -1));
+		Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfAnchor(contentPtr->anchor), -1));
 	Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-expand", -1),
-		Tcl_NewBooleanObj(slavePtr->flags & EXPAND));
-	switch (slavePtr->flags & (FILLX|FILLY)) {
+		Tcl_NewBooleanObj(contentPtr->flags & EXPAND));
+	switch (contentPtr->flags & (FILLX|FILLY)) {
 	case 0:
 	    Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-fill", -1),
 		    Tcl_NewStringObj("none", -1));
@@ -372,31 +372,31 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 		    Tcl_NewStringObj("both", -1));
 	    break;
 	}
-	TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipadx", slavePtr->iPadX/2, slavePtr->iPadX);
-	TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipady", slavePtr->iPadY/2, slavePtr->iPadY);
-	TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-padx", slavePtr->padLeft,slavePtr->padX);
-	TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-pady", slavePtr->padTop, slavePtr->padY);
+	TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipadx", contentPtr->iPadX/2, contentPtr->iPadX);
+	TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-ipady", contentPtr->iPadY/2, contentPtr->iPadY);
+	TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-padx", contentPtr->padLeft,contentPtr->padX);
+	TkAppendPadAmount(infoObj, "-pady", contentPtr->padTop, contentPtr->padY);
 	Tcl_DictObjPut(NULL, infoObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("-side", -1),
-		Tcl_NewStringObj(sideNames[slavePtr->side], -1));
+		Tcl_NewStringObj(sideNames[contentPtr->side], -1));
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, infoObj);
 	break;
     }
     case PACK_PROPAGATE: {
-	Tk_Window master;
-	Packer *masterPtr;
+	Tk_Window container;
+	Packer *containerPtr;
 	int propagate;
 
 	if (objc > 4) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	masterPtr = GetPacker(master);
+	containerPtr = GetPacker(container);
 	if (objc == 3) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
-		    Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)));
+		    Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(containerPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)));
 	    return TCL_OK;
 	}
 	if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &propagate) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -404,57 +404,57 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 	}
 	if (propagate) {
 	    /*
-	     * If we have slaves, we need to register as geometry master.
+	     * If we have content windows, we need to register as geometry container.
 	     */
 
-	    if (masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL) {
-		if (TkSetGeometryMaster(interp, master, "pack") != TCL_OK) {
+	    if (containerPtr->contentPtr != NULL) {
+		if (TkSetGeometryContainer(interp, container, "pack") != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		masterPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_MASTER;
+		containerPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr->flags &= ~DONT_PROPAGATE;
+	    containerPtr->flags &= ~DONT_PROPAGATE;
 
 	    /*
-	     * Repack the master to allow new geometry information to
-	     * propagate upwards to the master's master.
+	     * Repack the container to allow new geometry information to
+	     * propagate upwards to the container's container.
 	     */
 
-	    if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-		*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+	    if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+		*containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
 	    }
-	    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
-		masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
+	    if (!(containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
+		containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
+		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, containerPtr);
 	    }
 	} else {
-	    if (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER) {
-		TkFreeGeometryMaster(master, "pack");
-		masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
+	    if (containerPtr->flags & ALLOCED_CONTAINER) {
+		TkFreeGeometryContainer(container, "pack");
+		containerPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr->flags |= DONT_PROPAGATE;
+	    containerPtr->flags |= DONT_PROPAGATE;
 	}
 	break;
     }
     case PACK_CONTENT:
     case PACK_SLAVES: {
-	Tk_Window master;
-	Packer *masterPtr, *slavePtr;
+	Tk_Window container;
+	Packer *containerPtr, *contentPtr;
 	Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
 
 	if (objc != 3) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &container) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-	masterPtr = GetPacker(master);
-	for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
+	containerPtr = GetPacker(container);
+	for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
 	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
-		    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin));
+		    TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->tkwin));
 	}
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
 	break;
@@ -471,11 +471,11 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 	packPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2);
-	if ((packPtr != NULL) && (packPtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
+	if ((packPtr != NULL) && (packPtr->containerPtr != NULL)) {
 	    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin2, NULL, NULL);
-	    if (packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(packPtr->tkwin)) {
+	    if (packPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(packPtr->tkwin)) {
 		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(packPtr->tkwin,
-			packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
+			packPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
 	    }
 	    Unlink(packPtr);
 	    Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin);
@@ -505,17 +505,16 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd(
  *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-	/* ARGSUSED */
 static void
 PackReqProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Packer's information about window that got
 				 * new preferred geometry.  */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Other Tk-related information about the
+    TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window))		/* Other Tk-related information about the
 				 * window. */
 {
-    register Packer *packPtr = clientData;
+    Packer *packPtr = (Packer *)clientData;
 
-    packPtr = packPtr->masterPtr;
+    packPtr = packPtr->containerPtr;
     if (!(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 	packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
 	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
@@ -525,34 +524,33 @@ PackReqProc(
 /*
  *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * PackLostSlaveProc --
+ * PackLostContentProc --
  *
  *	This function is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
- *	control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
+ *	control over a content window that used to be managed by us.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Forgets all packer-related information about the slave.
+ *	Forgets all packer-related information about the content.
  *
  *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-	/* ARGSUSED */
 static void
-PackLostSlaveProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Packer structure for slave window that was
+PackLostContentProc(
+    void *clientData,	/* Packer structure for content window that was
 				 * stolen away. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
+    TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window))		/* Tk's handle for the content window. */
 {
-    register Packer *slavePtr = clientData;
+    Packer *contentPtr = (Packer *)clientData;
 
-    if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
-	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
+    if (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
+	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
     }
-    Unlink(slavePtr);
-    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+    Unlink(contentPtr);
+    Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -569,22 +567,22 @@ PackLostSlaveProc(
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The packed slaves of masterPtr may get resized or moved.
+ *	The packed content of containerPtr may get resized or moved.
  *
  *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
 ArrangePacking(
-    ClientData clientData)	/* Structure describing master whose slaves
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Structure describing container whose content
 				 * are to be re-layed out. */
 {
-    register Packer *masterPtr = clientData;
-    register Packer *slavePtr;
+    Packer *containerPtr = (Packer *)clientData;
+    Packer *contentPtr;
     int cavityX, cavityY, cavityWidth, cavityHeight;
 				/* These variables keep track of the
 				 * as-yet-unallocated space remaining in the
-				 * middle of the master window. */
+				 * middle of the container window. */
     int frameX, frameY, frameWidth, frameHeight;
 				/* These variables keep track of the frame
 				 * allocated to the current window. */
@@ -597,14 +595,15 @@ ArrangePacking(
     int borderLeft, borderRight;
     int maxWidth, maxHeight, tmp;
 
-    masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_REPACK;
+    containerPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_REPACK;
 
     /*
-     * If the master has no slaves anymore, then don't do anything at all:
-     * just leave the master's size as-is.
+     * If the container has no content anymore, then leave the container size as-is.
+     * Otherwise there is no way to "relinquish" control over the container
+     * so another geometry manager can take over.
      */
 
-    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
+    if (containerPtr->contentPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
 
@@ -614,52 +613,52 @@ ArrangePacking(
      * necessary.
      */
 
-    if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+    if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	*containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
     }
-    masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
+    containerPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
     abort = 0;
-    Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(containerPtr);
 
     /*
-     * Pass #1: scan all the slaves to figure out the total amount of space
+     * Pass #1: scan all the content to figure out the total amount of space
      * needed. Two separate width and height values are computed:
      *
      * width -		Holds the sum of the widths (plus padding) of all the
-     *			slaves seen so far that were packed LEFT or RIGHT.
+     *			content seen so far that were packed LEFT or RIGHT.
      * height -		Holds the sum of the heights (plus padding) of all the
-     *			slaves seen so far that were packed TOP or BOTTOM.
+     *			content seen so far that were packed TOP or BOTTOM.
      *
-     * maxWidth -	Gradually builds up the width needed by the master to
-     *			just barely satisfy all the slave's needs. For each
-     *			slave, the code computes the width needed for all the
-     *			slaves so far and updates maxWidth if the new value is
+     * maxWidth -	Gradually builds up the width needed by the container to
+     *			just barely satisfy all the content's needs. For each
+     *			content, the code computes the width needed for all the
+     *			content so far and updates maxWidth if the new value is
      *			greater.
      * maxHeight -	Same as maxWidth, except keeps height info.
      */
 
-    width = maxWidth = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin) +
-	    Tk_InternalBorderRight(masterPtr->tkwin);
-    height = maxHeight = Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin) +
-	    Tk_InternalBorderBottom(masterPtr->tkwin);
-    for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-	    slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	if ((slavePtr->side == TOP) || (slavePtr->side == BOTTOM)) {
-	    tmp = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
-		    + slavePtr->padX + slavePtr->iPadX + width;
+    width = maxWidth = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(containerPtr->tkwin) +
+	    Tk_InternalBorderRight(containerPtr->tkwin);
+    height = maxHeight = Tk_InternalBorderTop(containerPtr->tkwin) +
+	    Tk_InternalBorderBottom(containerPtr->tkwin);
+    for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+	    contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if ((contentPtr->side == TOP) || (contentPtr->side == BOTTOM)) {
+	    tmp = Tk_ReqWidth(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->doubleBw
+		    + contentPtr->padX + contentPtr->iPadX + width;
 	    if (tmp > maxWidth) {
 		maxWidth = tmp;
 	    }
-	    height += Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
-		    + slavePtr->padY + slavePtr->iPadY;
+	    height += Tk_ReqHeight(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->doubleBw
+		    + contentPtr->padY + contentPtr->iPadY;
 	} else {
-	    tmp = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
-		    + slavePtr->padY + slavePtr->iPadY + height;
+	    tmp = Tk_ReqHeight(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->doubleBw
+		    + contentPtr->padY + contentPtr->iPadY + height;
 	    if (tmp > maxHeight) {
 		maxHeight = tmp;
 	    }
-	    width += Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
-		    + slavePtr->padX + slavePtr->iPadX;
+	    width += Tk_ReqWidth(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->doubleBw
+		    + contentPtr->padX + contentPtr->iPadX;
 	}
     }
     if (width > maxWidth) {
@@ -669,31 +668,31 @@ ArrangePacking(
 	maxHeight = height;
     }
 
-    if (maxWidth < Tk_MinReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
-	maxWidth = Tk_MinReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin);
+    if (maxWidth < Tk_MinReqWidth(containerPtr->tkwin)) {
+	maxWidth = Tk_MinReqWidth(containerPtr->tkwin);
     }
-    if (maxHeight < Tk_MinReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
-	maxHeight = Tk_MinReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin);
+    if (maxHeight < Tk_MinReqHeight(containerPtr->tkwin)) {
+	maxHeight = Tk_MinReqHeight(containerPtr->tkwin);
     }
 
     /*
-     * If the total amount of space needed in the master window has changed,
+     * If the total amount of space needed in the container window has changed,
      * and if we're propagating geometry information, then notify the next
      * geometry manager up and requeue ourselves to start again after the
-     * master has had a chance to resize us.
+     * container has had a chance to resize us.
      */
 
-    if (((maxWidth != Tk_ReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin))
-	    || (maxHeight != Tk_ReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin)))
-	    && !(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
-	Tk_GeometryRequest(masterPtr->tkwin, maxWidth, maxHeight);
-	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
+    if (((maxWidth != Tk_ReqWidth(containerPtr->tkwin))
+	    || (maxHeight != Tk_ReqHeight(containerPtr->tkwin)))
+	    && !(containerPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
+	Tk_GeometryRequest(containerPtr->tkwin, maxWidth, maxHeight);
+	containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, containerPtr);
 	goto done;
     }
 
     /*
-     * Pass #2: scan the slaves a second time assigning new sizes. The
+     * Pass #2: scan the content a second time assigning new sizes. The
      * "cavity" variables keep track of the unclaimed space in the cavity of
      * the window; this shrinks inward as we allocate windows around the
      * edges. The "frame" variables keep track of the space allocated to the
@@ -701,22 +700,22 @@ ArrangePacking(
      * somewhere inside the frame, depending on anchor.
      */
 
-    cavityX = x = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin);
-    cavityY = y = Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin);
-    cavityWidth = Tk_Width(masterPtr->tkwin) -
-	    Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin) -
-	    Tk_InternalBorderRight(masterPtr->tkwin);
-    cavityHeight = Tk_Height(masterPtr->tkwin) -
-	    Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin) -
-	    Tk_InternalBorderBottom(masterPtr->tkwin);
-    for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-	    slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	if ((slavePtr->side == TOP) || (slavePtr->side == BOTTOM)) {
+    cavityX = x = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(containerPtr->tkwin);
+    cavityY = y = Tk_InternalBorderTop(containerPtr->tkwin);
+    cavityWidth = Tk_Width(containerPtr->tkwin) -
+	    Tk_InternalBorderLeft(containerPtr->tkwin) -
+	    Tk_InternalBorderRight(containerPtr->tkwin);
+    cavityHeight = Tk_Height(containerPtr->tkwin) -
+	    Tk_InternalBorderTop(containerPtr->tkwin) -
+	    Tk_InternalBorderBottom(containerPtr->tkwin);
+    for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+	    contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	if ((contentPtr->side == TOP) || (contentPtr->side == BOTTOM)) {
 	    frameWidth = cavityWidth;
-	    frameHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
-		    + slavePtr->padY + slavePtr->iPadY;
-	    if (slavePtr->flags & EXPAND) {
-		frameHeight += YExpansion(slavePtr, cavityHeight);
+	    frameHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->doubleBw
+		    + contentPtr->padY + contentPtr->iPadY;
+	    if (contentPtr->flags & EXPAND) {
+		frameHeight += YExpansion(contentPtr, cavityHeight);
 	    }
 	    cavityHeight -= frameHeight;
 	    if (cavityHeight < 0) {
@@ -724,7 +723,7 @@ ArrangePacking(
 		cavityHeight = 0;
 	    }
 	    frameX = cavityX;
-	    if (slavePtr->side == TOP) {
+	    if (contentPtr->side == TOP) {
 		frameY = cavityY;
 		cavityY += frameHeight;
 	    } else {
@@ -732,10 +731,10 @@ ArrangePacking(
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    frameHeight = cavityHeight;
-	    frameWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
-		    + slavePtr->padX + slavePtr->iPadX;
-	    if (slavePtr->flags & EXPAND) {
-		frameWidth += XExpansion(slavePtr, cavityWidth);
+	    frameWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->doubleBw
+		    + contentPtr->padX + contentPtr->iPadX;
+	    if (contentPtr->flags & EXPAND) {
+		frameWidth += XExpansion(contentPtr, cavityWidth);
 	    }
 	    cavityWidth -= frameWidth;
 	    if (cavityWidth < 0) {
@@ -743,7 +742,7 @@ ArrangePacking(
 		cavityWidth = 0;
 	    }
 	    frameY = cavityY;
-	    if (slavePtr->side == LEFT) {
+	    if (contentPtr->side == LEFT) {
 		frameX = cavityX;
 		cavityX += frameWidth;
 	    } else {
@@ -760,31 +759,31 @@ ArrangePacking(
 	 * completely ignored except when computing frame size).
 	 */
 
-	if (slavePtr->flags & OLD_STYLE) {
+	if (contentPtr->flags & OLD_STYLE) {
 	    borderX = borderY = 0;
 	    borderTop = borderBtm = 0;
 	    borderLeft = borderRight = 0;
 	} else {
-	    borderX = slavePtr->padX;
-	    borderY = slavePtr->padY;
-	    borderLeft = slavePtr->padLeft;
+	    borderX = contentPtr->padX;
+	    borderY = contentPtr->padY;
+	    borderLeft = contentPtr->padLeft;
 	    borderRight = borderX - borderLeft;
-	    borderTop = slavePtr->padTop;
+	    borderTop = contentPtr->padTop;
 	    borderBtm = borderY - borderTop;
 	}
-	width = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
-		+ slavePtr->iPadX;
-	if ((slavePtr->flags & FILLX)
+	width = Tk_ReqWidth(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->doubleBw
+		+ contentPtr->iPadX;
+	if ((contentPtr->flags & FILLX)
 		|| (width > (frameWidth - borderX))) {
 	    width = frameWidth - borderX;
 	}
-	height = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
-		+ slavePtr->iPadY;
-	if ((slavePtr->flags & FILLY)
+	height = Tk_ReqHeight(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->doubleBw
+		+ contentPtr->iPadY;
+	if ((contentPtr->flags & FILLY)
 		|| (height > (frameHeight - borderY))) {
 	    height = frameHeight - borderY;
 	}
-	switch (slavePtr->anchor) {
+	switch (contentPtr->anchor) {
 	case TK_ANCHOR_N:
 	    x = frameX + (borderLeft + frameWidth - width - borderRight)/2;
 	    y = frameY + borderTop;
@@ -824,44 +823,44 @@ ArrangePacking(
 	default:
 	    Tcl_Panic("bad frame factor in ArrangePacking");
 	}
-	width -= slavePtr->doubleBw;
-	height -= slavePtr->doubleBw;
+	width -= contentPtr->doubleBw;
+	height -= contentPtr->doubleBw;
 
 	/*
 	 * The final step is to set the position, size, and mapped/unmapped
-	 * state of the slave. If the slave is a child of the master, then do
+	 * state of the content. If the content is a child of the container, then do
 	 * this here. Otherwise let Tk_MaintainGeometry do the work.
 	 */
 
-	if (masterPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
+	if (containerPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
 	    if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
-		Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+		Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 	    } else {
-		if ((x != Tk_X(slavePtr->tkwin))
-			|| (y != Tk_Y(slavePtr->tkwin))
-			|| (width != Tk_Width(slavePtr->tkwin))
-			|| (height != Tk_Height(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
-		    Tk_MoveResizeWindow(slavePtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
+		if ((x != Tk_X(contentPtr->tkwin))
+			|| (y != Tk_Y(contentPtr->tkwin))
+			|| (width != Tk_Width(contentPtr->tkwin))
+			|| (height != Tk_Height(contentPtr->tkwin))) {
+		    Tk_MoveResizeWindow(contentPtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
 		}
 		if (abort) {
 		    goto done;
 		}
 
 		/*
-		 * Don't map the slave if the master isn't mapped: wait until
-		 * the master gets mapped later.
+		 * Don't map the content if the container isn't mapped: wait until
+		 * the container gets mapped later.
 		 */
 
-		if (Tk_IsMapped(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
-		    Tk_MapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+		if (Tk_IsMapped(containerPtr->tkwin)) {
+		    Tk_MapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 		}
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
-		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin);
-		Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, containerPtr->tkwin);
+		Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 	    } else {
-		Tk_MaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin,
+		Tk_MaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, containerPtr->tkwin,
 			x, y, width, height);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -878,8 +877,8 @@ ArrangePacking(
     }
 
   done:
-    masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
-    Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
+    containerPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
+    Tcl_Release(containerPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -887,7 +886,7 @@ ArrangePacking(
  *
  * XExpansion --
  *
- *	Given a list of packed slaves, the first of which is packed on the
+ *	Given a list of packed content, the first of which is packed on the
  *	left or right and is expandable, compute how much to expand the child.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -902,9 +901,9 @@ ArrangePacking(
 
 static int
 XExpansion(
-    register Packer *slavePtr,	/* First in list of remaining slaves. */
+    Packer *contentPtr,	/* First in list of remaining content. */
     int cavityWidth)		/* Horizontal space left for all remaining
-				 * slaves. */
+				 * content. */
 {
     int numExpand, minExpand, curExpand;
     int childWidth;
@@ -922,10 +921,10 @@ XExpansion(
 
     minExpand = cavityWidth;
     numExpand = 0;
-    for ( ; slavePtr != NULL; slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	childWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
-		+ slavePtr->padX + slavePtr->iPadX;
-	if ((slavePtr->side == TOP) || (slavePtr->side == BOTTOM)) {
+    for ( ; contentPtr != NULL; contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	childWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->doubleBw
+		+ contentPtr->padX + contentPtr->iPadX;
+	if ((contentPtr->side == TOP) || (contentPtr->side == BOTTOM)) {
 	    if (numExpand) {
 		curExpand = (cavityWidth - childWidth)/numExpand;
 		if (curExpand < minExpand) {
@@ -934,7 +933,7 @@ XExpansion(
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    cavityWidth -= childWidth;
-	    if (slavePtr->flags & EXPAND) {
+	    if (contentPtr->flags & EXPAND) {
 		numExpand++;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -953,7 +952,7 @@ XExpansion(
  *
  * YExpansion --
  *
- *	Given a list of packed slaves, the first of which is packed on the top
+ *	Given a list of packed content, the first of which is packed on the top
  *	or bottom and is expandable, compute how much to expand the child.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -968,9 +967,9 @@ XExpansion(
 
 static int
 YExpansion(
-    register Packer *slavePtr,	/* First in list of remaining slaves. */
+    Packer *contentPtr,	/* First in list of remaining content. */
     int cavityHeight)		/* Vertical space left for all remaining
-				 * slaves. */
+				 * content. */
 {
     int numExpand, minExpand, curExpand;
     int childHeight;
@@ -981,10 +980,10 @@ YExpansion(
 
     minExpand = cavityHeight;
     numExpand = 0;
-    for ( ; slavePtr != NULL; slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	childHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
-		+ slavePtr->padY + slavePtr->iPadY;
-	if ((slavePtr->side == LEFT) || (slavePtr->side == RIGHT)) {
+    for ( ; contentPtr != NULL; contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	childHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(contentPtr->tkwin) + contentPtr->doubleBw
+		+ contentPtr->padY + contentPtr->iPadY;
+	if ((contentPtr->side == LEFT) || (contentPtr->side == RIGHT)) {
 	    if (numExpand) {
 		curExpand = (cavityHeight - childHeight)/numExpand;
 		if (curExpand < minExpand) {
@@ -993,7 +992,7 @@ YExpansion(
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    cavityHeight -= childHeight;
-	    if (slavePtr->flags & EXPAND) {
+	    if (contentPtr->flags & EXPAND) {
 		numExpand++;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -1031,7 +1030,7 @@ GetPacker(
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window for which packer structure
 				 * is desired. */
 {
-    register Packer *packPtr;
+    Packer *packPtr;
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     int isNew;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
@@ -1049,13 +1048,13 @@ GetPacker(
     hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->packerHashTable, (char *) tkwin,
 	    &isNew);
     if (!isNew) {
-	return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	return (Packer *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
     }
-    packPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Packer));
+    packPtr = (Packer *)ckalloc(sizeof(Packer));
     packPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
-    packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
+    packPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
     packPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
-    packPtr->slavePtr = NULL;
+    packPtr->contentPtr = NULL;
     packPtr->side = TOP;
     packPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
     packPtr->padX = packPtr->padY = 0;
@@ -1076,7 +1075,7 @@ GetPacker(
  * PackAfter --
  *
  *	This function does most of the real work of adding one or more windows
- *	into the packing order for its master.
+ *	into the packing order for its container.
  *
  * Results:
  *	A standard Tcl return value.
@@ -1093,14 +1092,14 @@ PackAfter(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
     Packer *prevPtr,		/* Pack windows in argv just after this
 				 * window; NULL means pack as first child of
-				 * masterPtr. */
-    Packer *masterPtr,		/* Master in which to pack windows. */
+				 * containerPtr. */
+    Packer *containerPtr,		/* Container in which to pack windows. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in objv. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Array of lists, each containing 2 elements:
 				 * window name and side against which to
 				 * pack. */
 {
-    register Packer *packPtr;
+    Packer *packPtr;
     Tk_Window tkwin, ancestor, parent;
     Tcl_Obj **options;
     int index, optionCount, c;
@@ -1126,13 +1125,13 @@ PackAfter(
 	 * its parent.
 	 */
 
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, masterPtr->tkwin, objv[0], &tkwin)
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, containerPtr->tkwin, objv[0], &tkwin)
 		!= TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 
 	parent = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
-	for (ancestor = masterPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
+	for (ancestor = containerPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
 	    if (ancestor == parent) {
 		break;
 	    }
@@ -1140,7 +1139,7 @@ PackAfter(
 	    badWindow:
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			"can't pack %s inside %s", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
-			Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin)));
+			Tk_PathName(containerPtr->tkwin)));
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "HIERARCHY", NULL);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
@@ -1148,7 +1147,7 @@ PackAfter(
 	if (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
 	    goto badWindow;
 	}
-	if (tkwin == masterPtr->tkwin) {
+	if (tkwin == containerPtr->tkwin) {
 	    goto badWindow;
 	}
 	packPtr = GetPacker(tkwin);
@@ -1170,8 +1169,8 @@ PackAfter(
 	packPtr->flags |= OLD_STYLE;
 	for (index = 0 ; index < optionCount; index++) {
 	    Tcl_Obj *curOptPtr = options[index];
-	    const char *curOpt = Tcl_GetString(curOptPtr);
-	    size_t length = curOptPtr->length;
+	    int length;
+	    const char *curOpt = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curOptPtr, &length);
 
 	    c = curOpt[0];
 
@@ -1228,7 +1227,7 @@ PackAfter(
 		packPtr->iPadY = 0;
 		index++;
 	    } else if ((c == 'f') && (length > 1)
-		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "frame", (size_t) length) == 0)) {
+		    && (strncmp(curOpt, "frame", length) == 0)) {
 		if (optionCount < (index+2)) {
 		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
 			    "wrong # args: \"frame\""
@@ -1258,53 +1257,53 @@ PackAfter(
 	     * Unpack this window if it's currently packed.
 	     */
 
-	    if (packPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
-		if ((packPtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) &&
-			(packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin
+	    if (packPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
+		if ((packPtr->containerPtr != containerPtr) &&
+			(packPtr->containerPtr->tkwin
 			!= Tk_Parent(packPtr->tkwin))) {
 		    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(packPtr->tkwin,
-			    packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
+			    packPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
 		}
 		Unlink(packPtr);
 	    }
 
 	    /*
-	     * Add the window in the correct place in its master's packing
+	     * Add the window in the correct place in its container's packing
 	     * order, then make sure that the window is managed by us.
 	     */
 
-	    packPtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
+	    packPtr->containerPtr = containerPtr;
 	    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
-		packPtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
-		masterPtr->slavePtr = packPtr;
+		packPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
+		containerPtr->contentPtr = packPtr;
 	    } else {
 		packPtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
 		prevPtr->nextPtr = packPtr;
 	    }
 	    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, &packerType, packPtr);
 
-	    if (!(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
-		if (TkSetGeometryMaster(interp, masterPtr->tkwin, "pack")
+	    if (!(containerPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
+		if (TkSetGeometryContainer(interp, containerPtr->tkwin, "pack")
 			!= TCL_OK) {
 		    Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, NULL, NULL);
 		    Unlink(packPtr);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		masterPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_MASTER;
+		containerPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
 	    }
 	}
     }
 
     /*
-     * Arrange for the master to be re-packed at the first idle moment.
+     * Arrange for the container to be re-packed at the first idle moment.
      */
 
-    if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+    if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	*containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
     }
-    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
-	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
+    if (!(containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
+	containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, containerPtr);
     }
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -1314,31 +1313,31 @@ PackAfter(
  *
  * Unlink --
  *
- *	Remove a packer from its master's list of slaves.
+ *	Remove a packer from its container's list of content.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The master will be scheduled for repacking.
+ *	The container will be scheduled for repacking.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
 Unlink(
-    register Packer *packPtr)	/* Window to unlink. */
+    Packer *packPtr)	/* Window to unlink. */
 {
-    register Packer *masterPtr, *packPtr2;
+    Packer *containerPtr, *packPtr2;
 
-    masterPtr = packPtr->masterPtr;
-    if (masterPtr == NULL) {
+    containerPtr = packPtr->containerPtr;
+    if (containerPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
-    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == packPtr) {
-	masterPtr->slavePtr = packPtr->nextPtr;
+    if (containerPtr->contentPtr == packPtr) {
+	containerPtr->contentPtr = packPtr->nextPtr;
     } else {
-	for (packPtr2 = masterPtr->slavePtr; ; packPtr2 = packPtr2->nextPtr) {
+	for (packPtr2 = containerPtr->contentPtr; ; packPtr2 = packPtr2->nextPtr) {
 	    if (packPtr2 == NULL) {
 		Tcl_Panic("Unlink couldn't find previous window");
 	    }
@@ -1348,24 +1347,24 @@ Unlink(
 	    }
 	}
     }
-    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
-	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
+    if (!(containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
+	containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, containerPtr);
     }
-    if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+    if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	*containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
     }
 
-    packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
+    packPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
 
     /*
-     * If we have emptied this master from slaves it means we are no longer
+     * If we have emptied this container from content it means we are no longer
      * handling it and should mark it as free.
      */
 
-    if ((masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->flags & ALLOCED_MASTER)) {
-	TkFreeGeometryMaster(masterPtr->tkwin, "pack");
-	masterPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_MASTER;
+    if ((containerPtr->contentPtr == NULL) && (containerPtr->flags & ALLOCED_CONTAINER)) {
+	TkFreeGeometryContainer(containerPtr->tkwin, "pack");
+	containerPtr->flags &= ~ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
     }
 
 }
@@ -1393,7 +1392,7 @@ DestroyPacker(
     void *memPtr)		/* Info about packed window that is now
 				 * dead. */
 {
-    register Packer *packPtr = memPtr;
+    Packer *packPtr = (Packer *)memPtr;
 
     ckfree(packPtr);
 }
@@ -1411,7 +1410,7 @@ DestroyPacker(
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	If a window was just deleted, clean up all its packer-related
- *	information. If it was just resized, repack its slaves, if any.
+ *	information. If it was just resized, repack its content, if any.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
@@ -1422,42 +1421,42 @@ PackStructureProc(
 				 * eventPtr. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    register Packer *packPtr = clientData;
+    Packer *packPtr = (Packer *)clientData;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
-	if ((packPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
+	if ((packPtr->contentPtr != NULL)
 		&& !(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 	    packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
 	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
 	}
-	if ((packPtr->masterPtr != NULL)
+	if ((packPtr->containerPtr != NULL)
 	        && (packPtr->doubleBw != 2*Tk_Changes(packPtr->tkwin)->border_width)) {
-	    if (!(packPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
+	    if (!(packPtr->containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 		packPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(packPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
-		packPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr->masterPtr);
+		packPtr->containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
+		Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr->containerPtr);
 	    }
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
-	register Packer *slavePtr, *nextPtr;
+	Packer *contentPtr, *nextPtr;
 
-	if (packPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
+	if (packPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
 	    Unlink(packPtr);
 	}
 
-	for (slavePtr = packPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		slavePtr = nextPtr) {
-	    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
-	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
-	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
-	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
-	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+	for (contentPtr = packPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		contentPtr = nextPtr) {
+	    Tk_ManageGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
+	    Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
+	    contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
+	    nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
+	    contentPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
 	}
 
 	if (packPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
 	    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) packPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
             Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->packerHashTable,
-		    (char *) packPtr->tkwin));
+		    (void *)packPtr->tkwin));
 	}
 
 	if (packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK) {
@@ -1467,24 +1466,24 @@ PackStructureProc(
 	Tcl_EventuallyFree(packPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyPacker);
     } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
 	/*
-	 * When a master gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so
-	 * that all of its slaves get remapped.
+	 * When a container gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so
+	 * that all of its content get remapped.
 	 */
 
-	if ((packPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
+	if ((packPtr->contentPtr != NULL)
 		&& !(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
 	    packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
 	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr);
 	}
     } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
-	register Packer *packPtr2;
+	Packer *packPtr2;
 
 	/*
-	 * Unmap all of the slaves when the master gets unmapped, so that they
+	 * Unmap all of the content when the container gets unmapped, so that they
 	 * don't bother to keep redisplaying themselves.
 	 */
 
-	for (packPtr2 = packPtr->slavePtr; packPtr2 != NULL;
+	for (packPtr2 = packPtr->contentPtr; packPtr2 != NULL;
 	     packPtr2 = packPtr2->nextPtr) {
 	    Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr2->tkwin);
 	}
@@ -1494,36 +1493,36 @@ PackStructureProc(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * ConfigureSlaves --
+ * ConfigureContent --
  *
  *	This implements the guts of the "pack configure" command. Given a list
- *	of slaves and configuration options, it arranges for the packer to
- *	manage the slaves and sets the specified options.
+ *	of content and configuration options, it arranges for the packer to
+ *	manage the content and sets the specified options.
  *
  * Results:
  *	TCL_OK is returned if all went well. Otherwise, TCL_ERROR is returned
  *	and the interp's result is set to contain an error message.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Slave windows get taken over by the packer.
+ *	Content windows get taken over by the packer.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static int
-ConfigureSlaves(
+ConfigureContent(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Any window in application containing
-				 * slaves. Used to look up slave names. */
+				 * content. Used to look up content names. */
     int objc,			/* Number of elements in argv. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects: contains one or more
 				 * window names followed by any number of
 				 * "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure
 				 * that there is at least one window name. */
 {
-    Packer *masterPtr, *slavePtr, *prevPtr, *otherPtr;
-    Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor;
-    TkWindow *master;
+    Packer *containerPtr, *contentPtr, *prevPtr, *otherPtr;
+    Tk_Window other, content, parent, ancestor;
+    TkWindow *container;
     int i, j, numWindows, tmp, positionGiven;
     const char *string;
     static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
@@ -1546,45 +1545,45 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
     }
 
     /*
-     * Iterate over all of the slave windows, parsing the configuration
-     * options for each slave. It's a bit wasteful to re-parse the options for
-     * each slave, but things get too messy if we try to parse the arguments
-     * just once at the beginning. For example, if a slave already is packed
+     * Iterate over all of the content windows, parsing the configuration
+     * options for each content. It's a bit wasteful to re-parse the options for
+     * each content, but things get too messy if we try to parse the arguments
+     * just once at the beginning. For example, if a content already is packed
      * we want to just change a few existing values without resetting
      * everything. If there are multiple windows, the -after, -before, and -in
      * options only get processed for the first window.
      */
 
-    masterPtr = NULL;
+    containerPtr = NULL;
     prevPtr = NULL;
     positionGiven = 0;
     for (j = 0; j < numWindows; j++) {
-	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[j], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
+	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[j], &content) != TCL_OK) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(slave)) {
+	if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(content)) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "can't pack \"%s\": it's a top-level window",
 		    Tcl_GetString(objv[j])));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "TOPLEVEL", NULL);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	slavePtr = GetPacker(slave);
-	slavePtr->flags &= ~OLD_STYLE;
+	contentPtr = GetPacker(content);
+	contentPtr->flags &= ~OLD_STYLE;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the slave isn't currently packed, reset all of its configuration
+	 * If the content isn't currently packed, reset all of its configuration
 	 * information to default values (there could be old values left from
 	 * a previous packing).
 	 */
 
-	if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
-	    slavePtr->side = TOP;
-	    slavePtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
-	    slavePtr->padX = slavePtr->padY = 0;
-	    slavePtr->padLeft = slavePtr->padTop = 0;
-	    slavePtr->iPadX = slavePtr->iPadY = 0;
-	    slavePtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY|EXPAND);
+	if (contentPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
+	    contentPtr->side = TOP;
+	    contentPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
+	    contentPtr->padX = contentPtr->padY = 0;
+	    contentPtr->padLeft = contentPtr->padTop = 0;
+	    contentPtr->iPadX = contentPtr->iPadY = 0;
+	    contentPtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY|EXPAND);
 	}
 
 	for (i = numWindows; i < objc; i+=2) {
@@ -1608,7 +1607,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 			return TCL_ERROR;
 		    }
 		    prevPtr = GetPacker(other);
-		    if (prevPtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
+		    if (prevPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
 		    notPacked:
 			Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 				"window \"%s\" isn't packed",
@@ -1617,12 +1616,12 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 				NULL);
 			return TCL_ERROR;
 		    }
-		    masterPtr = prevPtr->masterPtr;
+		    containerPtr = prevPtr->containerPtr;
 		    positionGiven = 1;
 		}
 		break;
 	    case CONF_ANCHOR:
-		if (Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &slavePtr->anchor)
+		if (Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &contentPtr->anchor)
 			!= TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
@@ -1634,11 +1633,11 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 			return TCL_ERROR;
 		    }
 		    otherPtr = GetPacker(other);
-		    if (otherPtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
+		    if (otherPtr->containerPtr == NULL) {
 			goto notPacked;
 		    }
-		    masterPtr = otherPtr->masterPtr;
-		    prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
+		    containerPtr = otherPtr->containerPtr;
+		    prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
 		    if (prevPtr == otherPtr) {
 			prevPtr = NULL;
 		    } else {
@@ -1653,21 +1652,21 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		slavePtr->flags &= ~EXPAND;
+		contentPtr->flags &= ~EXPAND;
 		if (tmp) {
-		    slavePtr->flags |= EXPAND;
+		    contentPtr->flags |= EXPAND;
 		}
 		break;
 	    case CONF_FILL:
 		string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
 		if (strcmp(string, "none") == 0) {
-		    slavePtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY);
+		    contentPtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY);
 		} else if (strcmp(string, "x") == 0) {
-		    slavePtr->flags = (slavePtr->flags & ~FILLY) | FILLX;
+		    contentPtr->flags = (contentPtr->flags & ~FILLY) | FILLX;
 		} else if (strcmp(string, "y") == 0) {
-		    slavePtr->flags = (slavePtr->flags & ~FILLX) | FILLY;
+		    contentPtr->flags = (contentPtr->flags & ~FILLX) | FILLY;
 		} else if (strcmp(string, "both") == 0) {
-		    slavePtr->flags |= FILLX|FILLY;
+		    contentPtr->flags |= FILLX|FILLY;
 		} else {
 		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			    "bad fill style \"%s\": must be "
@@ -1682,8 +1681,8 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 			    != TCL_OK) {
 			return TCL_ERROR;
 		    }
-		    masterPtr = GetPacker(other);
-		    prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
+		    containerPtr = GetPacker(other);
+		    prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
 		    if (prevPtr != NULL) {
 			while (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
 			    prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
@@ -1693,7 +1692,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		}
 		break;
 	    case CONF_IPADX:
-		if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, slave, objv[i+1], &tmp)
+		if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, content, objv[i+1], &tmp)
 			!= TCL_OK) || (tmp < 0)) {
 		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			    "bad ipadx value \"%s\": must be positive screen"
@@ -1701,10 +1700,10 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "INT_PAD", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		slavePtr->iPadX = tmp * 2;
+		contentPtr->iPadX = tmp * 2;
 		break;
 	    case CONF_IPADY:
-		if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, slave, objv[i+1], &tmp)
+		if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, content, objv[i+1], &tmp)
 			!= TCL_OK) || (tmp < 0)) {
 		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			    "bad ipady value \"%s\": must be positive screen"
@@ -1712,17 +1711,17 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "INT_PAD", NULL);
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		slavePtr->iPadY = tmp * 2;
+		contentPtr->iPadY = tmp * 2;
 		break;
 	    case CONF_PADX:
-		if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, slave, objv[i+1],
-			&slavePtr->padLeft, &slavePtr->padX) != TCL_OK) {
+		if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, content, objv[i+1],
+			&contentPtr->padLeft, &contentPtr->padX) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		break;
 	    case CONF_PADY:
-		if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, slave, objv[i+1],
-			&slavePtr->padTop, &slavePtr->padY) != TCL_OK) {
+		if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, content, objv[i+1],
+			&contentPtr->padTop, &contentPtr->padY) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
 		break;
@@ -1731,42 +1730,42 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 			sizeof(char *), "side", TCL_EXACT, &side) != TCL_OK) {
 		    return TCL_ERROR;
 		}
-		slavePtr->side = (Side) side;
+		contentPtr->side = (Side) side;
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * If no position in a packing list was specified and the slave is
+	 * If no position in a packing list was specified and the content is
 	 * already packed, then leave it in its current location in its
 	 * current packing list.
 	 */
 
-	if (!positionGiven && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
-	    masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
+	if (!positionGiven && (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL)) {
+	    containerPtr = contentPtr->containerPtr;
 	    goto scheduleLayout;
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * If the slave is going to be put back after itself or the same -in
+	 * If the content is going to be put back after itself or the same -in
 	 * window is passed in again, then just skip the whole operation,
 	 * since it won't work anyway.
 	 */
 
-	if (prevPtr == slavePtr) {
-	    masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
+	if (prevPtr == contentPtr) {
+	    containerPtr = contentPtr->containerPtr;
 	    goto scheduleLayout;
 	}
 
 	/*
 	 * If none of the "-in", "-before", or "-after" options has been
-	 * specified, arrange for the slave to go at the end of the order for
+	 * specified, arrange for the content to go at the end of the order for
 	 * its parent.
 	 */
 
 	if (!positionGiven) {
-	    masterPtr = GetPacker(Tk_Parent(slave));
-	    prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
+	    containerPtr = GetPacker(Tk_Parent(content));
+	    prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
 	    if (prevPtr != NULL) {
 		while (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
 		    prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
@@ -1775,25 +1774,25 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Make sure that the slave's parent is either the master or an
-	 * ancestor of the master, and that the master and slave aren't the
+	 * Make sure that the content's parent is either the container or an
+	 * ancestor of the container, and that the container and content aren't the
 	 * same.
 	 */
 
-	parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
-	for (ancestor = masterPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
+	parent = Tk_Parent(content);
+	for (ancestor = containerPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
 	    if (ancestor == parent) {
 		break;
 	    }
 	    if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			"can't pack %s inside %s", Tcl_GetString(objv[j]),
-			Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin)));
+			Tk_PathName(containerPtr->tkwin)));
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "HIERARCHY", NULL);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	}
-	if (slave == masterPtr->tkwin) {
+	if (content == containerPtr->tkwin) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "can't pack %s inside itself", Tcl_GetString(objv[j])));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "SELF", NULL);
@@ -1804,67 +1803,67 @@ ConfigureSlaves(
 	 * Check for management loops.
 	 */
 
-	for (master = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin; master != NULL;
-	     master = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(master)) {
-	    if (master == (TkWindow *)slave) {
+	for (container = (TkWindow *)containerPtr->tkwin; container != NULL;
+	     container = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(container)) {
+	    if (container == (TkWindow *)content) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop",
-	            Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin)));
+	            Tcl_GetString(objv[j]), Tk_PathName(containerPtr->tkwin)));
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
 	}
-	if (masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slave)) {
-	    ((TkWindow *)slave)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)masterPtr->tkwin;
+	if (containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(content)) {
+	    ((TkWindow *)content)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)containerPtr->tkwin;
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Unpack the slave if it's currently packed, then position it after
+	 * Unpack the content if it's currently packed, then position it after
 	 * prevPtr.
 	 */
 
-	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
-	    if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) &&
-		    (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin
-		    != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
-		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin,
-			slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
+	if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
+	    if ((contentPtr->containerPtr != containerPtr) &&
+		    (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin
+		    != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin))) {
+		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin,
+			contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
 	    }
-	    Unlink(slavePtr);
+	    Unlink(contentPtr);
 	}
 
-	slavePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
+	contentPtr->containerPtr = containerPtr;
 	if (prevPtr == NULL) {
-	    slavePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
-	    masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr;
+	    contentPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
+	    containerPtr->contentPtr = contentPtr;
 	} else {
-	    slavePtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
-	    prevPtr->nextPtr = slavePtr;
+	    contentPtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
+	    prevPtr->nextPtr = contentPtr;
 	}
-	Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &packerType, slavePtr);
-	prevPtr = slavePtr;
+	Tk_ManageGeometry(content, &packerType, contentPtr);
+	prevPtr = contentPtr;
 
-	if (!(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
-	    if (TkSetGeometryMaster(interp, masterPtr->tkwin, "pack")
+	if (!(containerPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
+	    if (TkSetGeometryContainer(interp, containerPtr->tkwin, "pack")
 		    != TCL_OK) {
-		Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, NULL);
-		Unlink(slavePtr);
+		Tk_ManageGeometry(content, NULL, NULL);
+		Unlink(contentPtr);
 		return TCL_ERROR;
 	    }
-	    masterPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_MASTER;
+	    containerPtr->flags |= ALLOCED_CONTAINER;
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Arrange for the master to be re-packed at the first idle moment.
+	 * Arrange for the container to be re-packed at the first idle moment.
 	 */
 
     scheduleLayout:
-	if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	    *masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+	if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	    *containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
 	}
-	if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
-	    masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
+	if (!(containerPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
+	    containerPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, containerPtr);
 	}
     }
     return TCL_OK;
diff --git a/generic/tkPlace.c b/generic/tkPlace.c
index f5afa38..615eb9e 100644
--- a/generic/tkPlace.c
+++ b/generic/tkPlace.c
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@
  * Border modes for relative placement:
  *
  * BM_INSIDE:		relative distances computed using area inside all
- *			borders of master window.
+ *			borders of container window.
  * BM_OUTSIDE:		relative distances computed using outside area that
- *			includes all borders of master.
- * BM_IGNORE:		border issues are ignored: place relative to master's
+ *			includes all borders of container.
+ * BM_IGNORE:		border issues are ignored: place relative to container's
  *			actual window size.
  */
 
@@ -35,16 +35,16 @@ typedef enum {BM_INSIDE, BM_OUTSIDE, BM_IGNORE} BorderMode;
  * structure of the following type:
  */
 
-typedef struct Slave {
+typedef struct Content {
     Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Tk's token for window. */
     Tk_Window inTkwin;		/* Token for the -in window. */
-    struct Master *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to information for window relative
+    struct Container *containerPtr;	/* Pointer to information for window relative
 				 * to which tkwin is placed. This isn't
 				 * necessarily the logical parent of tkwin.
-				 * NULL means the master was deleted or never
+				 * NULL means the container was deleted or never
 				 * assigned. */
-    struct Slave *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of windows placed relative to
-				 * same master (NULL for end of list). */
+    struct Content *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of windows placed relative to
+				 * same container (NULL for end of list). */
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable;	/* Table that defines configuration options
 				 * available for this command. */
     /*
@@ -57,22 +57,22 @@ typedef struct Slave {
     Tcl_Obj *xPtr, *yPtr;	/* Tcl_Obj rep's of x, y coords, to keep pixel
 				 * spec. information. */
     double relX, relY;		/* X and Y coordinates relative to size of
-				 * master. */
+				 * container. */
     int width, height;		/* Absolute dimensions for tkwin. */
     Tcl_Obj *widthPtr;		/* Tcl_Obj rep of width, to keep pixel
 				 * spec. */
     Tcl_Obj *heightPtr;		/* Tcl_Obj rep of height, to keep pixel
 				 * spec. */
     double relWidth, relHeight;	/* Dimensions for tkwin relative to size of
-				 * master. */
+				 * container. */
     Tcl_Obj *relWidthPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *relHeightPtr;
     Tk_Anchor anchor;		/* Which point on tkwin is placed at the given
 				 * position. */
-    BorderMode borderMode;	/* How to treat borders of master window. */
+    BorderMode borderMode;	/* How to treat borders of container window. */
     int flags;			/* Various flags; see below for bit
 				 * definitions. */
-} Slave;
+} Content;
 
 /*
  * Type masks for options:
@@ -82,34 +82,34 @@ typedef struct Slave {
 
 static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
     {TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL, "nw", -1,
-	 Tk_Offset(Slave, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
+	 Tk_Offset(Content, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-bordermode", NULL, NULL, "inside", -1,
-	 Tk_Offset(Slave, borderMode), 0, borderModeStrings, 0},
-    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL, "", Tk_Offset(Slave, heightPtr),
-	 Tk_Offset(Slave, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
-    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-in", NULL, NULL, "", -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, inTkwin),
+	 Tk_Offset(Content, borderMode), 0, borderModeStrings, 0},
+    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL, "", Tk_Offset(Content, heightPtr),
+	 Tk_Offset(Content, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
+    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-in", NULL, NULL, "", -1, Tk_Offset(Content, inTkwin),
 	 0, 0, IN_MASK},
     {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relheight", NULL, NULL, "",
-	 Tk_Offset(Slave, relHeightPtr), Tk_Offset(Slave, relHeight),
+	 Tk_Offset(Content, relHeightPtr), Tk_Offset(Content, relHeight),
 	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relwidth", NULL, NULL, "",
-	 Tk_Offset(Slave, relWidthPtr), Tk_Offset(Slave, relWidth),
+	 Tk_Offset(Content, relWidthPtr), Tk_Offset(Content, relWidth),
 	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relx", NULL, NULL, "0", -1,
-	 Tk_Offset(Slave, relX), 0, 0, 0},
+	 Tk_Offset(Content, relX), 0, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-rely", NULL, NULL, "0", -1,
-	 Tk_Offset(Slave, relY), 0, 0, 0},
-    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL, "", Tk_Offset(Slave, widthPtr),
-	 Tk_Offset(Slave, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
-    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL, "0", Tk_Offset(Slave, xPtr),
-	 Tk_Offset(Slave, x), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
-    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL, "0", Tk_Offset(Slave, yPtr),
-	 Tk_Offset(Slave, y), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
+	 Tk_Offset(Content, relY), 0, 0, 0},
+    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL, "", Tk_Offset(Content, widthPtr),
+	 Tk_Offset(Content, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
+    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL, "0", Tk_Offset(Content, xPtr),
+	 Tk_Offset(Content, x), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
+    {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL, "0", Tk_Offset(Content, yPtr),
+	 Tk_Offset(Content, y), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
     {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
 };
 
 /*
- * Flag definitions for Slave structures:
+ * Flag definitions for Content structures:
  *
  * CHILD_WIDTH -		1 means -width was specified;
  * CHILD_REL_WIDTH -		1 means -relwidth was specified.
@@ -123,25 +123,25 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
 #define CHILD_REL_HEIGHT	8
 
 /*
- * For each master window that has a slave managed by the placer there is a
+ * For each container window that has a content managed by the placer there is a
  * structure of the following form:
  */
 
-typedef struct Master {
-    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Tk's token for master window. */
-    struct Slave *slavePtr;	/* First in linked list of slaves placed
-				 * relative to this master. */
+typedef struct Container {
+    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Tk's token for container window. */
+    struct Content *contentPtr;	/* First in linked list of content placed
+				 * relative to this container. */
     int *abortPtr;		/* If non-NULL, it means that there is a nested
 				 * call to RecomputePlacement already working on
 				 * this window.  *abortPtr may be set to 1 to
 				 * abort that nested call.  This happens, for
-				 * example, if tkwin or any of its slaves
+				 * example, if tkwin or any of its content
 				 * is deleted. */
     int flags;			/* See below for bit definitions. */
-} Master;
+} Container;
 
 /*
- * Flag definitions for masters:
+ * Flag definitions for containers:
  *
  * PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING -	1 means that a call to RecomputePlacement is
  *				already pending via a Do_When_Idle handler.
@@ -155,34 +155,34 @@ typedef struct Master {
 
 static void		PlaceRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
-static void		PlaceLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
+static void		PlaceLostContentProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
 
 static const Tk_GeomMgr placerType = {
     "place",			/* name */
     PlaceRequestProc,		/* requestProc */
-    PlaceLostSlaveProc,		/* lostSlaveProc */
+    PlaceLostContentProc,		/* lostContentProc */
 };
 
 /*
  * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
  */
 
-static void		SlaveStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
+static void		ContentStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
-static int		ConfigureSlave(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
+static int		ConfigureContent(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
 			    Tk_OptionTable table, int objc,
 			    Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
 static int		PlaceInfoCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin);
-static Slave *		CreateSlave(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_OptionTable table);
-static void		FreeSlave(Slave *slavePtr);
-static Slave *		FindSlave(Tk_Window tkwin);
-static Master *		CreateMaster(Tk_Window tkwin);
-static Master *		FindMaster(Tk_Window tkwin);
-static void		MasterStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
+static Content *		CreateContent(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_OptionTable table);
+static void		FreeContent(Content *contentPtr);
+static Content *		FindContent(Tk_Window tkwin);
+static Container *		CreateContainer(Tk_Window tkwin);
+static Container *		FindContainer(Tk_Window tkwin);
+static void		PlaceStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    XEvent *eventPtr);
 static void		RecomputePlacement(ClientData clientData);
-static void		UnlinkSlave(Slave *slavePtr);
+static void		UnlinkContent(Content *contentPtr);
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -208,9 +208,9 @@ Tk_PlaceObjCmd(
     int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
 {
-    Tk_Window main_win = clientData;
+    Tk_Window main_win = (Tk_Window)clientData;
     Tk_Window tkwin;
-    Slave *slavePtr;
+    Content *contentPtr;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr;
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
     static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Tk_PlaceObjCmd(
 	    dispPtr->placeInit = 1;
 	}
 
-	return ConfigureSlave(interp, tkwin, optionTable, objc-2, objv+2);
+	return ConfigureContent(interp, tkwin, optionTable, objc-2, objv+2);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -286,11 +286,11 @@ Tk_PlaceObjCmd(
 	if (objc == 3 || objc == 4) {
 	    Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
 
-	    slavePtr = FindSlave(tkwin);
-	    if (slavePtr == NULL) {
+	    contentPtr = FindContent(tkwin);
+	    if (contentPtr == NULL) {
 		return TCL_OK;
 	    }
-	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) slavePtr, optionTable,
+	    objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *)contentPtr, optionTable,
 		    (objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, tkwin);
 	    if (objPtr == NULL) {
 		return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -298,29 +298,29 @@ Tk_PlaceObjCmd(
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
 	    return TCL_OK;
 	}
-	return ConfigureSlave(interp, tkwin, optionTable, objc-3, objv+3);
+	return ConfigureContent(interp, tkwin, optionTable, objc-3, objv+3);
 
     case PLACE_FORGET:
 	if (objc != 3) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pathName");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	slavePtr = FindSlave(tkwin);
-	if (slavePtr == NULL) {
+	contentPtr = FindContent(tkwin);
+	if (contentPtr == NULL) {
 	    return TCL_OK;
 	}
-	if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) &&
-		(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
-	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
+	if ((contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) &&
+		(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin))) {
+	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
 	}
-	UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
+	UnlinkContent(contentPtr);
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
-		(char *) tkwin));
-	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
-		slavePtr);
+		(void *)tkwin));
+	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, ContentStructureProc,
+		contentPtr);
 	Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, NULL, NULL);
 	Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
-	FreeSlave(slavePtr);
+	FreeContent(contentPtr);
 	break;
 
     case PLACE_INFO:
@@ -332,20 +332,20 @@ Tk_PlaceObjCmd(
 
     case PLACE_CONTENT:
     case PLACE_SLAVES: {
-	Master *masterPtr;
+	Container *containerPtr;
 
 	if (objc != 3) {
 	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pathName");
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	masterPtr = FindMaster(tkwin);
-	if (masterPtr != NULL) {
+	containerPtr = FindContainer(tkwin);
+	if (containerPtr != NULL) {
 	    Tcl_Obj *listPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
 
-	    for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		    slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
+	    for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		    contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
 		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr,
-			TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin));
+			TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->tkwin));
 	    }
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listPtr);
 	}
@@ -359,59 +359,59 @@ Tk_PlaceObjCmd(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * CreateSlave --
+ * CreateContent --
  *
- *	Given a Tk_Window token, find the Slave structure corresponding to
+ *	Given a Tk_Window token, find the Content structure corresponding to
  *	that token, creating a new one if necessary.
  *
  * Results:
- *	Pointer to the Slave structure.
+ *	Pointer to the Content structure.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	A new Slave structure may be created.
+ *	A new Content structure may be created.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static Slave *
-CreateSlave(
-    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for desired slave. */
+static Content *
+CreateContent(
+    Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for desired content. */
     Tk_OptionTable table)
 {
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-    register Slave *slavePtr;
+    Content *contentPtr;
     int isNew;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
     hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable, (char *) tkwin, &isNew);
     if (!isNew) {
-	return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	return (Content *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
     }
 
     /*
-     * No preexisting slave structure for that window, so make a new one and
+     * No preexisting content structure for that window, so make a new one and
      * populate it with some default values.
      */
 
-    slavePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Slave));
-    memset(slavePtr, 0, sizeof(Slave));
-    slavePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
-    slavePtr->inTkwin = NULL;
-    slavePtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_NW;
-    slavePtr->borderMode = BM_INSIDE;
-    slavePtr->optionTable = table;
-    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, slavePtr);
-    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
-	    slavePtr);
-    return slavePtr;
+    contentPtr = (Content *)ckalloc(sizeof(Content));
+    memset(contentPtr, 0, sizeof(Content));
+    contentPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
+    contentPtr->inTkwin = NULL;
+    contentPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_NW;
+    contentPtr->borderMode = BM_INSIDE;
+    contentPtr->optionTable = table;
+    Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, contentPtr);
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, ContentStructureProc,
+	    contentPtr);
+    return contentPtr;
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * FreeSlave --
+ * FreeContent --
  *
- *	Frees the resources held by a Slave structure.
+ *	Frees the resources held by a Content structure.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None
@@ -423,25 +423,25 @@ CreateSlave(
  */
 
 static void
-FreeSlave(
-    Slave *slavePtr)
+FreeContent(
+    Content *contentPtr)
 {
-    Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) slavePtr, slavePtr->optionTable,
-	    slavePtr->tkwin);
-    ckfree(slavePtr);
+    Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) contentPtr, contentPtr->optionTable,
+	    contentPtr->tkwin);
+    ckfree(contentPtr);
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * FindSlave --
+ * FindContent --
  *
- *	Given a Tk_Window token, find the Slave structure corresponding to
+ *	Given a Tk_Window token, find the Content structure corresponding to
  *	that token. This is purely a lookup function; it will not create a
  *	record if one does not yet exist.
  *
  * Results:
- *	Pointer to Slave structure; NULL if none exists.
+ *	Pointer to Content structure; NULL if none exists.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	None.
@@ -449,121 +449,121 @@ FreeSlave(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static Slave *
-FindSlave(
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for desired slave. */
+static Content *
+FindContent(
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for desired content. */
 {
-    register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
     hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable, (char *) tkwin);
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	return NULL;
     }
-    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+    return (Content *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * UnlinkSlave --
+ * UnlinkContent --
  *
- *	This function removes a slave window from the chain of slaves in its
- *	master.
+ *	This function removes a content window from the chain of content in its
+ *	container.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	The slave list of slavePtr's master changes.
+ *	The content list of contentPtr's container changes.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
-UnlinkSlave(
-    Slave *slavePtr)		/* Slave structure to be unlinked. */
+UnlinkContent(
+    Content *contentPtr)		/* Content structure to be unlinked. */
 {
-    register Master *masterPtr;
-    register Slave *prevPtr;
+    Container *containerPtr;
+    Content *prevPtr;
 
-    masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
-    if (masterPtr == NULL) {
+    containerPtr = contentPtr->containerPtr;
+    if (containerPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
-    if (masterPtr->slavePtr == slavePtr) {
-	masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
+    if (containerPtr->contentPtr == contentPtr) {
+	containerPtr->contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
     } else {
-	for (prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
+	for (prevPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
 	    if (prevPtr == NULL) {
-		Tcl_Panic("UnlinkSlave couldn't find slave to unlink");
+		Tcl_Panic("UnlinkContent couldn't find slave to unlink");
 	    }
-	    if (prevPtr->nextPtr == slavePtr) {
-		prevPtr->nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
+	    if (prevPtr->nextPtr == contentPtr) {
+		prevPtr->nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
     }
 
-    if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+    if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	*containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
     }
-    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
+    contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * CreateMaster --
+ * CreateContainer --
  *
- *	Given a Tk_Window token, find the Master structure corresponding to
+ *	Given a Tk_Window token, find the Container structure corresponding to
  *	that token, creating a new one if necessary.
  *
  * Results:
- *	Pointer to the Master structure.
+ *	Pointer to the Container structure.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	A new Master structure may be created.
+ *	A new Container structure may be created.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static Master *
-CreateMaster(
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for desired master. */
+static Container *
+CreateContainer(
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for desired container. */
 {
     Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
-    register Master *masterPtr;
+    Container *containerPtr;
     int isNew;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
-    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable, (char *) tkwin, &isNew);
+    hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable, (char *)tkwin, &isNew);
     if (isNew) {
-	masterPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Master));
-	masterPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
-	masterPtr->slavePtr = NULL;
-	masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
-	masterPtr->flags = 0;
-	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, masterPtr);
-	Tk_CreateEventHandler(masterPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
-		MasterStructureProc, masterPtr);
+	containerPtr = (Container *)ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
+	containerPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
+	containerPtr->contentPtr = NULL;
+	containerPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
+	containerPtr->flags = 0;
+	Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, containerPtr);
+	Tk_CreateEventHandler(containerPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
+		PlaceStructureProc, containerPtr);
     } else {
-	masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+	containerPtr = (Container *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
     }
-    return masterPtr;
+    return containerPtr;
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * FindMaster --
+ * FindContainer --
  *
- *	Given a Tk_Window token, find the Master structure corresponding to
+ *	Given a Tk_Window token, find the Container structure corresponding to
  *	that token. This is simply a lookup function; a new record will not be
  *	created if one does not already exist.
  *
  * Results:
- *	Pointer to the Master structure; NULL if one does not exist for the
+ *	Pointer to the Container structure; NULL if one does not exist for the
  *	given Tk_Window token.
  *
  * Side effects:
@@ -572,24 +572,24 @@ CreateMaster(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-static Master *
-FindMaster(
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for desired master. */
+static Container *
+FindContainer(
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for desired container. */
 {
-    register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
+    Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
     TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
     hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable, (char *) tkwin);
     if (hPtr == NULL) {
 	return NULL;
     }
-    return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+    return (Container *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * ConfigureSlave --
+ * ConfigureContent --
  *
  *	This function is called to process an argv/argc list to reconfigure
  *	the placement of a window.
@@ -599,26 +599,26 @@ FindMaster(
  *	the interp's result.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Information in slavePtr may change, and slavePtr's master is scheduled
+ *	Information in contentPtr may change, and contentPtr's container is scheduled
  *	for reconfiguration.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static int
-ConfigureSlave(
+ConfigureContent(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Used for error reporting. */
     Tk_Window tkwin,		/* Token for the window to manipulate. */
     Tk_OptionTable table,	/* Token for option table. */
     int objc,			/* Number of config arguments. */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Object values for arguments. */
 {
-    register Master *masterPtr;
+    Container *containerPtr;
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
     int mask;
-    Slave *slavePtr;
-    Tk_Window masterWin = NULL;
-    TkWindow *master;
+    Content *contentPtr;
+    Tk_Window containerWin = NULL;
+    TkWindow *container;
 
     if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin)) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
@@ -628,71 +628,71 @@ ConfigureSlave(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    slavePtr = CreateSlave(tkwin, table);
+    contentPtr = CreateContent(tkwin, table);
 
-    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) slavePtr, table, objc, objv,
-	    slavePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)contentPtr, table, objc, objv,
+	    contentPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
 	goto error;
     }
 
     /*
-     * Set slave flags. First clear the field, then add bits as needed.
+     * Set content flags. First clear the field, then add bits as needed.
      */
 
-    slavePtr->flags = 0;
-    if (slavePtr->heightPtr) {
-	slavePtr->flags |= CHILD_HEIGHT;
+    contentPtr->flags = 0;
+    if (contentPtr->heightPtr) {
+	contentPtr->flags |= CHILD_HEIGHT;
     }
 
-    if (slavePtr->relHeightPtr) {
-	slavePtr->flags |= CHILD_REL_HEIGHT;
+    if (contentPtr->relHeightPtr) {
+	contentPtr->flags |= CHILD_REL_HEIGHT;
     }
 
-    if (slavePtr->relWidthPtr) {
-	slavePtr->flags |= CHILD_REL_WIDTH;
+    if (contentPtr->relWidthPtr) {
+	contentPtr->flags |= CHILD_REL_WIDTH;
     }
 
-    if (slavePtr->widthPtr) {
-	slavePtr->flags |= CHILD_WIDTH;
+    if (contentPtr->widthPtr) {
+	contentPtr->flags |= CHILD_WIDTH;
     }
 
-    if (!(mask & IN_MASK) && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
+    if (!(mask & IN_MASK) && (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL)) {
 	/*
-	 * If no -in option was passed and the slave is already placed then
+	 * If no -in option was passed and the content is already placed then
 	 * just recompute the placement.
 	 */
 
-	masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
+	containerPtr = contentPtr->containerPtr;
 	goto scheduleLayout;
     } else if (mask & IN_MASK) {
 	/* -in changed */
 	Tk_Window tkwin;
 	Tk_Window ancestor;
 
-	tkwin = slavePtr->inTkwin;
+	tkwin = contentPtr->inTkwin;
 
 	/*
-	 * Make sure that the new master is either the logical parent of the
-	 * slave or a descendant of that window, and that the master and slave
+	 * Make sure that the new container is either the logical parent of the
+	 * content or a descendant of that window, and that the container and content
 	 * aren't the same.
 	 */
 
 	for (ancestor = tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
-	    if (ancestor == Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
+	    if (ancestor == Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
 		break;
 	    }
 	    if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			"can't place %s relative to %s",
-			Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
+			Tk_PathName(contentPtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "HIERARCHY", NULL);
 		goto error;
 	    }
 	}
-	if (slavePtr->tkwin == tkwin) {
+	if (contentPtr->tkwin == tkwin) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "can't place %s relative to itself",
-		    Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin)));
+		    Tk_PathName(contentPtr->tkwin)));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
 	    goto error;
 	}
@@ -701,66 +701,66 @@ ConfigureSlave(
 	 * Check for management loops.
 	 */
 
-	for (master = (TkWindow *)tkwin; master != NULL;
-	     master = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(master)) {
-	    if (master == (TkWindow *)slavePtr->tkwin) {
+	for (container = (TkWindow *)tkwin; container != NULL;
+	     container = (TkWindow *)TkGetGeomMaster(container)) {
+	    if (container == (TkWindow *)contentPtr->tkwin) {
 		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "can't put %s inside %s, would cause management loop",
-	            Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
+	            Tk_PathName(contentPtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(tkwin)));
 		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "GEOMETRY", "LOOP", NULL);
 		goto error;
 	    }
 	}
-	if (tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
-	    ((TkWindow *)slavePtr->tkwin)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
+	if (tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
+	    ((TkWindow *)contentPtr->tkwin)->maintainerPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
 	}
 
-	if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)
-		&& (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin == tkwin)) {
+	if ((contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL)
+		&& (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin == tkwin)) {
 	    /*
-	     * Re-using same old master. Nothing to do.
+	     * Re-using same old container. Nothing to do.
 	     */
 
-	    masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
+	    containerPtr = contentPtr->containerPtr;
 	    goto scheduleLayout;
 	}
-	if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) &&
-		(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
-	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
+	if ((contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) &&
+		(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin))) {
+	    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
 	}
-	UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
-	masterWin = tkwin;
+	UnlinkContent(contentPtr);
+	containerWin = tkwin;
     }
 
     /*
-     * If there's no master specified for this slave, use its Tk_Parent.
+     * If there's no container specified for this content, use its Tk_Parent.
      */
 
-    if (masterWin == NULL) {
-	masterWin = Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin);
-	slavePtr->inTkwin = masterWin;
+    if (containerWin == NULL) {
+	containerWin = Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin);
+	contentPtr->inTkwin = containerWin;
     }
 
     /*
-     * Manage the slave window in this master.
+     * Manage the content window in this container.
      */
 
-    masterPtr = CreateMaster(masterWin);
-    slavePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
-    slavePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
-    masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr;
-    Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, &placerType, slavePtr);
+    containerPtr = CreateContainer(containerWin);
+    contentPtr->containerPtr = containerPtr;
+    contentPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr;
+    containerPtr->contentPtr = contentPtr;
+    Tk_ManageGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, &placerType, contentPtr);
 
     /*
-     * Arrange for the master to be re-arranged at the first idle moment.
+     * Arrange for the container to be re-arranged at the first idle moment.
      */
 
   scheduleLayout:
     Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
 
-    if (!(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
-	masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
+    if (!(containerPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
+	containerPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, containerPtr);
     }
     return TCL_OK;
 
@@ -796,49 +796,49 @@ PlaceInfoCommand(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interp into which to place result. */
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for the window to get info on. */
 {
-    Slave *slavePtr;
+    Content *contentPtr;
     Tcl_Obj *infoObj;
 
-    slavePtr = FindSlave(tkwin);
-    if (slavePtr == NULL) {
+    contentPtr = FindContent(tkwin);
+    if (contentPtr == NULL) {
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
     infoObj = Tcl_NewObj();
-    if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
+    if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
 	Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, "-in", -1);
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, infoObj,
-		TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin));
+		TkNewWindowObj(contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin));
 	Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " ", -1);
     }
     Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj,
 	    "-x %d -relx %.4g -y %d -rely %.4g",
-	    slavePtr->x, slavePtr->relX, slavePtr->y, slavePtr->relY);
-    if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_WIDTH) {
-	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, " -width %d", slavePtr->width);
+	    contentPtr->x, contentPtr->relX, contentPtr->y, contentPtr->relY);
+    if (contentPtr->flags & CHILD_WIDTH) {
+	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, " -width %d", contentPtr->width);
     } else {
 	Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " -width {}", -1);
     }
-    if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_REL_WIDTH) {
+    if (contentPtr->flags & CHILD_REL_WIDTH) {
 	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj,
-		" -relwidth %.4g", slavePtr->relWidth);
+		" -relwidth %.4g", contentPtr->relWidth);
     } else {
 	Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " -relwidth {}", -1);
     }
-    if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_HEIGHT) {
-	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, " -height %d", slavePtr->height);
+    if (contentPtr->flags & CHILD_HEIGHT) {
+	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, " -height %d", contentPtr->height);
     } else {
 	Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " -height {}", -1);
     }
-    if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_REL_HEIGHT) {
+    if (contentPtr->flags & CHILD_REL_HEIGHT) {
 	Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj,
-		" -relheight %.4g", slavePtr->relHeight);
+		" -relheight %.4g", contentPtr->relHeight);
     } else {
 	Tcl_AppendToObj(infoObj, " -relheight {}", -1);
     }
 
     Tcl_AppendPrintfToObj(infoObj, " -anchor %s -bordermode %s",
-	    Tk_NameOfAnchor(slavePtr->anchor),
-	    borderModeStrings[slavePtr->borderMode]);
+	    Tk_NameOfAnchor(contentPtr->anchor),
+	    borderModeStrings[contentPtr->borderMode]);
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, infoObj);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ PlaceInfoCommand(
  * RecomputePlacement --
  *
  *	This function is called as a when-idle handler. It recomputes the
- *	geometries of all the slaves of a given master.
+ *	geometries of all the content of a given container.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -862,17 +862,17 @@ PlaceInfoCommand(
 
 static void
 RecomputePlacement(
-    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to Master record. */
+    ClientData clientData)	/* Pointer to Container record. */
 {
-    register Master *masterPtr = clientData;
-    register Slave *slavePtr;
+    Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData;
+    Content *contentPtr;
     int x, y, width, height, tmp;
-    int masterWidth, masterHeight, masterX, masterY;
+    int containerWidth, containerHeight, containerX, containerY;
     double x1, y1, x2, y2;
     int abort;			/* May get set to non-zero to abort this
 				 * placement operation. */
 
-    masterPtr->flags &= ~PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
+    containerPtr->flags &= ~PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
 
     /*
      * Abort any nested call to RecomputePlacement for this window, since
@@ -880,57 +880,57 @@ RecomputePlacement(
      * aborted if necessary.
      */
 
-    if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+    if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	*containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
     }
-    masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
+    containerPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
     abort = 0;
-    Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr);
+    Tcl_Preserve(containerPtr);
 
     /*
-     * Iterate over all the slaves for the master. Each slave's geometry can
-     * be computed independently of the other slaves. Changes to the window's
+     * Iterate over all the content for the container. Each content's geometry can
+     * be computed independently of the other content. Changes to the window's
      * structure could cause almost anything to happen, including deleting the
      * parent or child. If this happens, we'll be told to abort.
      */
 
-    for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL && !abort;
-	    slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
+    for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL && !abort;
+	    contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
 	/*
-	 * Step 1: compute size and borderwidth of master, taking into account
+	 * Step 1: compute size and borderwidth of container, taking into account
 	 * desired border mode.
 	 */
 
-	masterX = masterY = 0;
-	masterWidth = Tk_Width(masterPtr->tkwin);
-	masterHeight = Tk_Height(masterPtr->tkwin);
-	if (slavePtr->borderMode == BM_INSIDE) {
-	    masterX = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin);
-	    masterY = Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin);
-	    masterWidth -= masterX + Tk_InternalBorderRight(masterPtr->tkwin);
-	    masterHeight -= masterY +
-		    Tk_InternalBorderBottom(masterPtr->tkwin);
-	} else if (slavePtr->borderMode == BM_OUTSIDE) {
-	    masterX = masterY = -Tk_Changes(masterPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
-	    masterWidth -= 2 * masterX;
-	    masterHeight -= 2 * masterY;
+	containerX = containerY = 0;
+	containerWidth = Tk_Width(containerPtr->tkwin);
+	containerHeight = Tk_Height(containerPtr->tkwin);
+	if (contentPtr->borderMode == BM_INSIDE) {
+	    containerX = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(containerPtr->tkwin);
+	    containerY = Tk_InternalBorderTop(containerPtr->tkwin);
+	    containerWidth -= containerX + Tk_InternalBorderRight(containerPtr->tkwin);
+	    containerHeight -= containerY +
+		    Tk_InternalBorderBottom(containerPtr->tkwin);
+	} else if (contentPtr->borderMode == BM_OUTSIDE) {
+	    containerX = containerY = -Tk_Changes(containerPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
+	    containerWidth -= 2 * containerX;
+	    containerHeight -= 2 * containerY;
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Step 2: compute size of slave (outside dimensions including border)
-	 * and location of anchor point within master.
+	 * Step 2: compute size of content (outside dimensions including border)
+	 * and location of anchor point within container.
 	 */
 
-	x1 = slavePtr->x + masterX + (slavePtr->relX*masterWidth);
+	x1 = contentPtr->x + containerX + (contentPtr->relX*containerWidth);
 	x = (int) (x1 + ((x1 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5));
-	y1 = slavePtr->y + masterY + (slavePtr->relY*masterHeight);
+	y1 = contentPtr->y + containerY + (contentPtr->relY*containerHeight);
 	y = (int) (y1 + ((y1 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5));
-	if (slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_WIDTH|CHILD_REL_WIDTH)) {
+	if (contentPtr->flags & (CHILD_WIDTH|CHILD_REL_WIDTH)) {
 	    width = 0;
-	    if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_WIDTH) {
-		width += slavePtr->width;
+	    if (contentPtr->flags & CHILD_WIDTH) {
+		width += contentPtr->width;
 	    }
-	    if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_REL_WIDTH) {
+	    if (contentPtr->flags & CHILD_REL_WIDTH) {
 		/*
 		 * The code below is a bit tricky. In order to round correctly
 		 * when both relX and relWidth are specified, compute the
@@ -939,40 +939,40 @@ RecomputePlacement(
 		 * errors in relX and relWidth accumulate.
 		 */
 
-		x2 = x1 + (slavePtr->relWidth*masterWidth);
+		x2 = x1 + (contentPtr->relWidth*containerWidth);
 		tmp = (int) (x2 + ((x2 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5));
 		width += tmp - x;
 	    }
 	} else {
-	    width = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin)
-		    + 2*Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
+	    width = Tk_ReqWidth(contentPtr->tkwin)
+		    + 2*Tk_Changes(contentPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
 	}
-	if (slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_HEIGHT|CHILD_REL_HEIGHT)) {
+	if (contentPtr->flags & (CHILD_HEIGHT|CHILD_REL_HEIGHT)) {
 	    height = 0;
-	    if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_HEIGHT) {
-		height += slavePtr->height;
+	    if (contentPtr->flags & CHILD_HEIGHT) {
+		height += contentPtr->height;
 	    }
-	    if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_REL_HEIGHT) {
+	    if (contentPtr->flags & CHILD_REL_HEIGHT) {
 		/*
 		 * See note above for rounding errors in width computation.
 		 */
 
-		y2 = y1 + (slavePtr->relHeight*masterHeight);
+		y2 = y1 + (contentPtr->relHeight*containerHeight);
 		tmp = (int) (y2 + ((y2 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5));
 		height += tmp - y;
 	    }
 	} else {
-	    height = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin)
-		    + 2*Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
+	    height = Tk_ReqHeight(contentPtr->tkwin)
+		    + 2*Tk_Changes(contentPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
 	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Step 3: adjust the x and y positions so that the desired anchor
-	 * point on the slave appears at that position. Also adjust for the
-	 * border mode and master's border.
+	 * point on the content appears at that position. Also adjust for the
+	 * border mode and container's border.
 	 */
 
-	switch (slavePtr->anchor) {
+	switch (contentPtr->anchor) {
 	case TK_ANCHOR_N:
 	    x -= width/2;
 	    break;
@@ -1011,8 +1011,8 @@ RecomputePlacement(
 	 * height aren't zero.
 	 */
 
-	width -= 2*Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
-	height -= 2*Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
+	width -= 2*Tk_Changes(contentPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
+	height -= 2*Tk_Changes(contentPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
 	if (width <= 0) {
 	    width = 1;
 	}
@@ -1021,121 +1021,121 @@ RecomputePlacement(
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Step 5: reconfigure the window and map it if needed. If the slave
-	 * is a child of the master, we do this ourselves. If the slave isn't
-	 * a child of the master, let Tk_MaintainGeometry do the work (it will
+	 * Step 5: reconfigure the window and map it if needed. If the content
+	 * is a child of the container, we do this ourselves. If the content isn't
+	 * a child of the container, let Tk_MaintainGeometry do the work (it will
 	 * re-adjust things as relevant windows map, unmap, and move).
 	 */
 
-	if (masterPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
-	    if ((x != Tk_X(slavePtr->tkwin))
-		    || (y != Tk_Y(slavePtr->tkwin))
-		    || (width != Tk_Width(slavePtr->tkwin))
-		    || (height != Tk_Height(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
-		Tk_MoveResizeWindow(slavePtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
+	if (containerPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
+	    if ((x != Tk_X(contentPtr->tkwin))
+		    || (y != Tk_Y(contentPtr->tkwin))
+		    || (width != Tk_Width(contentPtr->tkwin))
+		    || (height != Tk_Height(contentPtr->tkwin))) {
+		Tk_MoveResizeWindow(contentPtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
 	    }
             if (abort) {
                 break;
             }
 
 	    /*
-	     * Don't map the slave unless the master is mapped: the slave will
-	     * get mapped later, when the master is mapped.
+	     * Don't map the content unless the container is mapped: the content will
+	     * get mapped later, when the container is mapped.
 	     */
 
-	    if (Tk_IsMapped(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
-		Tk_MapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+	    if (Tk_IsMapped(containerPtr->tkwin)) {
+		Tk_MapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
-		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin);
-		Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+		Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, containerPtr->tkwin);
+		Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 	    } else {
-		Tk_MaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin,
+		Tk_MaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, containerPtr->tkwin,
 			x, y, width, height);
 	    }
 	}
     }
 
-    masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
-    Tcl_Release(masterPtr);
+    containerPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
+    Tcl_Release(containerPtr);
 }
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * MasterStructureProc --
+ * PlaceStructureProc --
  *
  *	This function is invoked by the Tk event handler when StructureNotify
- *	events occur for a master window.
+ *	events occur for a container window.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	Structures get cleaned up if the window was deleted. If the window was
- *	resized then slave geometries get recomputed.
+ *	resized then content geometries get recomputed.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 static void
-MasterStructureProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to Master structure for window
+PlaceStructureProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to Container structure for window
 				 * referred to by eventPtr. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    register Master *masterPtr = clientData;
-    register Slave *slavePtr, *nextPtr;
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) masterPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
+    Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData;
+    Content *contentPtr, *nextPtr;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) containerPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
     switch (eventPtr->type) {
     case ConfigureNotify:
-	if ((masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
-		&& !(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
-	    masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
+	if ((containerPtr->contentPtr != NULL)
+		&& !(containerPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
+	    containerPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, containerPtr);
 	}
 	return;
     case DestroyNotify:
-	for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		slavePtr = nextPtr) {
-	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
-	    nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
-	    slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
+	for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		contentPtr = nextPtr) {
+	    contentPtr->containerPtr = NULL;
+	    nextPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr;
+	    contentPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
 	}
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable,
-		(char *) masterPtr->tkwin));
-	if (masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING) {
-	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
+		(char *) containerPtr->tkwin));
+	if (containerPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING) {
+	    Tcl_CancelIdleCall(RecomputePlacement, containerPtr);
 	}
-	masterPtr->tkwin = NULL;
-	if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
-	    *masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
+	containerPtr->tkwin = NULL;
+	if (containerPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
+	    *containerPtr->abortPtr = 1;
 	}
-	Tcl_EventuallyFree(masterPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+	Tcl_EventuallyFree(containerPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
 	return;
     case MapNotify:
 	/*
-	 * When a master gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so
-	 * that all of its slaves get remapped.
+	 * When a container gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so
+	 * that all of its content get remapped.
 	 */
 
-	if ((masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
-		&& !(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
-	    masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
-	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
+	if ((containerPtr->contentPtr != NULL)
+		&& !(containerPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
+	    containerPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
+	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, containerPtr);
 	}
 	return;
     case UnmapNotify:
 	/*
-	 * Unmap all of the slaves when the master gets unmapped, so that they
+	 * Unmap all of the content when the container gets unmapped, so that they
 	 * don't keep redisplaying themselves.
 	 */
 
-	for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
-		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
-	    Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
+	for (contentPtr = containerPtr->contentPtr; contentPtr != NULL;
+		contentPtr = contentPtr->nextPtr) {
+	    Tk_UnmapWindow(contentPtr->tkwin);
 	}
 	return;
     }
@@ -1144,10 +1144,10 @@ MasterStructureProc(
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * SlaveStructureProc --
+ * ContentStructureProc --
  *
  *	This function is invoked by the Tk event handler when StructureNotify
- *	events occur for a slave window.
+ *	events occur for a content window.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
@@ -1159,21 +1159,21 @@ MasterStructureProc(
  */
 
 static void
-SlaveStructureProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to Slave structure for window
+ContentStructureProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to Content structure for window
 				 * referred to by eventPtr. */
     XEvent *eventPtr)		/* Describes what just happened. */
 {
-    register Slave *slavePtr = clientData;
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slavePtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
+    Content *contentPtr = (Content *)clientData;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) contentPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
-	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
-	    UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
+	if (contentPtr->containerPtr != NULL) {
+	    UnlinkContent(contentPtr);
 	}
 	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
-		(char *) slavePtr->tkwin));
-	FreeSlave(slavePtr);
+		(char *) contentPtr->tkwin));
+	FreeContent(contentPtr);
     }
 }
 
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ SlaveStructureProc(
  *
  * PlaceRequestProc --
  *
- *	This function is invoked by Tk whenever a slave managed by us changes
+ *	This function is invoked by Tk whenever a content managed by us changes
  *	its requested geometry.
  *
  * Results:
@@ -1195,72 +1195,70 @@ SlaveStructureProc(
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-	/* ARGSUSED */
 static void
 PlaceRequestProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to our record for slave. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window that changed its desired size. */
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to our record for content. */
+    TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window))		/* Window that changed its desired size. */
 {
-    Slave *slavePtr = clientData;
-    Master *masterPtr;
+    Content *contentPtr = (Content *)clientData;
+    Container *containerPtr;
 
-    if ((slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_WIDTH|CHILD_REL_WIDTH))
-	    && (slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_HEIGHT|CHILD_REL_HEIGHT))) {
+    if ((contentPtr->flags & (CHILD_WIDTH|CHILD_REL_WIDTH))
+	    && (contentPtr->flags & (CHILD_HEIGHT|CHILD_REL_HEIGHT))) {
         /*
          * Send a ConfigureNotify to indicate that the size change
          * request was rejected.
          */
 
-        TkDoConfigureNotify((TkWindow *)(slavePtr->tkwin));
+        TkDoConfigureNotify((TkWindow *)(contentPtr->tkwin));
 	return;
     }
-    masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
-    if (masterPtr == NULL) {
+    containerPtr = contentPtr->containerPtr;
+    if (containerPtr == NULL) {
 	return;
     }
-    if (!(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
-	masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
-	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr);
+    if (!(containerPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
+	containerPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
+	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, containerPtr);
     }
 }
 
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * PlaceLostSlaveProc --
+ * PlaceLostContentProc --
  *
  *	This function is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
- *	control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
+ *	control over a content window that used to be managed by us.
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Forgets all placer-related information about the slave.
+ *	Forgets all placer-related information about the content window.
  *
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-	/* ARGSUSED */
 static void
-PlaceLostSlaveProc(
-    ClientData clientData,	/* Slave structure for slave window that was
+PlaceLostContentProc(
+    ClientData clientData,	/* Content structure for content window that was
 				 * stolen away. */
-    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
+    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Tk's handle for the content window. */
 {
-    register Slave *slavePtr = clientData;
-    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slavePtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
+    Content *contentPtr = (Content *)clientData;
+    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) contentPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
 
-    if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
-	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
+    if (contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(contentPtr->tkwin)) {
+	Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(contentPtr->tkwin, contentPtr->containerPtr->tkwin);
     }
     Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
-    UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
+    UnlinkContent(contentPtr);
     Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
 	    (char *) tkwin));
-    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
-	    slavePtr);
-    FreeSlave(slavePtr);
+    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, ContentStructureProc,
+	    contentPtr);
+    FreeContent(contentPtr);
 }
 
 /*
diff --git a/generic/tkPlatDecls.h b/generic/tkPlatDecls.h
index ed8b1f5..bad633f 100644
--- a/generic/tkPlatDecls.h
+++ b/generic/tkPlatDecls.h
@@ -82,9 +82,12 @@ EXTERN void *		TkMacOSXGetRootControl(Drawable drawable);
 EXTERN void		Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier(void);
 /* 10 */
 EXTERN int		Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void);
-/* Slot 11 is reserved */
-/* Slot 12 is reserved */
-/* Slot 13 is reserved */
+/* 11 */
+EXTERN Tk_Window	Tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow(void *w);
+/* 12 */
+EXTERN void *		Tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable drawable);
+/* 13 */
+EXTERN void *		Tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable(Drawable drawable);
 /* Slot 14 is reserved */
 /* Slot 15 is reserved */
 /* 16 */
@@ -116,9 +119,9 @@ typedef struct TkPlatStubs {
     void * (*tkMacOSXGetRootControl) (Drawable drawable); /* 8 */
     void (*tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier) (void); /* 9 */
     int (*tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront) (void); /* 10 */
-    void (*reserved11)(void);
-    void (*reserved12)(void);
-    void (*reserved13)(void);
+    Tk_Window (*tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow) (void *w); /* 11 */
+    void * (*tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable) (Drawable drawable); /* 12 */
+    void * (*tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable) (Drawable drawable); /* 13 */
     void (*reserved14)(void);
     void (*reserved15)(void);
     void (*tkGenWMConfigureEvent_) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height, int flags); /* 16 */
@@ -174,9 +177,12 @@ extern const TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubsPtr;
 	(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier) /* 9 */
 #define Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront \
 	(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront) /* 10 */
-/* Slot 11 is reserved */
-/* Slot 12 is reserved */
-/* Slot 13 is reserved */
+#define Tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow \
+	(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow) /* 11 */
+#define Tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable \
+	(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable) /* 12 */
+#define Tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable \
+	(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable) /* 13 */
 /* Slot 14 is reserved */
 /* Slot 15 is reserved */
 #define TkGenWMConfigureEvent_ \
@@ -187,8 +193,6 @@ extern const TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubsPtr;
 
 /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
 
-#undef TkGenWMConfigureEvent_
-
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif
@@ -196,4 +200,7 @@ extern const TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubsPtr;
 #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
 #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
 
+#undef TkGenWMConfigureEvent_
+#define Tk_MacOSXGetNSViewForDrawable TkMacOSXGetRootControl
+
 #endif /* _TKPLATDECLS */
diff --git a/generic/tkStubInit.c b/generic/tkStubInit.c
index c69ecac..e637f8e 100644
--- a/generic/tkStubInit.c
+++ b/generic/tkStubInit.c
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
 #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
 /* we could have used _TKMACINT */
 #include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
+#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
 #endif
 
 /* TODO: These ought to come in some other way */
@@ -58,6 +59,27 @@ MODULE_SCOPE const TkStubs tkStubs;
 #define TkGenWMConfigureEvent_ TkGenWMConfigureEvent
 #define TkGenerateActivateEvents_ TkGenerateActivateEvents
 
+#if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) && defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)
+#   undef TkpWillDrawWidget
+#   undef TkpRedrawWidget
+static int
+doNothing(void)
+{
+    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
+    return 0;
+}
+#   define TkpWillDrawWidget ((int (*)(Tk_Window))(void *)doNothing)
+#   define TkpRedrawWidget ((void (*)(Tk_Window))(void *)doNothing)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
+#   define Tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable TkMacOSXDrawable
+#   define Tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable GetCGContextForDrawable
+static void *GetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable d) {
+	return TkMacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable(d);
+}
+#endif
+
 #ifdef _WIN32
 
 int
@@ -480,26 +502,24 @@ static const TkIntStubs tkIntStubs = {
     TkUnderlineAngledTextLayout, /* 182 */
     TkIntersectAngledTextLayout, /* 183 */
     TkDrawAngledChars, /* 184 */
-#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL) /* UNIX */
     0, /* 185 */
-#endif /* X11 */
+#endif /* UNIX */
 #if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
     0, /* 185 */
 #endif /* WIN */
-#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
-    0, /* 185 */ /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
     TkpRedrawWidget, /* 185 */
-#endif /* AQUA */
-#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
+#endif /* MACOSX */
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL) /* UNIX */
     0, /* 186 */
-#endif /* X11 */
+#endif /* UNIX */
 #if defined(_WIN32) /* WIN */
     0, /* 186 */
 #endif /* WIN */
-#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
-    0, /* 186 */ /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
+#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */
     TkpWillDrawWidget, /* 186 */
-#endif /* AQUA */
+#endif /* MACOSX */
 };
 
 static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
@@ -582,14 +602,14 @@ static const TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
     TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist, /* 23 */
     TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap, /* 24 */
     TkMacOSXMenuClick, /* 25 */
-    TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow, /* 26 */
+    0, /* 26 */
     TkMacOSXResizable, /* 27 */
     TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount, /* 28 */
     TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow, /* 29 */
     TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn, /* 30 */
     TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort, /* 31 */
     TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn, /* 32 */
-    TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow, /* 33 */
+    0, /* 33 */
     TkMacOSXUseMenuID, /* 34 */
     TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn, /* 35 */
     TkMacOSXWinBounds, /* 36 */
@@ -1013,9 +1033,9 @@ static const TkPlatStubs tkPlatStubs = {
     TkMacOSXGetRootControl, /* 8 */
     Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier, /* 9 */
     Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront, /* 10 */
-    0, /* 11 */
-    0, /* 12 */
-    0, /* 13 */
+    Tk_MacOSXGetTkWindow, /* 11 */
+    Tk_MacOSXGetCGContextForDrawable, /* 12 */
+    Tk_MacOSXGetNSWindowForDrawable, /* 13 */
     0, /* 14 */
     0, /* 15 */
     TkGenWMConfigureEvent_, /* 16 */
@@ -1306,6 +1326,13 @@ const TkStubs tkStubs = {
     Tk_Interp, /* 271 */
     Tk_CreateOldImageType, /* 272 */
     Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat, /* 273 */
+    0, /* 274 */
+    0, /* 275 */
+    0, /* 276 */
+    0, /* 277 */
+    0, /* 278 */
+    0, /* 279 */
+    TkUnusedStubEntry, /* 280 */
 };
 
 /* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
diff --git a/generic/tkTest.c b/generic/tkTest.c
index bb7bde5..3c17407 100644
--- a/generic/tkTest.c
+++ b/generic/tkTest.c
@@ -1062,14 +1062,14 @@ TestobjconfigObjCmd(
     }
 
     case TWO_WINDOWS: {
-	typedef struct SlaveRecord {
+	typedef struct ContentRecord {
 	    TrivialCommandHeader header;
 	    Tcl_Obj *windowPtr;
-	} SlaveRecord;
-	SlaveRecord *recordPtr;
-	static const Tk_OptionSpec slaveSpecs[] = {
+	} ContentRecord;
+	ContentRecord *recordPtr;
+	static const Tk_OptionSpec contentSpecs[] = {
 	    {TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", "window", "Window", ".bar",
-		Tk_Offset(SlaveRecord, windowPtr), -1, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
+		Tk_Offset(ContentRecord, windowPtr), -1, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, NULL, 0},
 	    {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
 	};
 	Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp,
@@ -1080,10 +1080,10 @@ TestobjconfigObjCmd(
 	}
 	Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
 
-	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(SlaveRecord));
+	recordPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ContentRecord));
 	recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
 	recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
-		slaveSpecs);
+		contentSpecs);
 	tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
 	recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
 	recordPtr->windowPtr = NULL;
diff --git a/generic/tkTextWind.c b/generic/tkTextWind.c
index c9fc20f..a0e7089 100644
--- a/generic/tkTextWind.c
+++ b/generic/tkTextWind.c
@@ -22,13 +22,13 @@
 
 static void		EmbWinRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
-static void		EmbWinLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
+static void		EmbWinLostContentProc(ClientData clientData,
 			    Tk_Window tkwin);
 
 static const Tk_GeomMgr textGeomType = {
     "text",			/* name */
     EmbWinRequestProc,		/* requestProc */
-    EmbWinLostSlaveProc,	/* lostSlaveProc */
+    EmbWinLostContentProc,	/* lostSlaveProc */
 };
 
 /*
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ EmbWinConfigure(
 		    break;
 		}
 		if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
-		badMaster:
+		badContainer:
 		    Tcl_SetObjResult(textPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 			    "can't embed %s in %s",
 			    Tk_PathName(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin),
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ EmbWinConfigure(
 	    }
 	    if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin)
 		    || (ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin == textPtr->tkwin)) {
-		goto badMaster;
+		goto badContainer;
 	    }
 
 	    if (client == NULL) {
@@ -594,9 +594,9 @@ EmbWinRequestProc(
 /*
  *--------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * EmbWinLostSlaveProc --
+ * EmbWinLostContentProc --
  *
- *	This function is invoked by the Tk geometry manager when a slave
+ *	This function is invoked by the Tk geometry manager when a content
  *	window managed by a text widget is claimed away by another geometry
  *	manager.
  *
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ EmbWinRequestProc(
  */
 
 static void
-EmbWinLostSlaveProc(
+EmbWinLostContentProc(
     ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to record describing window item. */
     Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window that was claimed away by another
 				 * geometry manager. */
@@ -936,12 +936,12 @@ EmbWinLayoutProc(
 		break;
 	    }
 	    if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
-		goto badMaster;
+		goto badContainer;
 	    }
 	}
 	if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin)
 		|| (textPtr->tkwin == ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin)) {
-	badMaster:
+	badContainer:
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(textPtr->interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "can't embed %s relative to %s",
 		    Tk_PathName(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin),
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkBlink.c b/generic/ttk/ttkBlink.c
index 706a871..a7d4a9a 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkBlink.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkBlink.c
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  * 	Add script-level access to configure application-wide blink rate.
  */
 
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
 
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ static CursorManager *GetCursorManager(Tcl_Interp *interp)
 	cm->owner = 0;
 	cm->onTime = DEF_CURSOR_ON_TIME;
 	cm->offTime = DEF_CURSOR_OFF_TIME;
-	Tcl_SetAssocData(interp,cm_key,CursorManagerDeleteProc,(ClientData)cm);
+	Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, cm_key, CursorManagerDeleteProc, cm);
     }
     return cm;
 }
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c b/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c
index 43855b2..f4ef7bc 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c
@@ -4,8 +4,7 @@
  * label, button, checkbutton, radiobutton, and menubutton widgets.
  */
 
-#include <string.h>
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
 
@@ -81,9 +80,9 @@ static Tk_OptionSpec BaseOptionSpecs[] =
      * Compound base/image options
      */
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
-	 NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.compoundObj), -1,
-	 TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,(ClientData)ttkCompoundStrings,
-         GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
+	NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.compoundObj), -1,
+	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (void *)ttkCompoundStrings,
+	GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad",
 	NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.paddingObj), -1,
 	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
@@ -820,7 +819,7 @@ static Tk_OptionSpec MenubuttonOptionSpecs[] =
 	"", Tk_Offset(Menubutton, menubutton.menuObj), -1, 0,0,0},
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-direction", "direction", "Direction",
 	"below", Tk_Offset(Menubutton, menubutton.directionObj), -1,
-	0,(ClientData)directionStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
+	0, (void *)directionStrings, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
 
     WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
     WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkCache.c b/generic/ttk/ttkCache.c
index 0ae2372..e7f885f 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkCache.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkCache.c
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>	/* for sprintf */
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 
 struct Ttk_ResourceCache_ {
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c b/generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c
index 41a8f6d..733a391 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * "clam" theme; inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
  */
 
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 
 /*
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkElements.c b/generic/ttk/ttkElements.c
index 5c95dba..c4469dc 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkElements.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkElements.c
@@ -5,8 +5,7 @@
  *
  */
 
-#include <tcl.h>
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include <string.h>
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkFrame.c b/generic/ttk/ttkFrame.c
index 8a15e5b..b8b3477 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkFrame.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkFrame.c
@@ -4,8 +4,7 @@
  * ttk::frame and ttk::labelframe widgets.
  */
 
-#include <tk.h>
-
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
 #include "ttkManager.h"
@@ -89,9 +88,12 @@ static Ttk_Padding FrameMargins(Frame *framePtr)
  * 	The frame doesn't request a size of its own by default,
  * 	but it does have an internal border.  See also <<NOTE-SIZE>>
  */
-static int FrameSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
+static int FrameSize(
+    void *recordPtr,
+    TCL_UNUSED(int *),
+    TCL_UNUSED(int *))
 {
-    Frame *framePtr = recordPtr;
+    Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)recordPtr;
     Ttk_SetMargins(framePtr->core.tkwin, FrameMargins(framePtr));
     return 0;
 }
@@ -112,7 +114,7 @@ static int FrameSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
 
 static int FrameConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
 {
-    Frame *framePtr = recordPtr;
+    Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)recordPtr;
     int width, height;
 
     /*
@@ -338,9 +340,12 @@ LabelframeLabelSize(Labelframe *lframePtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
  * 	Like the frame, this doesn't request a size of its own
  * 	but it does have internal padding and a minimum size.
  */
-static int LabelframeSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
+static int LabelframeSize(
+    void *recordPtr,
+    TCL_UNUSED(int *),
+    TCL_UNUSED(int *))
 {
-    Labelframe *lframePtr = recordPtr;
+    Labelframe *lframePtr = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
     WidgetCore *corePtr = &lframePtr->core;
     Ttk_Padding margins;
     LabelframeStyle style;
@@ -385,7 +390,7 @@ static int LabelframeSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
 static Ttk_Layout LabelframeGetLayout(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Labelframe *lf = recordPtr;
+    Labelframe *lf = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
     Ttk_Layout frameLayout = TtkWidgetGetLayout(interp, theme, recordPtr);
     Ttk_Layout labelLayout;
 
@@ -416,7 +421,7 @@ static Ttk_Layout LabelframeGetLayout(
 
 static void LabelframeDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Labelframe *lframePtr = recordPtr;
+    Labelframe *lframePtr = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
     WidgetCore *corePtr = &lframePtr->core;
     int lw, lh;			/* Label width and height */
     LabelframeStyle style;
@@ -456,13 +461,13 @@ static void LabelframeDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
 	Ttk_PlaceLayout(
 	    lframePtr->label.labelLayout, corePtr->state, labelParcel);
     }
-    /* labelWidget placed in LabelframePlaceSlaves GM hook */
+    /* labelWidget placed in LabelframePlaceContent GM hook */
     lframePtr->label.labelParcel = labelParcel;
 }
 
 static void LabelframeDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
 {
-    Labelframe *lframePtr = recordPtr;
+    Labelframe *lframePtr = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
     Ttk_DrawLayout(lframePtr->core.layout, lframePtr->core.state, d);
     if (lframePtr->label.labelLayout) {
 	Ttk_DrawLayout(lframePtr->label.labelLayout, lframePtr->core.state, d);
@@ -472,23 +477,27 @@ static void LabelframeDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
 /* +++ Labelframe geometry manager hooks.
  */
 
-/* LabelframePlaceSlaves --
+/* LabelframePlaceContent --
  * 	Sets the position and size of the labelwidget.
  */
-static void LabelframePlaceSlaves(void *recordPtr)
+static void LabelframePlaceContent(void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Labelframe *lframe = recordPtr;
+    Labelframe *lframe = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
 
-    if (Ttk_NumberSlaves(lframe->label.mgr) == 1) {
+    if (Ttk_NumberContent(lframe->label.mgr) == 1) {
 	Ttk_Box b;
 	LabelframeDoLayout(recordPtr);
 	b = lframe->label.labelParcel;
-	/* ASSERT: slave #0 is lframe->label.labelWidget */
-	Ttk_PlaceSlave(lframe->label.mgr, 0, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height);
+	/* ASSERT: content #0 is lframe->label.labelWidget */
+	Ttk_PlaceContent(lframe->label.mgr, 0, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height);
     }
 }
 
-static int LabelRequest(void *managerData, int index, int width, int height)
+static int LabelRequest(
+    TCL_UNUSED(void *),
+    TCL_UNUSED(int),
+    TCL_UNUSED(int),
+    TCL_UNUSED(int))
 {
     return 1;
 }
@@ -498,18 +507,21 @@ static int LabelRequest(void *managerData, int index, int width, int height)
  *
  * <<NOTE-LABELREMOVED>>:
  * 	This routine is also called when the widget voluntarily forgets
- * 	the slave in LabelframeConfigure.
+ * 	the window in LabelframeConfigure.
  */
-static void LabelRemoved(void *managerData, int slaveIndex)
+static void LabelRemoved(
+    void *managerData,
+    TCL_UNUSED(int))
 {
-    Labelframe *lframe = managerData;
+    Labelframe *lframe = (Labelframe *)managerData;
+
     lframe->label.labelWidget = 0;
 }
 
 static Ttk_ManagerSpec LabelframeManagerSpec = {
-    { "labelframe", Ttk_GeometryRequestProc, Ttk_LostSlaveProc },
+    { "labelframe", Ttk_GeometryRequestProc, Ttk_LostContentProc },
     LabelframeSize,
-    LabelframePlaceSlaves,
+    LabelframePlaceContent,
     LabelRequest,
     LabelRemoved
 };
@@ -517,9 +529,11 @@ static Ttk_ManagerSpec LabelframeManagerSpec = {
 /* LabelframeInitialize --
  * 	Initialization hook.
  */
-static void LabelframeInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
+static void LabelframeInitialize(
+    TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *),
+    void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Labelframe *lframe = recordPtr;
+    Labelframe *lframe = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
 
     lframe->label.mgr = Ttk_CreateManager(
 	&LabelframeManagerSpec, lframe, lframe->core.tkwin);
@@ -533,7 +547,7 @@ static void LabelframeInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
  */
 static void LabelframeCleanup(void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Labelframe *lframe = recordPtr;
+    Labelframe *lframe = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
     Ttk_DeleteManager(lframe->label.mgr);
     if (lframe->label.labelLayout) {
 	Ttk_FreeLayout(lframe->label.labelLayout);
@@ -564,7 +578,7 @@ static void RaiseLabelWidget(Labelframe *lframe)
  */
 static int LabelframeConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp,void *recordPtr,int mask)
 {
-    Labelframe *lframePtr = recordPtr;
+    Labelframe *lframePtr = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
     Tk_Window labelWidget = lframePtr->label.labelWidget;
     Ttk_PositionSpec unused;
 
@@ -591,15 +605,15 @@ static int LabelframeConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp,void *recordPtr,int mask)
     /* Update -labelwidget changes, if any:
      */
     if (mask & LABELWIDGET_CHANGED) {
-	if (Ttk_NumberSlaves(lframePtr->label.mgr) == 1) {
-	    Ttk_ForgetSlave(lframePtr->label.mgr, 0);
+	if (Ttk_NumberContent(lframePtr->label.mgr) == 1) {
+	    Ttk_ForgetContent(lframePtr->label.mgr, 0);
 	    /* Restore labelWidget field (see <<NOTE-LABELREMOVED>>)
 	     */
 	    lframePtr->label.labelWidget = labelWidget;
 	}
 
 	if (labelWidget) {
-	    Ttk_InsertSlave(lframePtr->label.mgr, 0, labelWidget, NULL);
+		Ttk_InsertContent(lframePtr->label.mgr, 0, labelWidget, NULL);
 	    RaiseLabelWidget(lframePtr);
 	}
     }
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl b/generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl
index 8047e3f..6aabd61 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl
@@ -284,18 +284,26 @@ proc genStubs::rewriteFile {file text} {
 # Results:
 #	Returns the original text inside an appropriate #ifdef.
 
-proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}}} {
+proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}} {withCygwin 0}} {
     set text ""
     switch $plat {
 	win {
-	    append text "#ifdef _WIN32 /* WIN */\n${iftxt}"
+	    append text "#if defined(_WIN32)"
+	    if {$withCygwin} {
+		append text " || defined(__CYGWIN__)"
+	    }
+	    append text " /* WIN */\n${iftxt}"
 	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
 		append text "#else /* WIN */\n${eltxt}"
 	    }
 	    append text "#endif /* WIN */\n"
 	}
 	unix {
-	    append text "#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\
+	    append text "#if !defined(_WIN32)"
+	    if {$withCygwin} {
+		append text " && !defined(__CYGWIN__)"
+	    }
+	    append text " && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\
 		    /* UNIX */\n${iftxt}"
 	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
 		append text "#else /* UNIX */\n${eltxt}"
@@ -317,7 +325,11 @@ proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}}} {
 	    append text "#endif /* AQUA */\n"
 	}
 	x11 {
-	    append text "#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\
+	    append text "#if !(defined(_WIN32)"
+	    if {$withCygwin} {
+		append text " || defined(__CYGWIN__)"
+	    }
+	    append text " || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\
 		    /* X11 */\n${iftxt}"
 	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
 		append text "#else /* X11 */\n${eltxt}"
@@ -450,12 +462,23 @@ proc genStubs::parseArg {arg} {
 
 proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} {
     variable scspec
+    variable stubs
+    variable libraryName
     lassign $decl rtype fname args
 
     append text "/* $index */\n"
-    set line "$scspec $rtype"
+    if {[info exists stubs($name,deprecated,$index)]} {
+	append text "[string toupper $libraryName]_DEPRECATED(\"$stubs($name,deprecated,$index)\")\n"
+	set line "$rtype"
+    } elseif {[string range $rtype end-5 end] eq "MP_WUR"} {
+	set line "$scspec [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-6]]"
+    } else {
+	set line "$scspec $rtype"
+    }
     set count [expr {2 - ([string length $line] / 8)}]
-    append line [string range "\t\t\t" 0 $count]
+    if {$count >= 0} {
+	append line [string range "\t\t\t" 0 $count]
+    }
     set pad [expr {24 - [string length $line]}]
     if {$pad <= 0} {
 	append line " "
@@ -494,6 +517,9 @@ proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} {
 		set sep ", "
 	    }
 	    append line ", ...)"
+	    if {[lindex $args end] eq "{const char *} format"} {
+		append line " TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(" [expr {[llength $args] - 1}] ", " [llength $args] ")"
+	    }
 	}
 	default {
 	    set sep "("
@@ -517,6 +543,9 @@ proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} {
 	    append line ")"
 	}
     }
+    if {[string range $rtype end-5 end] eq "MP_WUR"} {
+	append line " MP_WUR"
+    }
     return "$text$line;\n"
 }
 
@@ -561,17 +590,27 @@ proc genStubs::makeMacro {name decl index} {
 
 proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} {
     lassign $decl rtype fname args
+    variable stubs
 
     set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
     append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]
 
     set text "    "
+    if {[info exists stubs($name,deprecated,$index)]} {
+	append text "TCL_DEPRECATED_API(\"$stubs($name,deprecated,$index)\") "
+    } elseif {[info exists stubs($name,nostub,$index)]} {
+	append text "TCL_DEPRECATED_API(\"$stubs($name,nostub,$index)\") "
+    }
     if {$args eq ""} {
 	append text $rtype " *" $lfname "; /* $index */\n"
 	return $text
     }
     if {[string range $rtype end-8 end] eq "__stdcall"} {
 	append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-9]] " (__stdcall *" $lfname ") "
+    } elseif {[string range $rtype 0 11] eq "TCL_NORETURN"} {
+	append text "TCL_NORETURN1 " [string trim [string range $rtype 12 end]] " (*" $lfname ") "
+    } elseif {[string range $rtype end-5 end] eq "MP_WUR"} {
+	append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-6]] " (*" $lfname ") "
     } else {
 	append text $rtype " (*" $lfname ") "
     }
@@ -591,6 +630,9 @@ proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} {
 		set sep ", "
 	    }
 	    append text ", ...)"
+	    if {[lindex $args end] eq "{const char *} format"} {
+		append text " TCL_FORMAT_PRINTF(" [expr {[llength $args] - 1}] ", " [llength $args] ")"
+	    }
 	}
 	default {
 	    set sep "("
@@ -606,6 +648,9 @@ proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} {
 	}
     }
 
+    if {[string range $rtype end-5 end] eq "MP_WUR"} {
+	append text " MP_WUR"
+    }
     append text "; /* $index */\n"
     return $text
 }
@@ -837,7 +882,7 @@ proc genStubs::emitInit {name textVar} {
     }
     foreach intf [array names interfaces] {
 	if {[info exists hooks($intf)]} {
-	    if {[lsearch -exact $hooks($intf) $name] >= 0} {
+	    if {$name in $hooks($intf)} {
 		set root 0
 		break
 	    }
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c b/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c
index e403e2d..5c2a55f 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  */
 
 #include <string.h>
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 
 #define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c b/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c
index 01a393a..f1b6e26 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
  */
 
 #include <string.h>
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
 
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Ttk_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
 
     Ttk_PlatformInit(interp);
 
-    Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Ttk", TTK_PATCH_LEVEL, (ClientData)&ttkStubs);
+    Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Ttk", TTK_PATCH_LEVEL, (void *)&ttkStubs);
 
     return TCL_OK;
 }
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkManager.c b/generic/ttk/ttkManager.c
index c396f63..8cad58c 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkManager.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkManager.c
@@ -5,65 +5,65 @@
  */
 
 #include <string.h>
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkManager.h"
 
 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------
  * +++ The Geometry Propagation Dance.
  *
- * When a slave window requests a new size or some other parameter changes,
- * the manager recomputes the required size for the master window and calls
+ * When a content window requests a new size or some other parameter changes,
+ * the manager recomputes the required size for the container window and calls
  * Tk_GeometryRequest().  This is scheduled as an idle handler so multiple
  * updates can be processed as a single batch.
  *
- * If all goes well, the master's manager will process the request
- * (and so on up the chain to the toplevel window), and the master
+ * If all goes well, the container's manager will process the request
+ * (and so on up the chain to the toplevel window), and the container
  * window will eventually receive a <Configure> event.  At this point
- * it recomputes the size and position of all slaves and places them.
+ * it recomputes the size and position of all content windows and places them.
  *
- * If all does not go well, however, the master's request may be ignored
+ * If all does not go well, however, the container's request may be ignored
  * (typically because the top-level window has a fixed, user-specified size).
  * Tk doesn't provide any notification when this happens; to account for this,
  * we also schedule an idle handler to call the layout procedure
  * after making a geometry request.
  *
- * +++ Slave removal <<NOTE-LOSTSLAVE>>.
+ * +++ Content window removal <<NOTE-LOSTCONTENT>>.
  *
- * There are three conditions under which a slave is removed:
+ * There are three conditions under which a content window is removed:
  *
  * (1) Another GM claims control
  * (2) Manager voluntarily relinquishes control
- * (3) Slave is destroyed
+ * (3) Content window is destroyed
  *
  * In case (1), Tk calls the manager's lostSlaveProc.
- * Case (2) is performed by calling Tk_ManageGeometry(slave,NULL,0);
- * in this case Tk does _not_ call the LostSlaveProc (documented behavior).
+ * Case (2) is performed by calling Tk_ManageGeometry(window,NULL,0);
+ * in this case Tk does _not_ call the lostSlaveProc (documented behavior).
  * Tk doesn't handle case (3) either; to account for that we
- * register an event handler on the slave widget to track <Destroy> events.
+ * register an event handler on the content window to track <Destroy> events.
  */
 
 /* ++ Data structures.
  */
 typedef struct
 {
-    Tk_Window 		slaveWindow;
+    Tk_Window 		window;
     Ttk_Manager 	*manager;
-    void 		*slaveData;
+    void 		*data;
     unsigned		flags;
-} Ttk_Slave;
+} Ttk_Content;
 
-/* slave->flags bits:
+/* content->flags bits:
  */
-#define SLAVE_MAPPED 		0x1	/* slave to be mapped when master is */
+#define CONTENT_MAPPED 	0x1	/* content windows to be mapped when container is */
 
 struct TtkManager_
 {
     Ttk_ManagerSpec	*managerSpec;
     void 		*managerData;
-    Tk_Window   	masterWindow;
+    Tk_Window   	window;
     unsigned		flags;
-    int 	 	nSlaves;
-    Ttk_Slave 		**slaves;
+    int 	 	nContent;
+    Ttk_Content 		**content;
 };
 
 /* manager->flags bits:
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ static void ScheduleUpdate(Ttk_Manager *mgr, unsigned flags)
 }
 
 /* ++ RecomputeSize --
- * 	Recomputes the required size of the master window,
+ * 	Recomputes the required size of the container window,
  * 	makes geometry request.
  */
 static void RecomputeSize(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
@@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ static void RecomputeSize(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
     int width = 1, height = 1;
 
     if (mgr->managerSpec->RequestedSize(mgr->managerData, &width, &height)) {
-	Tk_GeometryRequest(mgr->masterWindow, width, height);
+	Tk_GeometryRequest(mgr->window, width, height);
 	ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RELAYOUT_REQUIRED);
     }
     mgr->flags &= ~MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED;
 }
 
 /* ++ RecomputeLayout --
- * 	Recompute geometry of all slaves.
+ * 	Recompute geometry of all content windows.
  */
 static void RecomputeLayout(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
 {
@@ -136,8 +136,8 @@ static void ManagerIdleProc(ClientData clientData)
  */
 
 /* ++ ManagerEventHandler --
- * 	Recompute slave layout when master widget is resized.
- * 	Keep the slave's map state in sync with the master's.
+ * 	Recompute content layout when container widget is resized.
+ * 	Keep the content's map state in sync with the container's.
  */
 static const int ManagerEventMask = StructureNotifyMask;
 static void ManagerEventHandler(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
@@ -151,56 +151,55 @@ static void ManagerEventHandler(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
 	    RecomputeLayout(mgr);
 	    break;
 	case MapNotify:
-	    for (i = 0; i < mgr->nSlaves; ++i) {
-		Ttk_Slave *slave = mgr->slaves[i];
-		if (slave->flags & SLAVE_MAPPED) {
-		    Tk_MapWindow(slave->slaveWindow);
+	    for (i = 0; i < mgr->nContent; ++i) {
+		Ttk_Content *content = mgr->content[i];
+		if (content->flags & CONTENT_MAPPED) {
+		    Tk_MapWindow(content->window);
 		}
 	    }
 	    break;
 	case UnmapNotify:
-	    for (i = 0; i < mgr->nSlaves; ++i) {
-		Ttk_Slave *slave = mgr->slaves[i];
-		Tk_UnmapWindow(slave->slaveWindow);
+	    for (i = 0; i < mgr->nContent; ++i) {
+		Ttk_Content *content = mgr->content[i];
+		Tk_UnmapWindow(content->window);
 	    }
 	    break;
     }
 }
 
-/* ++ SlaveEventHandler --
- * 	Notifies manager when a slave is destroyed
- * 	(see <<NOTE-LOSTSLAVE>>).
+/* ++ ContentLostEventHandler --
+ * 	Notifies manager when a content window is destroyed
+ * 	(see <<NOTE-LOSTCONTENT>>).
  */
-static const unsigned SlaveEventMask = StructureNotifyMask;
-static void SlaveEventHandler(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
+static void ContentLostEventHandler(void *clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
 {
-    Ttk_Slave *slave = (Ttk_Slave *)clientData;
+    Ttk_Content *content = (Ttk_Content *)clientData;
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
-	slave->manager->managerSpec->tkGeomMgr.lostSlaveProc(
-	    slave->manager, slave->slaveWindow);
+	content->manager->managerSpec->tkGeomMgr.lostSlaveProc(
+	    content->manager, content->window);
     }
 }
 
 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Slave initialization and cleanup.
+ * +++ Content initialization and cleanup.
  */
 
-static Ttk_Slave *NewSlave(
-    Ttk_Manager *mgr, Tk_Window slaveWindow, void *slaveData)
+static Ttk_Content *NewContent(
+    Ttk_Manager *mgr, Tk_Window window, void *data)
 {
-    Ttk_Slave *slave = (Ttk_Slave *)ckalloc(sizeof(*slave));
+    Ttk_Content *content = (Ttk_Content *)ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_Content));
 
-    slave->slaveWindow = slaveWindow;
-    slave->manager = mgr;
-    slave->flags = 0;
-    slave->slaveData = slaveData;
+    content->window = window;
+    content->manager = mgr;
+    content->flags = 0;
+    content->data = data;
 
-    return slave;
+    return content;
 }
 
-static void DeleteSlave(Ttk_Slave *slave)
+static void DeleteContent(Ttk_Content *content)
 {
-    ckfree(slave);
+    ckfree(content);
 }
 
 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -208,19 +207,19 @@ static void DeleteSlave(Ttk_Slave *slave)
  */
 
 Ttk_Manager *Ttk_CreateManager(
-    Ttk_ManagerSpec *managerSpec, void *managerData, Tk_Window masterWindow)
+    Ttk_ManagerSpec *managerSpec, void *managerData, Tk_Window window)
 {
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = (Ttk_Manager *)ckalloc(sizeof(*mgr));
 
     mgr->managerSpec 	= managerSpec;
     mgr->managerData	= managerData;
-    mgr->masterWindow	= masterWindow;
-    mgr->nSlaves 	= 0;
-    mgr->slaves 	= NULL;
+    mgr->window	= window;
+    mgr->nContent 	= 0;
+    mgr->content 	= NULL;
     mgr->flags  	= 0;
 
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(
-	mgr->masterWindow, ManagerEventMask, ManagerEventHandler, mgr);
+	mgr->window, ManagerEventMask, ManagerEventHandler, mgr);
 
     return mgr;
 }
@@ -228,13 +227,13 @@ Ttk_Manager *Ttk_CreateManager(
 void Ttk_DeleteManager(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
 {
     Tk_DeleteEventHandler(
-	mgr->masterWindow, ManagerEventMask, ManagerEventHandler, mgr);
+	mgr->window, ManagerEventMask, ManagerEventHandler, mgr);
 
-    while (mgr->nSlaves > 0) {
-	Ttk_ForgetSlave(mgr, mgr->nSlaves - 1);
+    while (mgr->nContent > 0) {
+	Ttk_ForgetContent(mgr, mgr->nContent - 1);
     }
-    if (mgr->slaves) {
-	ckfree(mgr->slaves);
+    if (mgr->content) {
+	ckfree(mgr->content);
     }
 
     Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ManagerIdleProc, mgr);
@@ -243,44 +242,44 @@ void Ttk_DeleteManager(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
 }
 
 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Slave management.
+ * +++ Content window management.
  */
 
-/* ++ InsertSlave --
- * 	Adds slave to the list of managed windows.
+/* ++ InsertContent --
+ * 	Adds content to the list of managed windows.
  */
-static void InsertSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, Ttk_Slave *slave, int index)
+static void InsertContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr, Ttk_Content *content, int index)
 {
-    int endIndex = mgr->nSlaves++;
-    mgr->slaves = (Ttk_Slave **)ckrealloc(mgr->slaves, mgr->nSlaves * sizeof(Ttk_Slave *));
+    int endIndex = mgr->nContent++;
+    mgr->content = (Ttk_Content **)ckrealloc(mgr->content, mgr->nContent * sizeof(Ttk_Content *));
 
     while (endIndex > index) {
-	mgr->slaves[endIndex] = mgr->slaves[endIndex - 1];
+	mgr->content[endIndex] = mgr->content[endIndex - 1];
 	--endIndex;
     }
 
-    mgr->slaves[index] = slave;
+    mgr->content[index] = content;
 
-    Tk_ManageGeometry(slave->slaveWindow,
-	&mgr->managerSpec->tkGeomMgr, (ClientData)mgr);
+    Tk_ManageGeometry(content->window,
+	&mgr->managerSpec->tkGeomMgr, mgr);
 
-    Tk_CreateEventHandler(slave->slaveWindow,
-	SlaveEventMask, SlaveEventHandler, (ClientData)slave);
+    Tk_CreateEventHandler(content->window,
+	StructureNotifyMask, ContentLostEventHandler, content);
 
     ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
 }
 
-/* RemoveSlave --
- * 	Unmanage and delete the slave.
+/* RemoveContent --
+ * 	Unmanage and delete the content window.
  *
  * NOTES/ASSUMPTIONS:
  *
  * [1] It's safe to call Tk_UnmapWindow / Tk_UnmaintainGeometry even if this
- * routine is called from the slave's DestroyNotify event handler.
+ * routine is called from the content window's DestroyNotify event handler.
  */
-static void RemoveSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
+static void RemoveContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
 {
-    Ttk_Slave *slave = mgr->slaves[index];
+    Ttk_Content *content = mgr->content[index];
     int i;
 
     /* Notify manager:
@@ -289,21 +288,21 @@ static void RemoveSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
 
     /* Remove from array:
      */
-    --mgr->nSlaves;
-    for (i = index ; i < mgr->nSlaves; ++i) {
-	mgr->slaves[i] = mgr->slaves[i+1];
+    --mgr->nContent;
+    for (i = index ; i < mgr->nContent; ++i) {
+	mgr->content[i] = mgr->content[i+1];
     }
 
     /* Clean up:
      */
     Tk_DeleteEventHandler(
-	slave->slaveWindow, SlaveEventMask, SlaveEventHandler, slave);
+	content->window, StructureNotifyMask, ContentLostEventHandler, content);
 
     /* Note [1] */
-    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slave->slaveWindow, mgr->masterWindow);
-    Tk_UnmapWindow(slave->slaveWindow);
+    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(content->window, mgr->window);
+    Tk_UnmapWindow(content->window);
 
-    DeleteSlave(slave);
+    DeleteContent(content);
 
     ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
 }
@@ -312,83 +311,83 @@ static void RemoveSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
  * +++ Tk_GeomMgr hooks.
  */
 
-void Ttk_GeometryRequestProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
+void Ttk_GeometryRequestProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window window)
 {
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = (Ttk_Manager *)clientData;
-    int slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, slaveWindow);
-    int reqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow);
-    int reqHeight= Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);
+    int index = Ttk_ContentIndex(mgr, window);
+    int reqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(window);
+    int reqHeight= Tk_ReqHeight(window);
 
     if (mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRequest(
-		mgr->managerData, slaveIndex, reqWidth, reqHeight))
+		mgr->managerData, index, reqWidth, reqHeight))
     {
 	ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
     }
 }
 
-void Ttk_LostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
+void Ttk_LostContentProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window window)
 {
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = (Ttk_Manager *)clientData;
-    int index = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, slaveWindow);
+    int index = Ttk_ContentIndex(mgr, window);
 
     /* ASSERT: index >= 0 */
-    RemoveSlave(mgr, index);
+    RemoveContent(mgr, index);
 }
 
 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------
  * +++ Public API.
  */
 
-/* ++ Ttk_InsertSlave --
- * 	Add a new slave window at the specified index.
+/* ++ Ttk_InsertContent --
+ * 	Add a new content window at the specified index.
  */
-void Ttk_InsertSlave(
-    Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index, Tk_Window tkwin, void *slaveData)
+void Ttk_InsertContent(
+    Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index, Tk_Window tkwin, void *data)
 {
-    Ttk_Slave *slave = NewSlave(mgr, tkwin, slaveData);
-    InsertSlave(mgr, slave, index);
+    Ttk_Content *content = NewContent(mgr, tkwin, data);
+    InsertContent(mgr, content, index);
 }
 
-/* ++ Ttk_ForgetSlave --
- * 	Unmanage the specified slave.
+/* ++ Ttk_ForgetContent --
+ * 	Unmanage the specified content window.
  */
-void Ttk_ForgetSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int slaveIndex)
+void Ttk_ForgetContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
 {
-    Tk_Window slaveWindow = mgr->slaves[slaveIndex]->slaveWindow;
-    RemoveSlave(mgr, slaveIndex);
-    Tk_ManageGeometry(slaveWindow, NULL, 0);
+    Tk_Window window = mgr->content[index]->window;
+    RemoveContent(mgr, index);
+    Tk_ManageGeometry(window, NULL, 0);
 }
 
-/* ++ Ttk_PlaceSlave --
- * 	Set the position and size of the specified slave window.
+/* ++ Ttk_PlaceContent --
+ * 	Set the position and size of the specified content window.
  *
  * NOTES:
  * 	Contrary to documentation, Tk_MaintainGeometry doesn't always
- * 	map the slave.
+ * 	map the content window.
  */
-void Ttk_PlaceSlave(
-    Ttk_Manager *mgr, int slaveIndex, int x, int y, int width, int height)
+void Ttk_PlaceContent(
+    Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index, int x, int y, int width, int height)
 {
-    Ttk_Slave *slave = mgr->slaves[slaveIndex];
-    Tk_MaintainGeometry(slave->slaveWindow,mgr->masterWindow,x,y,width,height);
-    slave->flags |= SLAVE_MAPPED;
-    if (Tk_IsMapped(mgr->masterWindow)) {
-	Tk_MapWindow(slave->slaveWindow);
+    Ttk_Content *content = mgr->content[index];
+    Tk_MaintainGeometry(content->window,mgr->window,x,y,width,height);
+    content->flags |= CONTENT_MAPPED;
+    if (Tk_IsMapped(mgr->window)) {
+	Tk_MapWindow(content->window);
     }
 }
 
-/* ++ Ttk_UnmapSlave --
- * 	Unmap the specified slave, but leave it managed.
+/* ++ Ttk_UnmapContent --
+ * 	Unmap the specified content window, but leave it managed.
  */
-void Ttk_UnmapSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int slaveIndex)
+void Ttk_UnmapContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
 {
-    Ttk_Slave *slave = mgr->slaves[slaveIndex];
-    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slave->slaveWindow, mgr->masterWindow);
-    slave->flags &= ~SLAVE_MAPPED;
+    Ttk_Content *content = mgr->content[index];
+    Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(content->window, mgr->window);
+    content->flags &= ~CONTENT_MAPPED;
     /* Contrary to documentation, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry doesn't always
-     * unmap the slave:
+     * unmap the content window:
      */
-    Tk_UnmapWindow(slave->slaveWindow);
+    Tk_UnmapWindow(content->window);
 }
 
 /* LayoutChanged, SizeChanged --
@@ -406,77 +405,77 @@ void Ttk_ManagerSizeChanged(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
 
 /* +++ Accessors.
  */
-int Ttk_NumberSlaves(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
+int Ttk_NumberContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
 {
-    return mgr->nSlaves;
+    return mgr->nContent;
 }
-void *Ttk_SlaveData(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int slaveIndex)
+void *Ttk_ContentData(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
 {
-    return mgr->slaves[slaveIndex]->slaveData;
+    return mgr->content[index]->data;
 }
-Tk_Window Ttk_SlaveWindow(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int slaveIndex)
+Tk_Window Ttk_ContentWindow(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
 {
-    return mgr->slaves[slaveIndex]->slaveWindow;
+    return mgr->content[index]->window;
 }
 
 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------
  * +++ Utility routines.
  */
 
-/* ++ Ttk_SlaveIndex --
- * 	Returns the index of specified slave window, -1 if not found.
+/* ++ Ttk_ContentIndex --
+ * 	Returns the index of specified content window, -1 if not found.
  */
-int Ttk_SlaveIndex(Ttk_Manager *mgr, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
+int Ttk_ContentIndex(Ttk_Manager *mgr, Tk_Window window)
 {
     int index;
-    for (index = 0; index < mgr->nSlaves; ++index)
-	if (mgr->slaves[index]->slaveWindow == slaveWindow)
+    for (index = 0; index < mgr->nContent; ++index)
+	if (mgr->content[index]->window == window)
 	    return index;
     return -1;
 }
 
-/* ++ Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(interp, mgr, objPtr, indexPtr) --
- * 	Return the index of the slave specified by objPtr.
- * 	Slaves may be specified as an integer index or
+/* ++ Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(interp, mgr, objPtr, indexPtr) --
+ * 	Return the index of the content window specified by objPtr.
+ * 	Content windows may be specified as an integer index or
  * 	as the name of the managed window.
  *
  * Returns:
  * 	Standard Tcl completion code.  Leaves an error message in case of error.
  */
 
-int Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
+int Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Manager *mgr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *indexPtr)
 {
     const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
-    int slaveIndex = 0;
+    int index = 0;
     Tk_Window tkwin;
 
     /* Try interpreting as an integer first:
      */
-    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &slaveIndex) == TCL_OK) {
-	if (slaveIndex < 0 || slaveIndex >= mgr->nSlaves) {
+    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &index) == TCL_OK) {
+	if (index < 0 || index >= mgr->nContent) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"Slave index %d out of bounds", slaveIndex));
+		"Slave index %d out of bounds", index));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "SLAVE", "INDEX", NULL);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	*indexPtr = slaveIndex;
+	*indexPtr = index;
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
-    /* Try interpreting as a slave window name;
+    /* Try interpreting as a window name;
      */
     if ((*string == '.') &&
-	    (tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, mgr->masterWindow))) {
-	slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, tkwin);
-	if (slaveIndex < 0) {
+	    (tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, mgr->window))) {
+	index = Ttk_ContentIndex(mgr, tkwin);
+	if (index < 0) {
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 		    "%s is not managed by %s", string,
-		    Tk_PathName(mgr->masterWindow)));
+		    Tk_PathName(mgr->window)));
 	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "SLAVE", "MANAGER", NULL);
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
-	*indexPtr = slaveIndex;
+	*indexPtr = index;
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
@@ -486,48 +485,48 @@ int Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
 
-/* ++ Ttk_ReorderSlave(mgr, fromIndex, toIndex) --
- * 	Change slave order.
+/* ++ Ttk_ReorderContent(mgr, fromIndex, toIndex) --
+ * 	Change content window order.
  */
-void Ttk_ReorderSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int fromIndex, int toIndex)
+void Ttk_ReorderContent(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int fromIndex, int toIndex)
 {
-    Ttk_Slave *moved = mgr->slaves[fromIndex];
+    Ttk_Content *moved = mgr->content[fromIndex];
 
     /* Shuffle down: */
     while (fromIndex > toIndex) {
-	mgr->slaves[fromIndex] = mgr->slaves[fromIndex - 1];
+	mgr->content[fromIndex] = mgr->content[fromIndex - 1];
 	--fromIndex;
     }
     /* Or, shuffle up: */
     while (fromIndex < toIndex) {
-	mgr->slaves[fromIndex] = mgr->slaves[fromIndex + 1];
+	mgr->content[fromIndex] = mgr->content[fromIndex + 1];
 	++fromIndex;
     }
     /* ASSERT: fromIndex == toIndex */
-    mgr->slaves[fromIndex] = moved;
+    mgr->content[fromIndex] = moved;
 
-    /* Schedule a relayout.  In general, rearranging slaves
+    /* Schedule a relayout.  In general, rearranging content
      * may also change the size:
      */
     ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
 }
 
-/* ++ Ttk_Maintainable(interp, slave, master) --
- * 	Utility routine.  Verifies that 'master' may be used to maintain
- *	the geometry of 'slave' via Tk_MaintainGeometry:
+/* ++ Ttk_Maintainable(interp, window, container) --
+ * 	Utility routine.  Verifies that 'container' may be used to maintain
+ *	the geometry of 'window' via Tk_MaintainGeometry:
  *
- * 	+ 'master' is either 'slave's parent -OR-
- * 	+ 'master is a descendant of 'slave's parent.
- * 	+ 'slave' is not a toplevel window
- * 	+ 'slave' belongs to the same toplevel as 'master'
+ * 	+ 'container' is either 'window's parent -OR-
+ * 	+ 'container is a descendant of 'window's parent.
+ * 	+ 'window' is not a toplevel window
+ * 	+ 'window' belongs to the same toplevel as 'container'
  *
  * Returns: 1 if OK; otherwise 0, leaving an error message in 'interp'.
  */
-int Ttk_Maintainable(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window slave, Tk_Window master)
+int Ttk_Maintainable(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window window, Tk_Window container)
 {
-    Tk_Window ancestor = master, parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
+    Tk_Window ancestor = container, parent = Tk_Parent(window);
 
-    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(slave) || slave == master) {
+    if (Tk_IsTopLevel(window) || window == container) {
 	goto badWindow;
     }
 
@@ -542,7 +541,7 @@ int Ttk_Maintainable(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window slave, Tk_Window master)
 
 badWindow:
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("can't add %s as slave of %s",
-	    Tk_PathName(slave), Tk_PathName(master)));
+	    Tk_PathName(window), Tk_PathName(container)));
     Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "GEOMETRY", "MAINTAINABLE", NULL);
     return 0;
 }
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkManager.h b/generic/ttk/ttkManager.h
index 07fcea1..d487dea 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkManager.h
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkManager.h
@@ -14,16 +14,16 @@ typedef struct TtkManager_ Ttk_Manager;
 /*
  * Geometry manager specification record:
  *
- * RequestedSize computes the requested size of the master window.
+ * RequestedSize computes the requested size of the container window.
  *
- * PlaceSlaves sets the position and size of all managed slaves
- * by calling Ttk_PlaceSlave().
+ * PlaceSlaves sets the position and size of all managed content windows
+ * by calling Ttk_PlaceContent().
  *
- * SlaveRemoved() is called immediately before a slave is removed.
- * NB: the associated slave window may have been destroyed when this
+ * SlaveRemoved() is called immediately before a content window is removed.
+ * NB: the associated content window may have been destroyed when this
  * routine is called.
  *
- * SlaveRequest() is called when a slave requests a size change.
+ * SlaveRequest() is called when a content window requests a size change.
  * It should return 1 if the request should propagate, 0 otherwise.
  */
 typedef struct {			/* Manager hooks */
@@ -31,37 +31,43 @@ typedef struct {			/* Manager hooks */
 
     int  (*RequestedSize)(void *managerData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
     void (*PlaceSlaves)(void *managerData);
-    int  (*SlaveRequest)(void *managerData, int slaveIndex, int w, int h);
-    void (*SlaveRemoved)(void *managerData, int slaveIndex);
+    int  (*SlaveRequest)(void *managerData, int index, int w, int h);
+    void (*SlaveRemoved)(void *managerData, int index);
 } Ttk_ManagerSpec;
 
 /*
  * Default implementations for Tk_GeomMgr hooks:
  */
-MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_GeometryRequestProc(ClientData, Tk_Window slave);
-MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_LostSlaveProc(ClientData, Tk_Window slave);
+#define Ttk_LostContentProc Ttk_LostSlaveProc
+MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_GeometryRequestProc(ClientData, Tk_Window window);
+MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_LostContentProc(ClientData, Tk_Window window);
 
 /*
  * Public API:
  */
 MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_Manager *Ttk_CreateManager(
-	Ttk_ManagerSpec *, void *managerData, Tk_Window masterWindow);
+	Ttk_ManagerSpec *, void *managerData, Tk_Window window);
 MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_DeleteManager(Ttk_Manager *);
 
-MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_InsertSlave(
-    Ttk_Manager *, int position, Tk_Window, void *slaveData);
+#define Ttk_InsertContent  Ttk_InsertSlave
+MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_InsertContent(
+    Ttk_Manager *, int position, Tk_Window, void *data);
 
-MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ForgetSlave(Ttk_Manager *, int slaveIndex);
+#define Ttk_ForgetContent Ttk_ForgetSlave
+MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ForgetContent(Ttk_Manager *, int index);
 
-MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ReorderSlave(Ttk_Manager *, int fromIndex, int toIndex);
-    /* Rearrange slave positions */
+#define Ttk_ReorderContent Ttk_ReorderSlave
+MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ReorderContent(Ttk_Manager *, int fromIndex, int toIndex);
+    /* Rearrange content window positions */
 
-MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_PlaceSlave(
-    Ttk_Manager *, int slaveIndex, int x, int y, int width, int height);
-    /* Position and map the slave */
+#define Ttk_PlaceContent Ttk_PlaceSlave
+MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_PlaceContent(
+    Ttk_Manager *, int index, int x, int y, int width, int height);
+    /* Position and map the content window */
 
-MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_UnmapSlave(Ttk_Manager *, int slaveIndex);
-    /* Unmap the slave */
+#define Ttk_UnmapContent Ttk_UnmapSlave
+MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_UnmapContent(Ttk_Manager *, int index);
+    /* Unmap the content window */
 
 MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ManagerSizeChanged(Ttk_Manager *);
 MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(Ttk_Manager *);
@@ -69,24 +75,29 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(Ttk_Manager *);
 
 /* Utilities:
  */
-MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_SlaveIndex(Ttk_Manager *, Tk_Window);
-    /* Returns: index in slave array of specified window, -1 if not found */
+#define Ttk_ContentIndex Ttk_SlaveIndex
+MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_ContentIndex(Ttk_Manager *, Tk_Window);
+    /* Returns: index in content array of specified window, -1 if not found */
 
-MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
+#define Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj
+MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
     Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_Manager *, Tcl_Obj *, int *indexPtr);
 
 /* Accessor functions:
  */
-MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_NumberSlaves(Ttk_Manager *);
-    /* Returns: number of managed slaves */
+#define Ttk_NumberContent Ttk_NumberSlaves
+MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_NumberContent(Ttk_Manager *);
+    /* Returns: number of managed content windows */
 
-MODULE_SCOPE void *Ttk_SlaveData(Ttk_Manager *, int slaveIndex);
-    /* Returns: client data associated with slave */
+#define Ttk_ContentData Ttk_SlaveData
+MODULE_SCOPE void *Ttk_ContentData(Ttk_Manager *, int index);
+    /* Returns: client data associated with content window */
 
-MODULE_SCOPE Tk_Window Ttk_SlaveWindow(Ttk_Manager *, int slaveIndex);
-    /* Returns: slave window */
+#define Ttk_ContentWindow Ttk_SlaveWindow
+MODULE_SCOPE Tk_Window Ttk_ContentWindow(Ttk_Manager *, int index);
+    /* Returns: content window */
 
-MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_Maintainable(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window slave, Tk_Window master);
-    /* Returns: 1 if master can manage slave; 0 otherwise leaving error msg */
+MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_Maintainable(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window content, Tk_Window container);
+    /* Returns: 1 if container can manage content; 0 otherwise leaving error msg */
 
 #endif /* _TTKMANAGER */
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c b/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c
index 39ed6aa..bd7c7ba 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 #include <string.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
@@ -57,20 +57,20 @@ typedef struct
  * relevant to the tab.
  *
  * PaneOptionSpecs includes additional options for child window placement
- * and is used to configure the slave.
+ * and is used to configure the content window.
  */
 static Tk_OptionSpec TabOptionSpecs[] =
 {
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "", "",
 	"normal", -1,Tk_Offset(Tab,state),
-	0,(ClientData)TabStateStrings,0 },
+	0, (void *)TabStateStrings, 0 },
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
 	Tk_Offset(Tab,textObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
     {TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image", NULL/*default*/,
 	Tk_Offset(Tab,imageObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
 	NULL, Tk_Offset(Tab,compoundObj), -1,
-	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,(ClientData)ttkCompoundStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
+	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (void *)ttkCompoundStrings, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
     {TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline", "-1",
 	Tk_Offset(Tab,underlineObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
     {TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ typedef struct
     int activeIndex;		/* index of currently active tab */
     Ttk_Layout tabLayout;	/* Sublayout for tabs */
 
-    Ttk_Box clientArea;		/* Where to pack slave widgets */
+    Ttk_Box clientArea;		/* Where to pack content widgets */
 } NotebookPart;
 
 typedef struct
@@ -191,13 +191,13 @@ static void NotebookStyleOptions(Notebook *nb, NotebookStyle *nbstyle)
  * +++ Tab management.
  */
 
-static Tab *CreateTab(Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
+static Tab *CreateTab(Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tk_Window window)
 {
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable = nb->notebook.paneOptionTable;
-    void *record = ckalloc(sizeof(Tab));
+    Tab *record = (Tab *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tab));
     memset(record, 0, sizeof(Tab));
 
-    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, record, optionTable, slaveWindow) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)record, optionTable, window) != TCL_OK) {
 	ckfree(record);
 	return NULL;
     }
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ static void DestroyTab(Notebook *nb, Tab *tab)
 }
 
 static int ConfigureTab(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tab *tab, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tab *tab, Tk_Window window,
     int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Ttk_Sticky sticky = tab->sticky;
@@ -221,8 +221,8 @@ static int ConfigureTab(
     Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
     int mask = 0;
 
-    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)tab, nb->notebook.paneOptionTable,
-	    objc, objv, slaveWindow, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
+    if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (void *)tab, nb->notebook.paneOptionTable,
+	    objc, objv, window, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
     {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ static int ConfigureTab(
     {
 	goto error;
     }
-    if (Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(interp, slaveWindow, tab->paddingObj, &padding)
+    if (Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(interp, window, tab->paddingObj, &padding)
 	    != TCL_OK)
     {
 	goto error;
@@ -261,8 +261,8 @@ error:
 static int IdentifyTab(Notebook *nb, int x, int y)
 {
     int index;
-    for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr); ++index) {
-	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr,index);
+    for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr); ++index) {
+	Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr,index);
 	if (	tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN
 	     && Ttk_BoxContains(tab->parcel, x,y))
 	{
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ static void ActivateTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
 static Ttk_State TabState(Notebook *nb, int index)
 {
     Ttk_State state = nb->core.state;
-    Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
+    Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
     int i = 0;
 
     if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
@@ -306,8 +306,8 @@ static Ttk_State TabState(Notebook *nb, int index)
     if (index == nb->notebook.activeIndex) {
 	state |= TTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
     }
-    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
-	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
+    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
+	Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
 	if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
 	    continue;
 	}
@@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ static Ttk_State TabState(Notebook *nb, int index)
 	}
 	break;
     }
-    for (i = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr) - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
-	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
+    for (i = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr) - 1; i != -1; --i) {
+	Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
 	if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
 	    continue;
 	}
@@ -357,8 +357,8 @@ static void TabrowSize(
     int tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
     int i;
 
-    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
-	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
+    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
+	Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
 	Ttk_State tabState = TabState(nb,i);
 
 	Ttk_RebindSublayout(tabLayout, tab);
@@ -382,13 +382,13 @@ static void TabrowSize(
  *
  * Total height is tab height + client area height + pane internal padding
  * Total width is max(client width, tab width) + pane internal padding
- * Client area size determined by max size of slaves,
+ * Client area size determined by max size of content windows,
  * overridden by -width and/or -height if nonzero.
  */
 
 static int NotebookSize(void *clientData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
 {
-    Notebook *nb = clientData;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
     NotebookStyle nbstyle;
     Ttk_Padding padding;
     Ttk_Element clientNode = Ttk_FindElement(nb->core.layout, "client");
@@ -399,18 +399,18 @@ static int NotebookSize(void *clientData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
 
     NotebookStyleOptions(nb, &nbstyle);
 
-    /* Compute max requested size of all slaves:
+    /* Compute max requested size of all content windows:
      */
-    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
-	Tk_Window slaveWindow = Ttk_SlaveWindow(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
-	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
-	int slaveWidth
-	    = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow) + Ttk_PaddingWidth(tab->padding);
-	int slaveHeight
-	    = Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow) + Ttk_PaddingHeight(tab->padding);
+    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
+	Tk_Window window = Ttk_ContentWindow(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
+	Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
+	int width
+	    = Tk_ReqWidth(window) + Ttk_PaddingWidth(tab->padding);
+	int height
+	    = Tk_ReqHeight(window) + Ttk_PaddingHeight(tab->padding);
 
-	clientWidth = MAX(clientWidth, slaveWidth);
-	clientHeight = MAX(clientHeight, slaveHeight);
+	clientWidth = MAX(clientWidth, width);
+	clientHeight = MAX(clientHeight, height);
     }
 
     /* Client width/height overridable by widget options:
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ static int NotebookSize(void *clientData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
 static void SqueezeTabs(
     Notebook *nb, int needed, int available)
 {
-    int nTabs = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
+    int nTabs = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
 
     if (nTabs > 0) {
 	int difference = available - needed;
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ static void SqueezeTabs(
 	int i;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < nTabs; ++i) {
-	    Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr,i);
+	    Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr,i);
 	    double ad = slack + tab->width * delta;
 	    tab->width += (int)ad;
 	    slack = ad - (int)ad;
@@ -489,11 +489,11 @@ static void PlaceTabs(
     Notebook *nb, Ttk_Box tabrowBox, Ttk_PositionSpec tabPlacement)
 {
     Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
-    int nTabs = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
+    int nTabs = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
     int i;
 
     for (i = 0; i < nTabs; ++i) {
-	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
+	Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
 	Ttk_State tabState = TabState(nb, i);
 
 	if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
@@ -517,11 +517,11 @@ static void PlaceTabs(
  *	Computes notebook layout and places tabs.
  *
  * Side effects:
- * 	Sets clientArea, used to place slave panes.
+ * 	Sets clientArea, used to place panes.
  */
 static void NotebookDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
     Tk_Window nbwin = nb->core.tkwin;
     Ttk_Box cavity = Ttk_WinBox(nbwin);
     int tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
@@ -571,32 +571,32 @@ static void NotebookDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
 }
 
 /*
- * NotebookPlaceSlave --
+ * NotebookPlaceContent --
  * 	Set the position and size of a child widget
- * 	based on the current client area and slave options:
+ * 	based on the current client area and content window options:
  */
-static void NotebookPlaceSlave(Notebook *nb, int slaveIndex)
+static void NotebookPlaceContent(Notebook *nb, int index)
 {
-    Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, slaveIndex);
-    Tk_Window slaveWindow = Ttk_SlaveWindow(nb->notebook.mgr, slaveIndex);
-    Ttk_Box slaveBox =
+    Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
+    Tk_Window window = Ttk_ContentWindow(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
+    Ttk_Box box =
 	Ttk_StickBox(Ttk_PadBox(nb->notebook.clientArea, tab->padding),
-	    Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow), Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow),tab->sticky);
+	    Tk_ReqWidth(window), Tk_ReqHeight(window),tab->sticky);
 
-    Ttk_PlaceSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, slaveIndex,
-	slaveBox.x, slaveBox.y, slaveBox.width, slaveBox.height);
+    Ttk_PlaceContent(nb->notebook.mgr, index,
+	box.x, box.y, box.width, box.height);
 }
 
-/* NotebookPlaceSlaves --
+/* NotebookPlaceContents --
  * 	Geometry manager hook.
  */
-static void NotebookPlaceSlaves(void *recordPtr)
+static void NotebookPlaceContents(void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
     int currentIndex = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
     if (currentIndex >= 0) {
 	NotebookDoLayout(nb);
-	NotebookPlaceSlave(nb, currentIndex);
+	NotebookPlaceContent(nb, currentIndex);
     }
 }
 
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ static void NotebookPlaceSlaves(void *recordPtr)
  */
 static void SelectTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
 {
-    Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr,index);
+    Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
     int currentIndex = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
 
     if (index == currentIndex) {
@@ -624,15 +624,15 @@ static void SelectTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
     }
 
     if (currentIndex >= 0) {
-	Ttk_UnmapSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, currentIndex);
+	Ttk_UnmapContent(nb->notebook.mgr, currentIndex);
     }
 
-    /* Must be set before calling NotebookPlaceSlave(), otherwise it may
-     * happen that NotebookPlaceSlaves(), triggered by an interveaning
+    /* Must be set before calling NotebookPlaceContent(), otherwise it may
+     * happen that NotebookPlaceContents(), triggered by an interveaning
      * geometry request, will swap to old index. */
     nb->notebook.currentIndex = index;
 
-    NotebookPlaceSlave(nb, index);
+    NotebookPlaceContent(nb, index);
     TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
 
     TtkSendVirtualEvent(nb->core.tkwin, "NotebookTabChanged");
@@ -645,13 +645,13 @@ static void SelectTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
  */
 static int NextTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
 {
-    int nTabs = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
+    int nTabs = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
     int nextIndex;
 
     /* Scan forward for following usable tab:
      */
     for (nextIndex = index + 1; nextIndex < nTabs; ++nextIndex) {
-	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, nextIndex);
+	Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, nextIndex);
 	if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_NORMAL) {
 	    return nextIndex;
 	}
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ static int NextTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
     /* Not found -- scan backwards.
      */
     for (nextIndex = index - 1; nextIndex >= 0; --nextIndex) {
-	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, nextIndex);
+	Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, nextIndex);
 	if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_NORMAL) {
 	    return nextIndex;
 	}
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ static void SelectNearestTab(Notebook *nb)
     int nextIndex = NextTab(nb, currentIndex);
 
     if (currentIndex >= 0) {
-	Ttk_UnmapSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, currentIndex);
+	Ttk_UnmapContent(nb->notebook.mgr, currentIndex);
     }
     if (currentIndex != nextIndex) {
 	TtkSendVirtualEvent(nb->core.tkwin, "NotebookTabChanged");
@@ -695,14 +695,14 @@ static void SelectNearestTab(Notebook *nb)
     TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
 }
 
-/* TabRemoved -- GM SlaveRemoved hook.
+/* TabRemoved -- GM TabRemoved hook.
  * 	Select the next tab if the current one is being removed.
- * 	Adjust currentIndex to account for removed slave.
+ * 	Adjust currentIndex to account for removed content window.
  */
 static void TabRemoved(void *managerData, int index)
 {
-    Notebook *nb = managerData;
-    Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)managerData;
+    Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
 
     if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
 	SelectNearestTab(nb);
@@ -717,7 +717,11 @@ static void TabRemoved(void *managerData, int index)
     TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
 }
 
-static int TabRequest(void *managerData, int index, int width, int height)
+static int TabRequest(
+    TCL_UNUSED(void *),
+    TCL_UNUSED(int),
+    TCL_UNUSED(int),
+    TCL_UNUSED(int))
 {
     return 1;
 }
@@ -727,17 +731,17 @@ static int TabRequest(void *managerData, int index, int width, int height)
  */
 static int AddTab(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb,
-    int destIndex, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
+    int destIndex, Tk_Window window,
     int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Tab *tab;
-    if (!Ttk_Maintainable(interp, slaveWindow, nb->core.tkwin)) {
+    if (!Ttk_Maintainable(interp, window, nb->core.tkwin)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 #if 0 /* can't happen */
-    if (Ttk_SlaveIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, slaveWindow) >= 0) {
+    if (Ttk_ContentIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, window) >= 0) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%s already added",
-	    Tk_PathName(slaveWindow)));
+	    Tk_PathName(window)));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "NOTEBOOK", "PRESENT", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -745,16 +749,16 @@ static int AddTab(
 
     /* Create and insert tab.
      */
-    tab = CreateTab(interp, nb, slaveWindow);
+    tab = CreateTab(interp, nb, window);
     if (!tab) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb, tab, slaveWindow, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb, tab, window, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
 	DestroyTab(nb, tab);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    Ttk_InsertSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, destIndex, slaveWindow, tab);
+    Ttk_InsertContent(nb->notebook.mgr, destIndex, window, tab);
 
     /* Adjust indices and/or autoselect first tab:
      */
@@ -768,9 +772,9 @@ static int AddTab(
 }
 
 static Ttk_ManagerSpec NotebookManagerSpec = {
-    { "notebook", Ttk_GeometryRequestProc, Ttk_LostSlaveProc },
+    { "notebook", Ttk_GeometryRequestProc, Ttk_LostContentProc },
     NotebookSize,
-    NotebookPlaceSlaves,
+    NotebookPlaceContents,
     TabRequest,
     TabRemoved
 };
@@ -789,7 +793,7 @@ static const int NotebookEventMask
     ;
 static void NotebookEventHandler(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
 {
-    Notebook *nb = clientData;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
 
     if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { /* Remove self */
 	Tk_DeleteEventHandler(nb->core.tkwin,
@@ -813,7 +817,7 @@ static void NotebookEventHandler(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
  *	+ positional specifications @x,y,
  *	+ "current",
  *	+ numeric indices [0..nTabs],
- *	+ slave window names
+ *	+ content window names
  *
  *	Stores index of specified tab in *index_rtn, -1 if not found.
  *
@@ -844,15 +848,15 @@ static int FindTabIndex(
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
-    /* ... or integer index or slave window name:
+    /* ... or integer index or content window name:
      */
-    if (Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
+    if (Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
 	    interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objPtr, index_rtn) == TCL_OK)
     {
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
-    /* Nothing matched; Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj will have left error message.
+    /* Nothing matched; Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj will have left error message.
      */
     return TCL_ERROR;
 }
@@ -885,10 +889,9 @@ static int GetTabIndex(
 static int NotebookAddCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
-    int index = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
-    Tk_Window slaveWindow;
-    int slaveIndex;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
+    Tk_Window window;
+    int index;
     Tab *tab;
 
     if (objc <= 2 || objc % 2 != 1) {
@@ -896,21 +899,21 @@ static int NotebookAddCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    slaveWindow = Tk_NameToWindow(interp,Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),nb->core.tkwin);
-    if (!slaveWindow) {
+    window = Tk_NameToWindow(interp,Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),nb->core.tkwin);
+    if (!window) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, slaveWindow);
+    index = Ttk_ContentIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, window);
 
-    if (slaveIndex < 0) { /* New tab */
-	return AddTab(interp, nb, index, slaveWindow, objc-3,objv+3);
+    if (index < 0) { /* New tab */
+	return AddTab(interp, nb, Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr), window, objc-3,objv+3);
     }
 
-    tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, slaveIndex);
+    tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
     if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
 	tab->state = TAB_STATE_NORMAL;
     }
-    if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb, tab, slaveWindow, objc-3,objv+3) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb, tab, window, objc-3,objv+3) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -925,9 +928,9 @@ static int NotebookAddCommand(
 static int NotebookInsertCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
     int current = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
-    int nSlaves = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
+    int nContent = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
     int srcIndex, destIndex;
 
     if (objc < 4) {
@@ -936,46 +939,46 @@ static int NotebookInsertCommand(
     }
 
     if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "end")) {
-	destIndex = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
-    } else if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
+	destIndex = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
+    } else if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
 		interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objv[2], &destIndex)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
     if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '.') {
-	/* Window name -- could be new or existing slave.
+	/* Window name -- could be new or existing content window.
 	 */
-	Tk_Window slaveWindow =
+	Tk_Window window =
 	    Tk_NameToWindow(interp,Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),nb->core.tkwin);
 
-	if (!slaveWindow) {
+	if (!window) {
 	    return TCL_ERROR;
 	}
 
-	srcIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, slaveWindow);
-	if (srcIndex < 0) {	/* New slave */
-	    return AddTab(interp, nb, destIndex, slaveWindow, objc-4,objv+4);
+	srcIndex = Ttk_ContentIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, window);
+	if (srcIndex < 0) {	/* New content window */
+	    return AddTab(interp, nb, destIndex, window, objc-4,objv+4);
 	}
-    } else if (Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
+    } else if (Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
 		interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objv[3], &srcIndex) != TCL_OK)
     {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    /* Move existing slave:
+    /* Move existing content window:
      */
     if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb,
-	     Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr,srcIndex),
-	     Ttk_SlaveWindow(nb->notebook.mgr,srcIndex),
+	     (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr,srcIndex),
+		 Ttk_ContentWindow(nb->notebook.mgr,srcIndex),
 	     objc-4,objv+4) != TCL_OK)
     {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (destIndex >= nSlaves) {
-	destIndex  = nSlaves - 1;
+    if (destIndex >= nContent) {
+	destIndex  = nContent - 1;
     }
-    Ttk_ReorderSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, srcIndex, destIndex);
+    Ttk_ReorderContent(nb->notebook.mgr, srcIndex, destIndex);
 
     /* Adjust internal indexes:
      */
@@ -999,7 +1002,7 @@ static int NotebookInsertCommand(
 static int NotebookForgetCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
     int index;
 
     if (objc != 3) {
@@ -1011,7 +1014,7 @@ static int NotebookForgetCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    Ttk_ForgetSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
+    Ttk_ForgetContent(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
     TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
 
     return TCL_OK;
@@ -1023,7 +1026,7 @@ static int NotebookForgetCommand(
 static int NotebookHideCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
     int index;
     Tab *tab;
 
@@ -1036,7 +1039,7 @@ static int NotebookHideCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
+    tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
     tab->state = TAB_STATE_HIDDEN;
     if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
 	SelectNearestTab(nb);
@@ -1056,16 +1059,17 @@ static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
     static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL };
     enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB };
     int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT;
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
     Ttk_Element element = NULL;
-    int x, y, tabIndex;
+    int x, y;
+    int tabIndex;
 
     if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?what? x y");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (   Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-2], &x) != TCL_OK
+    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-2], &x) != TCL_OK
 	|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &y) != TCL_OK
 	|| (objc == 5 && Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[2], whatTable,
 		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &what) != TCL_OK)
@@ -1075,7 +1079,7 @@ static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
 
     tabIndex = IdentifyTab(nb, x, y);
     if (tabIndex >= 0) {
-	Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, tabIndex);
+	Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, tabIndex);
 	Ttk_State state = TabState(nb, tabIndex);
 	Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
 
@@ -1110,8 +1114,9 @@ static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
 static int NotebookIndexCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
-    int index, status;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
+    int index;
+    int status;
 
     if (objc != 3) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tab");
@@ -1122,8 +1127,8 @@ static int NotebookIndexCommand(
      * Special-case for "end":
      */
     if (!strcmp("end", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]))) {
-	int nSlaves = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
-	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nSlaves));
+	int nContent = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
+	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nContent));
 	return TCL_OK;
     }
 
@@ -1142,11 +1147,11 @@ static int NotebookIndexCommand(
 static int NotebookSelectCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
 
     if (objc == 2) {
 	if (nb->notebook.currentIndex >= 0) {
-	    Tk_Window pane = Ttk_SlaveWindow(
+	    Tk_Window pane = Ttk_ContentWindow(
 		nb->notebook.mgr, nb->notebook.currentIndex);
 	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(pane), -1));
 	}
@@ -1168,7 +1173,7 @@ static int NotebookSelectCommand(
 static int NotebookTabsCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = nb->notebook.mgr;
     Tcl_Obj *result;
     int i;
@@ -1179,8 +1184,8 @@ static int NotebookTabsCommand(
     }
 
     result = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(mgr); ++i) {
-	const char *pathName = Tk_PathName(Ttk_SlaveWindow(mgr,i));
+    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberContent(mgr); ++i) {
+	const char *pathName = Tk_PathName(Ttk_ContentWindow(mgr,i));
 
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result, Tcl_NewStringObj(pathName,-1));
     }
@@ -1193,10 +1198,10 @@ static int NotebookTabsCommand(
 static int NotebookTabCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = nb->notebook.mgr;
     int index;
-    Tk_Window slaveWindow;
+    Tk_Window window;
     Tab *tab;
 
     if (objc < 3) {
@@ -1208,18 +1213,18 @@ static int NotebookTabCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    tab = Ttk_SlaveData(mgr, index);
-    slaveWindow = Ttk_SlaveWindow(mgr, index);
+    tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(mgr, index);
+    window = Ttk_ContentWindow(mgr, index);
 
     if (objc == 3) {
 	return TtkEnumerateOptions(interp, tab,
-	    PaneOptionSpecs, nb->notebook.paneOptionTable, slaveWindow);
+	    PaneOptionSpecs, nb->notebook.paneOptionTable, window);
     } else if (objc == 4) {
 	return TtkGetOptionValue(interp, tab, objv[3],
-	    nb->notebook.paneOptionTable, slaveWindow);
+	    nb->notebook.paneOptionTable, window);
     } /* else */
 
-    if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb, tab, slaveWindow, objc-3,objv+3) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb, tab, window, objc-3,objv+3) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
@@ -1258,7 +1263,7 @@ static const Ttk_Ensemble NotebookCommands[] = {
 
 static void NotebookInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
 
     nb->notebook.mgr = Ttk_CreateManager(
 	    &NotebookManagerSpec, recordPtr, nb->core.tkwin);
@@ -1278,7 +1283,7 @@ static void NotebookInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
 
 static void NotebookCleanup(void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
 
     Ttk_DeleteManager(nb->notebook.mgr);
     if (nb->notebook.tabLayout)
@@ -1287,7 +1292,7 @@ static void NotebookCleanup(void *recordPtr)
 
 static int NotebookConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData, int mask)
 {
-    Notebook *nb = clientData;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
 
     /*
      * Error-checks:
@@ -1311,7 +1316,7 @@ static int NotebookConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData, int mask)
 static Ttk_Layout NotebookGetLayout(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Notebook *nb = recordPtr;
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
     Ttk_Layout notebookLayout = TtkWidgetGetLayout(interp, theme, recordPtr);
     Ttk_Layout tabLayout;
 
@@ -1339,7 +1344,7 @@ static Ttk_Layout NotebookGetLayout(
 static void DisplayTab(Notebook *nb, int index, Drawable d)
 {
     Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
-    Tab *tab = Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
+    Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_ContentData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
     Ttk_State state = TabState(nb, index);
 
     if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
@@ -1351,8 +1356,8 @@ static void DisplayTab(Notebook *nb, int index, Drawable d)
 
 static void NotebookDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
 {
-    Notebook *nb = clientData;
-    int nSlaves = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
+    Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
+    int nContent = Ttk_NumberContent(nb->notebook.mgr);
     int index;
 
     /* Draw notebook background (base layout):
@@ -1362,7 +1367,7 @@ static void NotebookDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
     /* Draw tabs from left to right, but draw the current tab last
      * so it will overwrite its neighbors.
      */
-    for (index = 0; index < nSlaves; ++index) {
+    for (index = 0; index < nContent; ++index) {
 	if (index != nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
 	    DisplayTab(nb, index, d);
 	}
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c b/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c
index adc2aef..fa0d5c8 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  */
 
 #include <string.h>
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkManager.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
  * gives the same result as changing the size by X+Y pixels
  * in one step).
  *
- * The request size is initially set to the slave window's requested size.
+ * The request size is initially set to the content window's requested size.
  * When the user drags a sash, each pane's request size is set to its
  * actual size.  This ensures that panes "stay put" on the next resize.
  *
@@ -78,20 +78,20 @@ typedef struct {
 static Tk_OptionSpec PanedOptionSpecs[] = {
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "vertical",
 	Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.orientObj), Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.orient),
-	0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,READONLY_OPTION|STYLE_CHANGED },
+	0, (void *)ttkOrientStrings, READONLY_OPTION|STYLE_CHANGED },
     {TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
 	-1,Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.width),
-	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
+	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
     {TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
 	-1,Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.height),
-	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
+	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
 
     WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
     WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
 };
 
 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Slave pane record.
+ * +++ Pane record.
  */
 typedef struct {
     int 	reqSize;		/* Pane request size */
@@ -108,21 +108,21 @@ static Tk_OptionSpec PaneOptionSpecs[] = {
 /* CreatePane --
  * 	Create a new pane record.
  */
-static Pane *CreatePane(Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
+static Pane *CreatePane(Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Tk_Window window)
 {
     Tk_OptionTable optionTable = pw->paned.paneOptionTable;
     void *record = ckalloc(sizeof(Pane));
-    Pane *pane = record;
+    Pane *pane = (Pane *)record;
 
     memset(record, 0, sizeof(Pane));
-    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, record, optionTable, slaveWindow) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, record, optionTable, window) != TCL_OK) {
 	ckfree(record);
 	return NULL;
     }
 
     pane->reqSize
 	= pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL
-	? Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow) : Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);
+	? Tk_ReqWidth(window) : Tk_ReqHeight(window);
 
     return pane;
 }
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ static void DestroyPane(Paned *pw, Pane *pane)
  * 	Set pane options.
  */
 static int ConfigurePane(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Pane *pane, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Pane *pane, Tk_Window window,
     int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ static int ConfigurePane(
     int mask = 0;
 
     if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (void*)pane, pw->paned.paneOptionTable,
-	    objc, objv, slaveWindow, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
+	    objc, objv, window, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
     {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ error:
 
 static int ShoveUp(Paned *pw, int i, int pos)
 {
-    Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, i);
+    Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, i);
     int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
 
     if (i == 0) {
 	if (pos < 0)
 	    pos = 0;
     } else {
-	Pane *prevPane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, i-1);
+	Pane *prevPane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, i-1);
 	if (pos < prevPane->sashPos + sashThickness)
 	    pos = ShoveUp(pw, i-1, pos - sashThickness) + sashThickness;
     }
@@ -209,13 +209,13 @@ static int ShoveUp(Paned *pw, int i, int pos)
  */
 static int ShoveDown(Paned *pw, int i, int pos)
 {
-    Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr,i);
+    Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr,i);
     int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
 
-    if (i == Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1) {
-	pos = pane->sashPos; /* Sentinel value == master window size */
+    if (i == Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr) - 1) {
+	pos = pane->sashPos; /* Sentinel value == container window size */
     } else {
-	Pane *nextPane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr,i+1);
+	Pane *nextPane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr,i+1);
 	if (pos + sashThickness > nextPane->sashPos)
 	    pos = ShoveDown(pw, i+1, pos + sashThickness) - sashThickness;
     }
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ static int ShoveDown(Paned *pw, int i, int pos)
  */
 static int PanedSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
 {
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
-    int nPanes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr);
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
+    int nPanes = Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr);
     int nSashes = nPanes - 1;
     int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
     int width = 0, height = 0;
@@ -239,21 +239,21 @@ static int PanedSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
 
     if (pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
 	for (index = 0; index < nPanes; ++index) {
-	    Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
-	    Tk_Window slaveWindow = Ttk_SlaveWindow(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+	    Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+	    Tk_Window window = Ttk_ContentWindow(pw->paned.mgr, index);
 
-	    if (height < Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow))
-		height = Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);
+	    if (height < Tk_ReqHeight(window))
+		height = Tk_ReqHeight(window);
 	    width += pane->reqSize;
 	}
 	width += nSashes * sashThickness;
     } else {
 	for (index = 0; index < nPanes; ++index) {
-	    Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
-	    Tk_Window slaveWindow = Ttk_SlaveWindow(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+	    Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+	    Tk_Window window = Ttk_ContentWindow(pw->paned.mgr, index);
 
-	    if (width < Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow))
-		width = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow);
+	    if (width < Tk_ReqWidth(window))
+		width = Tk_ReqWidth(window);
 	    height += pane->reqSize;
 	}
 	height += nSashes * sashThickness;
@@ -278,8 +278,8 @@ static void AdjustPanes(Paned *pw)
     int pos = 0;
     int index;
 
-    for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr); ++index) {
-	Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+    for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr); ++index) {
+	Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
 	int size = pane->sashPos - pos;
 	pane->reqSize = size >= 0 ? size : 0;
 	pos = pane->sashPos + sashThickness;
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ static void AdjustPanes(Paned *pw)
 static void PlaceSashes(Paned *pw, int width, int height)
 {
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
-    int nPanes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(mgr);
+    int nPanes = Ttk_NumberContent(mgr);
     int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
     int available = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ? width : height;
     int reqSize = 0, totalWeight = 0;
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ static void PlaceSashes(Paned *pw, int width, int height)
     /* Compute total required size and total available weight:
      */
     for (i = 0; i < nPanes; ++i) {
-	Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(mgr, i);
+	Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(mgr, i);
 	reqSize += pane->reqSize;
 	totalWeight += pane->weight * (pane->reqSize != 0);
     }
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ static void PlaceSashes(Paned *pw, int width, int height)
      */
     pos = 0;
     for (i = 0; i < nPanes; ++i) {
-	Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(mgr, i);
+	Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(mgr, i);
 	int weight = pane->weight * (pane->reqSize != 0);
 	int size = pane->reqSize + delta * weight;
 
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ static void PlaceSashes(Paned *pw, int width, int height)
 }
 
 /* PlacePanes --
- *	Places slave panes based on sash positions.
+ *	Places panes based on sash positions.
  */
 static void PlacePanes(Paned *pw)
 {
@@ -375,18 +375,18 @@ static void PlacePanes(Paned *pw)
     int pos = 0;
     int index;
 
-    for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr); ++index) {
-	Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+    for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr); ++index) {
+	Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
 	int size = pane->sashPos - pos;
 
 	if (size > 0) {
 	    if (horizontal) {
-		Ttk_PlaceSlave(pw->paned.mgr, index, pos, 0, size, height);
+		Ttk_PlaceContent(pw->paned.mgr, index, pos, 0, size, height);
 	    } else {
-		Ttk_PlaceSlave(pw->paned.mgr, index, 0, pos, width, size);
+		Ttk_PlaceContent(pw->paned.mgr, index, 0, pos, width, size);
 	    }
 	} else {
-	    Ttk_UnmapSlave(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+	    Ttk_UnmapContent(pw->paned.mgr, index);
 	}
 
 	pos = pane->sashPos + sashThickness;
@@ -397,72 +397,72 @@ static void PlacePanes(Paned *pw)
  * +++ Manager specification.
  */
 
-static void PanedPlaceSlaves(void *managerData)
+static void PanedPlaceContent(void *managerData)
 {
-    Paned *pw = managerData;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)managerData;
     PlaceSashes(pw, Tk_Width(pw->core.tkwin), Tk_Height(pw->core.tkwin));
     PlacePanes(pw);
 }
 
 static void PaneRemoved(void *managerData, int index)
 {
-    Paned *pw = managerData;
-    Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)managerData;
+    Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
     DestroyPane(pw, pane);
 }
 
 static int AddPane(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw,
-    int destIndex, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
+    int destIndex, Tk_Window window,
     int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
     Pane *pane;
-    if (!Ttk_Maintainable(interp, slaveWindow, pw->core.tkwin)) {
+    if (!Ttk_Maintainable(interp, window, pw->core.tkwin)) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (Ttk_SlaveIndex(pw->paned.mgr, slaveWindow) >= 0) {
+    if (Ttk_ContentIndex(pw->paned.mgr, window) >= 0) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
-		"%s already added", Tk_PathName(slaveWindow)));
+		"%s already added", Tk_PathName(window)));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "PANE", "PRESENT", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    pane = CreatePane(interp, pw, slaveWindow);
+    pane = CreatePane(interp, pw, window);
     if (!pane) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (ConfigurePane(interp, pw, pane, slaveWindow, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
+    if (ConfigurePane(interp, pw, pane, window, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
 	DestroyPane(pw, pane);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    Ttk_InsertSlave(pw->paned.mgr, destIndex, slaveWindow, pane);
+    Ttk_InsertContent(pw->paned.mgr, destIndex, window, pane);
     return TCL_OK;
 }
 
 /* PaneRequest --
- * 	Only update pane request size if slave is currently unmapped.
- * 	Geometry requests from mapped slaves are not directly honored
+ * 	Only update pane request size if pane is currently unmapped.
+ * 	Geometry requests from mapped panes are not directly honored
  * 	in order to avoid unexpected pane resizes (esp. while the
  * 	user is dragging a sash [#1325286]).
  */
 static int PaneRequest(void *managerData, int index, int width, int height)
 {
-    Paned *pw = managerData;
-    Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
-    Tk_Window slaveWindow = Ttk_SlaveWindow(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)managerData;
+    Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+    Tk_Window window = Ttk_ContentWindow(pw->paned.mgr, index);
     int horizontal = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
 
-    if (!Tk_IsMapped(slaveWindow)) {
+    if (!Tk_IsMapped(window)) {
 	pane->reqSize = horizontal ? width : height;
     }
     return 1;
 }
 
 static Ttk_ManagerSpec PanedManagerSpec = {
-    { "panedwindow", Ttk_GeometryRequestProc, Ttk_LostSlaveProc },
+    { "panedwindow", Ttk_GeometryRequestProc, Ttk_LostContentProc },
     PanedSize,
-    PanedPlaceSlaves,
+    PanedPlaceContent,
     PaneRequest,
     PaneRemoved
 };
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ static Ttk_ManagerSpec PanedManagerSpec = {
 static const unsigned PanedEventMask = LeaveWindowMask;
 static void PanedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
 {
-    WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
+    WidgetCore *corePtr = (WidgetCore *)clientData;
     if (   eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify
 	&& eventPtr->xcrossing.detail == NotifyInferior)
     {
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ static void PanedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
 
 static void PanedInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
 
     Tk_CreateEventHandler(pw->core.tkwin,
 	PanedEventMask, PanedEventProc, recordPtr);
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ static void PanedInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
 
 static void PanedCleanup(void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
 
     if (pw->paned.sashLayout)
 	Ttk_FreeLayout(pw->paned.sashLayout);
@@ -520,9 +520,12 @@ static void PanedCleanup(void *recordPtr)
 
 /* Post-configuration hook.
  */
-static int PanedPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData, int mask)
+static int PanedPostConfigure(
+    TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *),
+    void *clientData,
+    int mask)
 {
-    Paned *pw = clientData;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)clientData;
 
     if (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED) {
 	/* User has changed -width or -height.
@@ -543,7 +546,7 @@ static int PanedPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData, int mask)
 static Ttk_Layout PanedGetLayout(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme themePtr, void *recordPtr)
 {
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
     Ttk_Layout panedLayout = TtkWidgetGetLayout(interp, themePtr, recordPtr);
 
     if (panedLayout) {
@@ -581,7 +584,7 @@ static Ttk_Layout PanedGetLayout(
  */
 static Ttk_Layout SashLayout(Paned *pw, int index)
 {
-    Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+    Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
     int thickness = pw->paned.sashThickness,
 	height = Tk_Height(pw->core.tkwin),
 	width = Tk_Width(pw->core.tkwin),
@@ -603,8 +606,8 @@ static void DrawSash(Paned *pw, int index, Drawable d)
 
 static void PanedDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
 {
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
-    int i, nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
+    int i, nSashes = Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
 
     TtkWidgetDisplay(recordPtr, d);
     for (i = 0; i < nSashes; ++i) {
@@ -621,69 +624,69 @@ static void PanedDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
 static int PanedAddCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
-    Tk_Window slaveWindow;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
+    Tk_Window window;
 
     if (objc < 3) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    slaveWindow = Tk_NameToWindow(
+    window = Tk_NameToWindow(
 	interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), pw->core.tkwin);
 
-    if (!slaveWindow) {
+    if (!window) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    return AddPane(interp, pw, Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr), slaveWindow,
+    return AddPane(interp, pw, Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr), window,
 	    objc - 3, objv + 3);
 }
 
-/* $pw insert $index $slave ?-option value ...?
- * 	Insert new slave, or move existing one.
+/* $pw insert $index $window ?-option value ...?
+ * 	Insert new content window, or move existing one.
  */
 static int PanedInsertCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
-    int nSlaves = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr);
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
+    int nContent = Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr);
     int srcIndex, destIndex;
-    Tk_Window slaveWindow;
+    Tk_Window window;
 
     if (objc < 4) {
 	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "index slave ?-option value ...?");
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    slaveWindow = Tk_NameToWindow(
+    window = Tk_NameToWindow(
 	interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), pw->core.tkwin);
-    if (!slaveWindow) {
+    if (!window) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
     if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "end")) {
-	destIndex = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr);
-    } else if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
-		interp,pw->paned.mgr,objv[2],&destIndex))
+	destIndex = Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr);
+    } else if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
+		interp,pw->paned.mgr, objv[2], &destIndex))
     {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    srcIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(pw->paned.mgr, slaveWindow);
-    if (srcIndex < 0) { /* New slave: */
-	return AddPane(interp, pw, destIndex, slaveWindow, objc-4, objv+4);
-    } /* else -- move existing slave: */
+    srcIndex = Ttk_ContentIndex(pw->paned.mgr, window);
+    if (srcIndex < 0) { /* New content: */
+	return AddPane(interp, pw, destIndex, window, objc-4, objv+4);
+    } /* else -- move existing content: */
 
-    if (destIndex >= nSlaves)
-	destIndex  = nSlaves - 1;
-    Ttk_ReorderSlave(pw->paned.mgr, srcIndex, destIndex);
+    if (destIndex >= nContent)
+	destIndex  = nContent - 1;
+    Ttk_ReorderContent(pw->paned.mgr, srcIndex, destIndex);
 
     return objc == 4 ? TCL_OK :
 	ConfigurePane(interp, pw,
-		Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, destIndex),
-		Ttk_SlaveWindow(pw->paned.mgr, destIndex),
-		objc-4,objv+4);
+		(Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, destIndex),
+		Ttk_ContentWindow(pw->paned.mgr, destIndex),
+		objc-4, objv+4);
 }
 
 /* $pw forget $pane
@@ -691,7 +694,7 @@ static int PanedInsertCommand(
 static int PanedForgetCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
     int paneIndex;
 
     if (objc != 3) {
@@ -699,12 +702,12 @@ static int PanedForgetCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
+    if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
 		    interp, pw->paned.mgr, objv[2], &paneIndex))
     {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    Ttk_ForgetSlave(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
+    Ttk_ForgetContent(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
 
     return TCL_OK;
 }
@@ -718,9 +721,9 @@ static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
     static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL };
     enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_SASH };
     int what = IDENTIFY_SASH;
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
     int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
-    int nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
+    int nSashes = Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
     int x, y, pos;
     int index;
 
@@ -739,7 +742,7 @@ static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
 
     pos = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ? x : y;
     for (index = 0; index < nSashes; ++index) {
-	Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
+	Pane *pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
 	if (pane->sashPos <= pos && pos <= pane->sashPos + sashThickness) {
 	    /* Found it. */
 	    switch (what) {
@@ -769,9 +772,9 @@ static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
 static int PanedPaneCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
     int paneIndex;
-    Tk_Window slaveWindow;
+    Tk_Window window;
     Pane *pane;
 
     if (objc < 3) {
@@ -779,24 +782,24 @@ static int PanedPaneCommand(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
-		    interp,pw->paned.mgr,objv[2],&paneIndex))
+    if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetContentIndexFromObj(
+		    interp,pw->paned.mgr, objv[2], &paneIndex))
     {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
-    slaveWindow = Ttk_SlaveWindow(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
+    pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
+    window = Ttk_ContentWindow(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
 
     switch (objc) {
 	case 3:
 	    return TtkEnumerateOptions(interp, pane, PaneOptionSpecs,
-			pw->paned.paneOptionTable, slaveWindow);
+			pw->paned.paneOptionTable, window);
 	case 4:
 	    return TtkGetOptionValue(interp, pane, objv[3],
-			pw->paned.paneOptionTable, slaveWindow);
+			pw->paned.paneOptionTable, window);
 	default:
-	    return ConfigurePane(interp, pw, pane, slaveWindow, objc-3,objv+3);
+	    return ConfigurePane(interp, pw, pane, window, objc-3,objv+3);
     }
 }
 
@@ -806,7 +809,7 @@ static int PanedPaneCommand(
 static int PanedPanesCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
     Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
     Tcl_Obj *panes;
     int i;
@@ -817,8 +820,8 @@ static int PanedPanesCommand(
     }
 
     panes = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
-    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(mgr); ++i) {
-	const char *pathName = Tk_PathName(Ttk_SlaveWindow(mgr,i));
+    for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberContent(mgr); ++i) {
+	const char *pathName = Tk_PathName(Ttk_ContentWindow(mgr,i));
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, panes, Tcl_NewStringObj(pathName,-1));
     }
     Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, panes);
@@ -833,7 +836,7 @@ static int PanedPanesCommand(
 static int PanedSashposCommand(
     void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    Paned *pw = recordPtr;
+    Paned *pw = (Paned *)recordPtr;
     int sashIndex, position = -1;
     Pane *pane;
 
@@ -844,14 +847,14 @@ static int PanedSashposCommand(
     if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &sashIndex) != TCL_OK) {
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
-    if (sashIndex < 0 || sashIndex >= Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1) {
+    if (sashIndex < 0 || sashIndex >= Ttk_NumberContent(pw->paned.mgr) - 1) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
 	    "sash index %d out of range", sashIndex));
 	Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TTK", "PANE", "SASH_INDEX", NULL);
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, sashIndex);
+    pane = (Pane *)Ttk_ContentData(pw->paned.mgr, sashIndex);
 
     if (objc == 3) {
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(pane->sashPos));
@@ -924,15 +927,20 @@ typedef struct {
 static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashElementOptions[] = {
     { "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_INT,
 	    Tk_Offset(SashElement,thicknessObj), "5" },
-    { NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
+    { NULL, TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, 0, NULL }
 };
 
 static void SashElementSize(
-    void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
-    int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
+    TCL_UNUSED(void *),
+    void *elementRecord,
+    TCL_UNUSED(Tk_Window),
+    int *widthPtr,
+    int *heightPtr,
+    TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Padding *))
 {
-    SashElement *sash = elementRecord;
+    SashElement *sash = (SashElement *)elementRecord;
     int thickness = DEFAULT_SASH_THICKNESS;
+
     Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sash->thicknessObj, &thickness);
     *widthPtr = *heightPtr = thickness;
 }
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c b/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c
index eb776ba..ae945ae 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c
@@ -5,8 +5,7 @@
  */
 
 #include <math.h>
-#include <tk.h>
-
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
 
@@ -48,14 +47,14 @@ static Tk_OptionSpec ProgressbarOptionSpecs[] =
 {
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
 	"horizontal", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.orientObj), -1,
-	0, (ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
+	0, (void *)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
     {TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
         DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.lengthObj), -1,
 	0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-mode", "mode", "ProgressMode", "determinate",
 	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.modeObj),
 	Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.mode),
-	0, (ClientData)ProgressbarModeStrings, 0 },
+	0, (void *)ProgressbarModeStrings, 0 },
     {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-maximum", "maximum", "Maximum",
 	"100", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.maximumObj), -1,
 	0, 0, 0 },
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c b/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c
index 8348fb5..4d05f97 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
  * ttk::scale widget.
  */
 
-#include <tk.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
 
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ static Tk_OptionSpec ScaleOptionSpecs[] =
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
 	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orientObj),
 	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orient), 0,
-	(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
+	(void *)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
 
     {TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", "0",
 	Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.fromObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c b/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c
index 2c8d195..5ffd671 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c
@@ -4,8 +4,7 @@
  * ttk::scrollbar widget.
  */
 
-#include <tk.h>
-
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
 
@@ -40,7 +39,7 @@ static Tk_OptionSpec ScrollbarOptionSpecs[] =
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "vertical",
 	Tk_Offset(Scrollbar,scrollbar.orientObj),
 	Tk_Offset(Scrollbar,scrollbar.orient),
-	0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,STYLE_CHANGED },
+	0, (void *)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
 
     WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
     WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkSeparator.c b/generic/ttk/ttkSeparator.c
index b52e6f4..a0ae596 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkSeparator.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkSeparator.c
@@ -4,8 +4,7 @@
  * ttk::separator and ttk::sizegrip widgets.
  */
 
-#include <tk.h>
-
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
 
@@ -27,7 +26,7 @@ static Tk_OptionSpec SeparatorOptionSpecs[] = {
     {TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
 	Tk_Offset(Separator,separator.orientObj),
 	Tk_Offset(Separator,separator.orient),
-	0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,STYLE_CHANGED },
+	0, (void *)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
 
     WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
     WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c b/generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c
index b5bf6f9..bd2a8c7 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * Minimal sample ttk widget.
  */
 
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
 
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkState.c b/generic/ttk/ttkState.c
index 5b62f3c..d37f7f6 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkState.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkState.c
@@ -6,8 +6,7 @@
  */
 
 #include <string.h>
-
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 
 /*
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkStubInit.c b/generic/ttk/ttkStubInit.c
index 87b33dc..0039585 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkStubInit.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkStubInit.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * It is compiled and linked in with the ttk package proper.
  */
 
-#include "tk.h"
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 
 MODULE_SCOPE const TtkStubs ttkStubs;
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkStubLib.c b/generic/ttk/ttkStubLib.c
index 5675416..faeabe8 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkStubLib.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkStubLib.c
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 #undef USE_TCL_STUBS
 #define USE_TCL_STUBS
 
-#include "tk.h"
+#include "tkInt.h"
 
 #define USE_TTK_STUBS 1
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c
index 07aee76..fc026cb 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c
@@ -5,8 +5,7 @@
  */
 
 #include <string.h>	/* for memset() */
-#include <tcl.h>
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c
index 7bde80e..00cb50b 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ typedef struct Ttk_Style_
 
 static Style *NewStyle(void)
 {
-    Style *stylePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Style));
+    Style *stylePtr = (Style *)ckalloc(sizeof(Style));
 
     stylePtr->styleName = NULL;
     stylePtr->parentStyle = NULL;
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static void FreeStyle(Style *stylePtr)
 
     entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&stylePtr->settingsTable, &search);
     while (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	Ttk_StateMap stateMap = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	Ttk_StateMap stateMap = (Ttk_StateMap)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(stateMap);
 	entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
     }
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ static void FreeStyle(Style *stylePtr)
 
     entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&stylePtr->defaultsTable, &search);
     while (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_Obj *defaultValue = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	Tcl_Obj *defaultValue = (Tcl_Obj *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(defaultValue);
 	entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
     }
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StyleMap(Ttk_Style style, const char *optionName, Ttk_State state)
 	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
 	    Tcl_FindHashEntry(&style->settingsTable, optionName);
 	if (entryPtr) {
-	    Ttk_StateMap stateMap = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	    Ttk_StateMap stateMap = (Ttk_StateMap)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 	    return Ttk_StateMapLookup(NULL, stateMap, state);
 	}
 	style = style->parentStyle;
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StyleDefault(Ttk_Style style, const char *optionName)
 	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
 	    Tcl_FindHashEntry(&style->defaultsTable, optionName);
 	if (entryPtr)
-	    return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	    return (Tcl_Obj *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 	style= style->parentStyle;
     }
     return 0;
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec *TTKGetOptionSpec(
 static OptionMap
 BuildOptionMap(Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass, Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
 {
-    OptionMap optionMap = ckalloc(
+    OptionMap optionMap = (OptionMap)ckalloc(
 	    sizeof(const Tk_OptionSpec) * elementClass->nResources + 1);
     int i;
 
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ GetOptionMap(Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass, Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
 	optionMap = BuildOptionMap(elementClass, optionTable);
 	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, optionMap);
     } else {
-	optionMap = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	optionMap = (OptionMap)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
     }
 
     return optionMap;
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ GetOptionMap(Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass, Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
 static Ttk_ElementClass *
 NewElementClass(const char *name, Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr,void *clientData)
 {
-    Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass = ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_ElementClass));
+    Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass = (Ttk_ElementClass *)ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_ElementClass));
     int i;
 
     elementClass->name = name;
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ NewElementClass(const char *name, Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr,void *clientData)
 
     /* Initialize default values:
      */
-    elementClass->defaultValues =
+    elementClass->defaultValues = (Tcl_Obj **)
 	ckalloc(elementClass->nResources * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) + 1);
     for (i=0; i < elementClass->nResources; ++i) {
         const char *defaultValue = specPtr->options[i].defaultValue;
@@ -291,8 +291,13 @@ static void FreeElementClass(Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass)
  * +++ Themes.
  */
 
-static int ThemeEnabled(Ttk_Theme theme, void *clientData) { return 1; }
+static int ThemeEnabled(
+    TCL_UNUSED(Ttk_Theme),
+    TCL_UNUSED(void *))
+{
     /* Default ThemeEnabledProc -- always return true */
+    return 1;
+}
 
 typedef struct Ttk_Theme_
 {
@@ -307,7 +312,7 @@ typedef struct Ttk_Theme_
 
 static Theme *NewTheme(Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Ttk_Theme parent)
 {
-    Theme *themePtr = ckalloc(sizeof(Theme));
+    Theme *themePtr = (Theme *)ckalloc(sizeof(Theme));
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
     int unused;
 
@@ -324,7 +329,7 @@ static Theme *NewTheme(Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Ttk_Theme parent)
     entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&themePtr->styleTable, ".", &unused);
     themePtr->rootStyle = NewStyle();
     themePtr->rootStyle->styleName =
-	Tcl_GetHashKey(&themePtr->styleTable, entryPtr);
+	(const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&themePtr->styleTable, entryPtr);
     themePtr->rootStyle->cache = themePtr->cache;
     Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, themePtr->rootStyle);
 
@@ -341,7 +346,7 @@ static void FreeTheme(Theme *themePtr)
      */
     entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&themePtr->elementTable, &search);
     while (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass = (Ttk_ElementClass *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 	FreeElementClass(elementClass);
 	entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
     }
@@ -352,7 +357,7 @@ static void FreeTheme(Theme *themePtr)
      */
     entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&themePtr->styleTable, &search);
     while (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	Style *stylePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	Style *stylePtr = (Style *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 	FreeStyle(stylePtr);
 	entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
     }
@@ -384,7 +389,7 @@ typedef struct CleanupStruct {
 } Cleanup;
 
 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * +++ Master style package data structure.
+ * +++ Style package data structure.
  */
 typedef struct
 {
@@ -398,14 +403,16 @@ typedef struct
     int themeChangePending;		/* scheduled ThemeChangedProc call? */
 } StylePackageData;
 
-static void ThemeChangedProc(ClientData);	/* Forward */
+static void ThemeChangedProc(void *);	/* Forward */
 
 /* Ttk_StylePkgFree --
  *	Cleanup procedure for StylePackageData.
  */
-static void Ttk_StylePkgFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp)
+static void Ttk_StylePkgFree(
+    ClientData clientData,
+    TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Interp *))
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Tcl_HashSearch search;
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
     Cleanup *cleanup;
@@ -422,7 +429,7 @@ static void Ttk_StylePkgFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp)
      */
     entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&pkgPtr->themeTable, &search);
     while (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	Theme *themePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	Theme *themePtr = (Theme *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 	FreeTheme(themePtr);
 	entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
     }
@@ -464,7 +471,7 @@ static void Ttk_StylePkgFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp)
 
 static StylePackageData *GetStylePackageData(Tcl_Interp *interp)
 {
-    return Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, PKG_ASSOC_KEY, NULL);
+    return (StylePackageData *)Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, PKG_ASSOC_KEY, NULL);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -479,8 +486,8 @@ static StylePackageData *GetStylePackageData(Tcl_Interp *interp)
 void Ttk_RegisterCleanup(
     Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData clientData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc)
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = GetStylePackageData(interp);
-    Cleanup *cleanup = ckalloc(sizeof(*cleanup));
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)GetStylePackageData(interp);
+    Cleanup *cleanup = (Cleanup *)ckalloc(sizeof(*cleanup));
 
     cleanup->clientData = clientData;
     cleanup->cleanupProc = cleanupProc;
@@ -503,7 +510,7 @@ void Ttk_RegisterCleanup(
 static void ThemeChangedProc(ClientData clientData)
 {
     static char ThemeChangedScript[] = "ttk::ThemeChanged";
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
 
     int code = Tcl_EvalEx(pkgPtr->interp, ThemeChangedScript, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
     if (code != TCL_OK) {
@@ -583,7 +590,7 @@ void Ttk_SetThemeEnabledProc(
 
 static Ttk_Theme LookupTheme(
     Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* where to leave error messages */
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr,	/* style package master record */
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr,	/* style package record */
     const char *name)		/* theme name */
 {
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
@@ -596,7 +603,7 @@ static Ttk_Theme LookupTheme(
 	return NULL;
     }
 
-    return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+    return (Ttk_Theme)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -704,12 +711,12 @@ Ttk_Style Ttk_GetStyle(Ttk_Theme themePtr, const char *styleName)
 	    stylePtr->parentStyle = themePtr->rootStyle;
 	}
 
-	stylePtr->styleName = Tcl_GetHashKey(&themePtr->styleTable, entryPtr);
+	stylePtr->styleName = (const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&themePtr->styleTable, entryPtr);
 	stylePtr->cache = stylePtr->parentStyle->cache;
 	Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, stylePtr);
 	return stylePtr;
     }
-    return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+    return (Ttk_Style)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 }
 
 /* FindLayoutTemplate --
@@ -755,7 +762,7 @@ Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_GetElement(Ttk_Theme themePtr, const char *elementName)
      */
     entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&themePtr->elementTable, elementName);
     if (entryPtr) {
-	return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	return (Ttk_ElementClass *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -766,7 +773,7 @@ Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_GetElement(Ttk_Theme themePtr, const char *elementName)
 	entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&themePtr->elementTable, dot);
     }
     if (entryPtr) {
-	return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	return (Ttk_ElementClass *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
     }
 
     /*
@@ -782,7 +789,7 @@ Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_GetElement(Ttk_Theme themePtr, const char *elementName)
      */
     entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&themePtr->elementTable, "");
     /* ASSERT: entryPtr != 0 */
-    return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+    return (Ttk_ElementClass *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 }
 
 const char *Ttk_ElementClassName(Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass)
@@ -799,7 +806,7 @@ int Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(
     Ttk_ElementFactory factory, void *clientData)
 {
     StylePackageData *pkgPtr = GetStylePackageData(interp);
-    FactoryRec *recPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(*recPtr));
+    FactoryRec *recPtr = (FactoryRec *)ckalloc(sizeof(*recPtr));
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
     int newEntry;
 
@@ -820,7 +827,7 @@ int Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(
  * 	(style element create $name) "from" $theme ?$element?
  */
 static int Ttk_CloneElement(
-    Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp, TCL_UNUSED(void *),
     Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName,
     int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
@@ -895,7 +902,7 @@ Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_RegisterElement(
 	return 0;
     }
 
-    name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&theme->elementTable, entryPtr);
+    name = (char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&theme->elementTable, entryPtr);
     elementClass = NewElementClass(name, specPtr, clientData);
     Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, elementClass);
 
@@ -984,7 +991,7 @@ int InitializeElementRecord(
     int i;
     for (i=0; i<nResources; ++i, ++elementOption) {
 	Tcl_Obj **dest = (Tcl_Obj **)
-	    (elementRecord + elementOption->offset);
+	    ((char *)elementRecord + elementOption->offset);
 	const char *optionName = elementOption->optionName;
 	Tcl_Obj *dynamicSetting = Ttk_StyleMap(style, optionName, state);
 	Tcl_Obj *widgetValue = 0;
@@ -992,7 +999,7 @@ int InitializeElementRecord(
 
 	if (optionMap[i]) {
 	    widgetValue = *(Tcl_Obj **)
-		(widgetRecord + optionMap[i]->objOffset);
+		((char *)widgetRecord + optionMap[i]->objOffset);
 	}
 
 	if (widgetValue) {
@@ -1134,7 +1141,7 @@ int TtkEnumerateHashTable(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_HashTable *ht)
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(ht, &search);
 
     while (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_Obj *nameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_GetHashKey(ht, entryPtr),-1);
+	Tcl_Obj *nameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj((const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(ht, entryPtr),-1);
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, nameObj);
 	entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
     }
@@ -1154,8 +1161,8 @@ static Tcl_Obj* HashTableToDict(Tcl_HashTable *ht)
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(ht, &search);
 
     while (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	Tcl_Obj *nameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_GetHashKey(ht, entryPtr),-1);
-	Tcl_Obj *valueObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	Tcl_Obj *nameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj((const char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(ht, entryPtr),-1);
+	Tcl_Obj *valueObj = (Tcl_Obj *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result, nameObj);
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result, valueObj);
 	entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
@@ -1171,12 +1178,12 @@ static Tcl_Obj* HashTableToDict(Tcl_HashTable *ht)
  */
 static int
 StyleMapCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,		/* Master StylePackageData pointer */
+    ClientData clientData,		/* StylePackageData pointer */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,			/* Current interpreter */
     int objc,				/* Number of arguments */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument objects */
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
     const char *styleName;
     Style *stylePtr;
@@ -1240,7 +1247,7 @@ usage:
 static int StyleConfigureCmd(
     ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
     const char *styleName;
     Style *stylePtr;
@@ -1295,7 +1302,7 @@ usage:
 static int StyleLookupCmd(
     ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
     Ttk_Style style = NULL;
     const char *optionName;
@@ -1337,7 +1344,7 @@ static int StyleLookupCmd(
 static int StyleThemeCurrentCmd(
     ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[])
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Tcl_HashSearch search;
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = NULL;
     const char *name = NULL;
@@ -1349,9 +1356,9 @@ static int StyleThemeCurrentCmd(
 
     entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&pkgPtr->themeTable, &search);
     while (entryPtr != NULL) {
-	Theme *ptr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+	Theme *ptr = (Theme *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 	if (ptr == pkgPtr->currentTheme) {
-	    name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&pkgPtr->themeTable, entryPtr);
+	    name = (char *)Tcl_GetHashKey(&pkgPtr->themeTable, entryPtr);
 	    break;
 	}
 	entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
@@ -1373,7 +1380,7 @@ static int StyleThemeCurrentCmd(
 static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
     ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     static const char *optStrings[] =
     	 { "-parent", "-settings", NULL };
     enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS };
@@ -1435,9 +1442,13 @@ static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
  * 	Return list of registered themes.
  */
 static int StyleThemeNamesCmd(
-    ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
+    ClientData clientData,
+    Tcl_Interp *interp,
+    TCL_UNUSED(int),
+    TCL_UNUSED(Tcl_Obj *const *))
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
+
     return TtkEnumerateHashTable(interp, &pkgPtr->themeTable);
 }
 
@@ -1448,12 +1459,12 @@ static int StyleThemeNamesCmd(
  */
 static int
 StyleThemeSettingsCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,		/* Master StylePackageData pointer */
+    ClientData clientData,		/* StylePackageData pointer */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,			/* Current interpreter */
     int objc,				/* Number of arguments */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument objects */
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme oldTheme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
     Ttk_Theme newTheme;
     int status;
@@ -1479,7 +1490,7 @@ StyleThemeSettingsCmd(
 static int StyleElementCreateCmd(
     ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
     const char *elementName, *factoryName;
     Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
@@ -1502,7 +1513,7 @@ static int StyleElementCreateCmd(
 	return TCL_ERROR;
     }
 
-    recPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
+    recPtr = (FactoryRec *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
 
     return recPtr->factory(interp, recPtr->clientData,
 	    theme, elementName, objc - 5, objv + 5);
@@ -1514,7 +1525,7 @@ static int StyleElementCreateCmd(
 static int StyleElementNamesCmd(
     ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
 
     if (objc != 3) {
@@ -1530,7 +1541,7 @@ static int StyleElementNamesCmd(
 static int StyleElementOptionsCmd(
     ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
     const char *elementName;
     Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass;
@@ -1568,7 +1579,7 @@ static int StyleElementOptionsCmd(
 static int StyleLayoutCmd(
     ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
     const char *layoutName;
     Ttk_LayoutTemplate layoutTemplate;
@@ -1606,12 +1617,12 @@ static int StyleLayoutCmd(
  */
 static int
 StyleThemeUseCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,		/* Master StylePackageData pointer */
+    ClientData clientData,		/* StylePackageData pointer */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,			/* Current interpreter */
     int objc,				/* Number of arguments */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument objects */
 {
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData;
     Ttk_Theme theme;
 
     if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
@@ -1663,7 +1674,7 @@ static const Ttk_Ensemble StyleEnsemble[] = {
 
 static int
 StyleObjCmd(
-    ClientData clientData,		/* Master StylePackageData pointer */
+    ClientData clientData,		/* StylePackageData pointer */
     Tcl_Interp *interp,			/* Current interpreter */
     int objc,				/* Number of arguments */
     Tcl_Obj *const objv[])		/* Argument objects */
@@ -1706,7 +1717,7 @@ void Ttk_StylePkgInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
 {
     Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr;
 
-    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(StylePackageData));
+    StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)ckalloc(sizeof(StylePackageData));
 
     pkgPtr->interp = interp;
     Tcl_InitHashTable(&pkgPtr->themeTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c
index 919f25a..d086c02 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  * from other errors (which are not).
  */
 
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"
 
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ VarTraceProc(
 	 */
 	if (tracePtr->interp == NULL) {
 	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(tracePtr->varnameObj);
-	    ckfree((ClientData)tracePtr);
+	    ckfree(tracePtr);
 	    return NULL;
 	}
 	Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, name, NULL,
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Ttk_TraceHandle *Ttk_TraceVariable(
 
     status = Tcl_TraceVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(varnameObj),
 	    NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-	    VarTraceProc, (ClientData)h);
+	    VarTraceProc, h);
 
     if (status != TCL_OK) {
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(h->varnameObj);
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ void Ttk_UntraceVariable(Ttk_TraceHandle *h)
 	 */
 	while ((cd = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(h->interp, Tcl_GetString(h->varnameObj),
 		TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY, VarTraceProc, cd)) != NULL) {
-	    if (cd == (ClientData) h) {
+	    if (cd == h) {
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ void Ttk_UntraceVariable(Ttk_TraceHandle *h)
 	}
 	Tcl_UntraceVar2(h->interp, Tcl_GetString(h->varnameObj),
 		NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
-		VarTraceProc, (ClientData)h);
+		VarTraceProc, h);
 	Tcl_DecrRefCount(h->varnameObj);
 	ckfree(h);
     }
diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTrack.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTrack.c
index 396b073..fa2a7e0 100644
--- a/generic/ttk/ttkTrack.c
+++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTrack.c
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
  * TODO: Handle "chords" properly (e.g., <B1-ButtonPress-2>)
  */
 
-#include <tk.h>
+#include "tkInt.h"
 #include "ttkTheme.h"
 #include "ttkWidget.h"